H3 Plug-in Hybrid Vehicle The HYUNDAI Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV) shares the characteristics of both a conventional hybrid elec-tric vehicle and an all-electric vehicle.
Owners manuals online | Page 3 | Hyundai IONIQ Forum
Hybrid system overview HEV (hybrid electric vehicle) system.................H-2 Hybrid Vehicle....................................................................H-2 Plug-in Hybrid Vehicle ....................................................H-3 Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle...................H-4 Charging Information .......................................................H-4 Charging Time....................................................................H-4 Charging Types..................................................................H-4 Charging Status .................................................................H-5 Scheduled Charging..........................................................H-6 Charging Connector AUTO/ LOCK Mode....................H-7 Charging Precautions.......................................................H-8 AC Charge.........................................................................H-10 Trickle Charge..................................................................H-16 Action to be taken when charging stops abruptly .H-28 Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle.......H-29 Starting the Vehicle .......................................................H-29 Special Features .............................................................H-30 Hybrid System Gauge....................................................H-32 Plug-in Hybrid Mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) .......H-33 Aux. Battery Saver+ (Plug-in hybrid vehicle).........H-35 Warning and Indicator Lights ......................................H-37 LCD Display Messages ..................................................H-38 Energy Flow.....................................................................H-47 Safety precautions for hybrid system .............H-51 Hybrid Vehicle Components Safety Precautions....H-51 Service Plug .....................................................................H-54 Hybrid Battery Cooling Duct........................................H-55 If an Accident Occurs....................................................H-56 When the Hybrid Vehicle Shuts Off ..........................H-57 HEV (HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM Hybrid Vehicle The HYUNDAI Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) uses both the petrol engine and the electric motor for power. The electric motor is run by a 270V high-voltage HEV battery. Depending on the driving conditions, the HEV computer selectively operates between the engine and the electric motor or even both at the same time. Fuel efficiency increases when the engine is at idle, or when the vehicle is driven by the electric motor with the HEV battery. The HEV battery charge must be maintained, so at times the engine will come on even at idle to act as a generator. Charging also occurs when decelerating or by regenerative braking. Electric motor Electric motor + Engine Startup/Low speed cruise Acceleration Engine High speed cruise Charging Deceleration Engine OFF Stop OAE056066 H2 Plug-in Hybrid Vehicle The HYUNDAI Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV) shares the characteristics of both a conventional hybrid electric vehicle and an all-electric vehicle. When used as a conventional hybrid electric vehicle, the HEV computer selectively operates between the engine and the electric motor or even both at the same time. When it is operating in the electric vehicle mode, the vehicle is driven only using the electric motor over a certain distance until the hybrid battery becomes low. The driving distance in EV mode depends on customer driving style and road conditions. Aggressive driving manoeuvres may at times temporarily enable the engine to operate for maximum power. The hybrid battery can be fully charged by connecting a plug to an external electric power source. CD (Charge Depleting) Mode Electric Vehicle Mode Electric motor CS (Charge Sustaining) Mode Motor Engine+Motor Engine+Motor Startup/Low speed Acceleration High speed Charging Deceleration Charging Battery charging 6 External charging OAEPH057200L H3 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE Charging Information · AC Charge : The plug-in hybrid vehicle is charged by plugging into a AC charger installed in your home or a public charging station. (For further details, refer to the 'AC Charge'.) Charging Types · Trickle Charge : The plug-in hybrid vehicle can be charged by using household electricity. The electrical outlet in your home must comply with regulations and can safely accommodate the Voltage / Current (Amps) / Power (Watts) ratings specified on the portable charge. Charging Time · AC Charge : Takes approximately 2 hours 15 minutes at room temperature. (Can be charged to 100%.) i Information Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the high voltage battery may vary. Category Charging Inlet (Vehicle) Charging Connector Charging Outlet How to Charge Charging Time AC Charge Trickle Charge OAEEQ016020 OAEEQ016020 OLFP0Q5006K OLFP0Q5006K Use AC charger installed in homes or public charging station Approx. 2 hours 15 minutes (to fully charge, 100%) OLFP0Q5007K For charging at Use household current home. Please note that the Trickle charger is slower than the OAEEQ016024 AC charger. · Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the high voltage battery may vary. · Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer. H4 Charging Status OAEEQ016025 When charging the high voltage battery, the charge level can be checked from outside the vehicle. Operation of Charging Indicator Lamp (1) (2) (3) (OFF) (OFF) (OFF) Blink (OFF) (OFF) (ON) Blink (OFF) (ON) (ON) Blink (ON) (ON) (ON) Blink Blink Blink (OFF) (OFF) Blink (OFF) Blink (OFF) Details Not Charged 0~33% Charging 34~66% 67~99% Fully charged (100%) (turns OFF in 5 seconds) Error whilst charging Charging the 12 V auxiliary battery (Aux. Battery Saver+) - Reserved charging is operating (turns OFF after 3 minutes) - Charging is temporarily interrupted (e.g. power failure) H5 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) Scheduled Charging (if equipped) · You can set-up a charging schedule for your vehicle using the infotainment system or BlueLink application. Refer to the Multimedia manual or the BlueLink manual for detailed information about setting scheduled charging. · Scheduled charging can only be done when using a AC charger or the portable charger (ICCB: InCable Control Box). OAEEQ016026 · When scheduled charging is set and the AC charger or the portable charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) is connected for charging, the indicator lamp in the middle blinks (for 3 minutes) to indicate that scheduled charging is set. · When scheduled charging is set, charging is not initiated immediately when the AC charger or portable charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) is connected. When immediate charging is required, use the infotainment system to deactivate the scheduled charge setting or press scheduled charging deactivation ( ) button. OAEPHQ019027R · If you press the scheduled charging deactivation ( ) button to immediately charge the battery, charging must be initiated 3 minutes after the charging cable has been connected. When you press the scheduled charging deactivation ( ) button for immediate charging, the scheduled charge setting is not completely deactivated. If you need to completely deactivate the scheduled charge setting, use the infotainment system to finalize the deactivation. Refer to "AC Charge or Trickle Charge" for details about connecting the AC charger and the portable charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box). H6 Charging Connector AUTO/ LOCK Mode When the Charging Connector Is Locked Before charging Whilst charging Finished charging LOCK O O O AUTO X O X · AUTO mode (button indicator on) : The connector locks when charging starts. The connector unlocks when charging is complete. This mode can be used when charging in a public charging station. OAEPHQ019059R You may select when the charging connector can be locked and unlocked in the charging inlet. Press the button to change between AUTO mode and LOCK mode. · LOCK mode (button indicator off) : The connector locks when the charging connector is plugged into the charging inlet. The connector is locked until all doors are unlocked by the driver. This mode can be used to prevent charging cable theft. - If the charging connector is unlocked when all doors are unlocked, but the charging cable is not disconnected within 15 seconds, the connector will be automatically locked again. - If the charging connector is unlocked when all doors are unlocked, but all doors are locked again, immediately, the connector will be automatically locked again. H7 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) Charging Precautions AC Charger OLFP0Q5007K Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer. WARNING · Electromagnetic waves that are generated from the charger can seriously impact medical electric devices such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker. When using medical electric devices such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker, make sure to ask the medical team and manufacturer whether charging your electric vehicle will impact the operation of the medical electric devices such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker. · Check to make sure there is no water or dust on the charging cable connector and plug before connecting to the charger and charging inlet. Connecting whilst there is water or dust on the charging cable connector and plug may cause a fire or electric shock. WARNING · Be careful not to touch the charging connector, charging plug, and the charging inlet when connecting the cable to the charger and the charging inlet on the vehicle. · Comply with the following in order to prevent electrical shock when charging: - Use a waterproof charger. - Be careful when touching the charging connector and charging plug with your hands wet, or when standing in water or snow whilst connecting the charging cable. - Be careful when there is lightning. - Be careful when the charging connector and plug is wet. H8 WARNING · Immediately stop charging when you find abnormal symptoms (odor, smoke). · Replace the charging cable if the cable coating is damaged to prevent electrical shock. · When connecting or removing the charging cable, make sure to hold the charging connector handle and charging plug. If you pull the cable itself (without using the handle), the internal wires may disconnect or get damaged. This may lead to electric shock or fire. CAUTION · Always keep the charging connector and charging plug in clean and dry condition. Be sure to keep the charging cable in a condition where there is no water or moisture. · Make sure to use the designated charger for charging the electric vehicle. Using any other charger may cause failure. · Before charging the battery, turn the vehicle OFF. · When the vehicle is switched OFF whilst charging, the cooling fan inside the motor compartment may automatically operate. Do not touch the cooling fan whilst charging. · Be careful not to drop the charging connector. The charging connector can be damaged. H9 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) AC Charge AC Charger How to Connect AC Charger 1.Depress the brake pedal and apply the parking brake. 2.Turn OFF all switches, shift to P (Park), and turn OFF the vehicle. OLFP0Q5007K Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer. H10 OAEEQ016030 3.Press centre edge of the charging door to open the charging door. i Information The charging door opens only when the door is unlocked. 4. Check if there is dust on the charging connector and charging inlet. OAEEQ016031 5. Hold the charging connector handle and connect it to the vehicle AC charging inlet. Push the connector until you hear a "clicking" sound. If the charging connector and charging terminal are not connected properly, this may cause a fire. i Information Charging connector AUTO/LOCK mode The charging connector is locked in the inlet at a different period according to which mode is selected. · LOCK mode : The connector locks when the charging connector is plugged into the charging inlet. · AUTO mode : The connector locks when charging starts. For more details, refer to "Charging Connector AUTO/ LOCK Mode" in this chapter. AC Charger OLFP0Q5007K 6. Connect the charging plug to the electric outlet at a AC charging station to start charging. H11 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) Type A Type B OAEPHQ018032/OAEPHQ048804 7. Check if the charging indicator light of the high voltage battery on the instrument cluster is turned ON. Charging is not done when the charging indicator lamp is OFF. When the charging connector and charging plug are not connected properly, reconnect the charging cable to charge. H12 i Information · Even though charging is possible with the ignition switch in the ON/START position, for your safety, start charging when the ignition switch is in the LOCK/OFF position and the vehicle shifted to P (Park). After charging has started, you can use electrical components such as the radio by placing the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position. · During AC charging, the radio reception may be bad. · Moving the shift lever from P (Park) to R (Reverse)/N(Neutral)/D (Drive) stops the charging process. To restart the charging process, move the shift lever to P (Park), place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position, and disconnect the charging cable. Then, connect the charging cable. OAEPHQ049818L 8. After charging has started, the estimated charging time is displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. If you open the driver seat door whilst charging, the estimated charging time is also displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. When scheduled charging is set, the estimated charging time is displayed as "--" . i Information Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the battery may vary. Checking Charging Status OAEEQ016025 When charging the high voltage battery, the charge level can be checked from outside the vehicle. Operation of Charging Indicator Lamp (1) (2) (3) (OFF) (OFF) (OFF) Blink (OFF) (OFF) (ON) Blink (OFF) (ON) (ON) Blink (ON) (ON) (ON) Blink Blink Blink (OFF) (OFF) Blink (OFF) Blink (OFF) Details Not Charged 0~33% Charging 34~66% 67~99% Fully charged (100%) (turns OFF in 5 seconds) Error whilst charging Charging the 12 V auxiliary battery (Aux. Battery Saver+) - Reserved charging is operating (turns OFF after 3 minutes) - Charging is temporarily interrupted (e.g. power failure) H13 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) How to Disconnect AC Charger AC Charger OLFP0Q5007K 1.When charging is complete, remove the charging plug from the electrical outlet of the AC charging station. OAEEQ016033 2.Hold the charging connector handle and pull it whilst pressing the release button (1). i Information To prevent charging cable theft, the charging connector cannot be disconnected from the inlet when the doors are locked. Unlock all doors to disconnect the charging connector from the inlet. However, if the vehicle is in the charging connector AUTO mode, the charging connector automatically unlocks from the inlet when charging is completed. For more details, refer to "Charging Connector AUTO/ LOCK Mode" in this chapter. H14 Unlock Charging Connector in Emergency OAEEQ016034 3. Make sure to completely close the charging door. OAEPHQ016060 If the charging connector does not disconnect due to battery discharge and failure of the electric wires, open the bonnet and slightly pull the emergency cable. The charging connector will then disconnect. H15 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) Trickle Charge Portable Charger How to set the charge level of the portable charger OAEEQ016042N (1) Code and Plug (Code set) (2) Control Box (3) Charging Cable and Charging Connector Trickle Charge can be used when AC Charge is not available by using household electricity. Plug Electric Outlet OLFP0Q5020K 1. Check the rated current of the electric outlet prior to connecting the plug to the outlet. 2. Connect the plug to a household electric outlet. 3. Check the display window on the control box. OOSEVQ018054 4. Press the button (1) on the back of the control box for more than 1 second to adjust the charge level. (Refer to charging cable type and example for setting the charge level.) H16 5. The display window on the control box changes from 8A and 10A to 12A every time you press the button (1). 6. When setting the charge level is complete, start charging according to the trickle charge procedure. * Example for setting the ICCB charge level (The example is only for reference and may vary according to the surrounding environment.) Outlet current ICCB charge level Control box display window 14-16A 12A 13-12A 10A 11-10A 8A 9-8A 6A OOSEVQ018055 H17 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) How to Connect Portable Charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) 3. Depress the brake pedal and apply the parking brake. 4. Turn OFF all switches, shift to P (Park), and turn OFF the vehicle. Plug Electric Outlet OLFP0Q5020K 1. Connect the plug to a household electric outlet. OOSEVQ018056 2. Check if the power lamp (green) illuminates on the control box. H18 OAEEQ016030 5. Press centre edge of the charging door to open the charging door. i Information The charging door opens only when the door is unlocked. OAEEQ016031 7. Hold the charging connector handle and connect it to the vehicle AC charging inlet. Push the connector until you hear a "clicking" sound. If the charging connector and charging terminal are not connected properly, this may cause a fire. i Information Charging connector AUTO/LOCK mode The charging connector is locked in the inlet at a different period according to which mode is selected. · LOCK mode : The connector locks when the charging connector is plugged into the charging inlet. · AUTO mode : The connector locks when charging starts. For more details, refer to "Charging Connector AUTO/ LOCK Mode" in this chapter. 6.Check if there is dust on the charging connector and charging inlet. H19 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) OOSEVQ018057 8. Charging starts automatically (charging lamp blinks). Type A Type B OAEPHQ018032/OAEPHQ048804 9. Check if the charging indicator light of the high voltage battery on the instrument cluster is turned ON. Charging is not done when the charging indicator lamp is OFF. When the charging connector is not connected properly, reconnect the charging cable to charge it again. i Information · Even though charging is possible with the ignition switch in the ON/START position, for your safety, start charging when the ignition switch is in the LOCK/OFF position and the vehicle shifted to P (Park). After charging has started, you can use electrical components such as the radio by placing the ignition switch in ACC or ON position. · Moving the shift lever from P (Park) to R (Reverse)/N(Neutral)/D (Drive) stops the charging process. To restart the charging process, move the shift lever to P (Park), place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position, and disconnect the charging cable. Then, connect the charging cable. H20 i Information Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the battery may vary. Checking Charging Status OAEPHQ049818L 10. After charging has started, the estimated charging time is displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. If you open the driver seat door whilst charging, the estimated charging time is also displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. When scheduled charging is set, the estimated charging time is displayed as "--" . OAEEQ016025 When charging the high voltage battery, the charge level can be checked from outside the vehicle. H21 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) Operation of Charging Indicator Lamp (1) (2) (3) (OFF) (OFF) (OFF) Blink (OFF) (OFF) (ON) Blink (OFF) (ON) (ON) Blink (ON) (ON) (ON) Blink Blink Blink (OFF) (OFF) Blink (OFF) Blink (OFF) Details Not Charged 0~33% Charging 34~66% 67~99% Fully charged (100%) (turns OFF in 5 seconds) Error whilst charging Charging the 12 V auxiliary battery (Aux. Battery Saver+) - Reserved charging is operating (turns OFF after 3 minutes) - Charging is temporarily interrupted (e.g. power failure) H22 Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charger Control Box Indicator PLUG POWER (Green) (Red) Details On : Power on Blink : Plug temperature sensor failure On : Plug high temperature protection Blink : Plug high temperature warning On : Power on CHARGE Blink : Charging In power saving mode, only the CHARGE indicator is illuminated. FAULT Blink : Charging interrupted CHARGE LEVEL Type A 12 A 10 A 8 A Type B 10 A 8 A 6 A Type C 8 A 7 A 6 A The charging current changes (3 level) whenever the button (1) is pressed for 1 sec with the charger plugged into an electrical outlet but not the vehicle. Back of the control box VEHICLE (Green) (Blue) (Red) Charging connector plugged Charging Blink : Charging impossible H23 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charger NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure · Charging connector plugged into vehicle (Green ON) · Plug temperature sensor failure (Green blink) 1 · Plug high temperature protection (Red blink) 2 - Charging connector plugged into vehicle (Green ON) · Plug high temperature warning (Red ON) We recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 3 H24 - Whilst charging · Charge indicator (Green blink) · Vehicle indicator (Blue ON) 4 - Before plugging charging connector into vehicle (Red blink) · Abnormal temperature · ICCB (In-Cable Control Box) failure We recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charger How to Disconnect Portable NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure - Plugged into vehicle (Red blink) · Diagnostic device failure - After plugging charging connector into vehicle (Red blink) · Current leakage · Communication failure 5 · Abnormal temperature 6 We recommend that you contact a We recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · Plug temperature sensor failure (Green blink) · Plug high temperature protection - Power saving mode (Red blink) 7 · Plug high temperature warning (Red ON) 8 · 3 minutes after charging starts (Green blink) We recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. H25 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) Charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) For more details, refer to "Charging Connector AUTO/ LOCK Mode" in this chapter. Plug Electric Outlet OAEEQ016033 1. Hold the charging connector handle and pull it whilst pressing the release button (1). i Information To prevent charging cable theft, the charging connector cannot be disconnected from the inlet when the doors are locked. Unlock all doors to disconnect the charging connector from the inlet. However, if the vehicle is in the charging connector AUTO mode, the charging connector automatically unlocks from the inlet when charging is completed. OAEEQ016034 2. Make sure to completely close the charging door. OAEEQ016061 3. Disconnect the plug from the household electric outlet. Do not pull the cable when disconnecting the plug. 4. Close the protective cover for the charging connector so that foreign material cannot get into the terminal. 5. Put the charging cable inside the cable compartment to protect it. H26 Unlock Charging Connector in Emergency OAEPHQ016060 If the charging connector does not disconnect due to battery discharge and failure of the electric wires, open the bonnet and slightly pull the emergency cable. The charging connector will then disconnect . Precautions for Portable Charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) · Use the portable charger that is certified by HYUNDAI Motors. · Do not try to repair, disassemble, or adjust the portable charger. · Do not use an extension cord or adapter. · Stop using immediately when failure occurs. · Do not touch the plug and charging connector with wet hands. · Do not touch the terminal part of the AC charging connector and the AC charging inlet on the vehicle. · Do not connect the charging connector to voltage that does not comply with regulations. · Do not use the portable charger if it is worn out, exposed, or there exists any type of damage on the portable charger. · If the ICCB case and AC charging connector is damaged, cracked, or the wires are exposed in any way, do not use the portable charger. · Do not let children operate or touch the portable charger. · Keep the control box free of water. · Keep the AC charging connector or plug terminal free of foreign substances. · Do not step on the cable or cord. Do not pull the cable or cord and do not twist or bend it. · Do not charge when there is lightning. · Do not drop the control box or place a heavy object on the control box. · Do not place an object that can generate high temperatures near the charger when charging. · Charging with the worn out or damaged household electric outlet can result in a risk of electric shock. If you are in doubt to the household electric outlet condition, have it checked by a licensed electrician. · Stop using the portable charger immediately if the household electric outlet or any components is overheated or you notice burnt odors. H27 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) Action to be taken when charging stops abruptly When the high voltage battery does not charge, check the followings: 1. Check the charging setting for the vehicle. (e.g. When scheduled charging is set, charging is not initiated immediately when the AC charger or portable charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) is connected.) 2. Check the operation status of AC charger, portable charger. (Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charger, refer to "Checking Charging Status" for trickle charge in this chapter.) Actual method for indicating the charging status may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer. 3. When the vehicle does not charge and a warning message appears on the cluster, check the corresponding message. Refer to "LCD Display Messages", in this chapter. 4. If the vehicle is properly charged when charged with another normally working charger, contact the charger manufacturer. 5. If the vehicle does not charge when charged with another normally working charger, we recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for inspection. H28 DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE Starting the Vehicle Vehicles with remote key system 1.Make sure the parking brake is applied. 2.Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park). 3.Depress the brake pedal. 4.Turn the ignition swich to the START position. Hold the key (maximum of 10 senconds) until the " " indicator comes on and release it. Whether the engine is cold or warm, it should be started without depressing the accelerator. After following the start procedures, " " indicator on the instrument cluster will turn on. For more information, please check Chapter 5. Vehicles with smart key system 1.Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle. 2.Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied. 3.Place the shift lever in P (Park). With the shift lever in N (Neutral), you cannot start the vehicle. 4.Depress the brake pedal. 5.Press the Engine Start/Stop button. If the hybrid system starts, the " " indicator will come on. Whether the engine is cold or warm, it should be started without depressing the accelerator. After following the start procedures, " " indicator on the instrument cluster will turn on. For more information, please check Chapter 5. ECONOMICAL and SAFE OPERATION of Hybrid system · Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderate rate and maintain a steady cruising speed. Do not make "jack-rabbit" starts. Do not race between stoplights. Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible. Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking. This also reduces brake wear out. · The regenerative brake generates energy when the vehicle decelerates. · When the hybrid battery power is low, the hybrid system automatically recharges the hybrid battery. · When the engine is running with the shift lever in N (Neutral), the hybrid system cannot generate electricity. The hybrid battery cannot recharge with the shift lever in N (Neutral). H29 DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) i Information In the hybrid system, the engine automatically runs and stops. When the hybrid system operates, the " " indicator is illuminated. In the following situation, the engine may operate automatically. - When the engine is ready to run - When the hybrid battery is being charged - Depending on the temperature con- dition of the hybrid battery H30 Special Features Hybrid vehicles sound different than petrol engine vehicles. When the hybrid system operates, you may hear a sound from the hybrid battery system behind the rear seat. If you apply the accelerator pedal rapidly, you may hear an unconventional sound. When you apply the brake pedal, you may hear a sound from the regenerative brake system. When the hybrid system is turned off or on, you may hear a sound in the engine compartment. If you depress the brake pedal repeatedly when the hybrid system is turned on, you may hear a sound in the engine compartment. None of these sounds indicate a problem. These are normal characteristics of hybrid vehicles. If any of following occur, it's a normal condition if you hear a motor sound in the engine compartment: - After turning off the hybrid system, the brake pedal is released. - When the hybrid system is turned off, the brake pedal is applied. - When the driver door is opened. When the hybrid system is turned ON, the petrol engine may run or may not. In this situation, you may feel a vibration. This does not indicate a malfunction. When the " " indicator illuminates, the hybrid system is ready to begin driving. Even if the engine is off, you can operate the vehicle as long as the " " indicator is illuminated. NOTICE The hybrid system contains many electronic components. High voltage components, such as cables and other parts, may emit electromagnetic waves. Even when the electromagnetic cover blocks electromagnetic emissions, electromagnetic waves may have an effect on electronic devices. When your vehicle is not used for a long period of time, the hybrid system will discharge. You need to drive the vehicle several times a month. We recommend driving at least for 1 hour or 16 km.When the hybrid battery is discharged, or when it is impossible to jump start the vehicle, we recommend that you contact your HYUNDAI authorised repairer. WARNING · When you start the hybrid system with the shift lever in P (Parking), the " " indicator illuminates on the instrument cluster. The driver can drive the vehicle, even when petrol engine is off. · When you leave the vehicle, you should turn OFF the hybrid system or locate the shift lever in P (Park). When you depress the accelerator pedal by mistake, or when the shift lever is not in P (Park), the vehicle will abruptly move, possibly resulting in serious injury or death. Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS) OAEPH049540R The Virtual Engine Sound System generates engine sound for pedestrians to hear vehicle sound because there is limited sound whilst motor power is used. · The VESS may be turned ON or OFF by pressing the VESS button. (if equipped) · If the vehicle is moving at low speed, the VESS will operate. · When the gear is shifted to R (Reverse), an additional warning sound will be heard. CAUTION For safety reasons, do not turn off the VESS system. If you are in a situation that the system needs to be turned off, check whether there are pedestrians around the vehicle. H31 DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) What Does Regenerative Braking Do? It uses an electric motor when decelerating and when braking and transforms kinetic energy to electrical energy in order to charge the high voltage battery. Battery · Hybrid - The vehicle is composed of a high voltage battery that drives the motor and air conditioner, and an integrated 12V lithium ion polymer battery with the HEV battery that drives the lamps, wipers, and audio system. - The integrated 12V battery is automatically charged when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. · Plug-in hybrid vehicle - The vehicle is composed of a high voltage battery that drives the motor and air-conditioner, and an auxiliary battery (12 V) that drives the lamps, wipers, and audio system. - The auxiliary battery is automatically charged when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. H32 Hybrid System Gauge Type A Type B OAEPHQ048008/OAEPHQ048802 The hybrid system gauge indicates whether the current driving condition is fuel efficient or not. · CHARGE : Shows that the energy made by the vehicle is being converted to electrical energy. (Regenerated energy) · ECO : Shows that the vehicle is being driven in an Eco-friendly manner. · POWER : Shows that the vehicle is exceeding the Eco-friendly range. According to the hybrid system gauge area, the "EV" indicator comes on or off. - "EV" indicator ON : Vehicle is driven using the electric motor or the petrol engine is stopped. - "EV" indicator OFF : Vehicle is driven using the petrol engine. Hybrid Battery SOC (State of Charge) Gauge Type A Type B However, if the Service Indicator ( ) and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ( ) turn on when the SOC gauge is near the "0" level, we recommend the vehicle be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Plug-in Hybrid Mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) HEV Button Type A The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OAEPH049522L/OAEPH049647L This gauge indicates the remaining hybrid battery power. If the SOC is near the "0" level, the vehicle automatically operates the engine to charge the battery. Type B OAEPH049518R OAEPH049633R Pressing the [HEV] button changes the plug-in hybrid system modes, between Electric (CD) mode and Hybrid (CS) mode. H33 DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) Each time the mode is changed a corresponding indicator is displayed on the instrument cluster as follows. AUTO mode · Type A · Type B · CS (Charge Sustaining, Hybrid) mode : The high-voltage (hybrid) battery and petrol engine is used to drive the vehicle. CS mode · Type A OAEPH047519N/OAEPH048611 · Type B i Information Even when the battery charging rate is high and driving in electric mode is possible, engine may turn on in some areas to protect the system. OAEPH048520/OAEPH048594 Plug-in hybrid mode indicator · CD (Charge Depleting, Electric) mode : The high-voltage (hybrid) battery is used to drive the vehicle. · AUTO mode : CD mode and CS mode are selected automatically depending on road conditions. H34 Infotainment system Screen (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) (if equipped) OAEPHQ049856L Press [PHEV] on the [Home] screen or the [All menus] screen and the menus related to plug-in hybrid ([ECO driving], [Energy information], [EV range], [Set charging times], [Charging stations], [Petrol stations]) are displayed. For more information, please refer to the Multimedia System Manual that was separately supplied with your vehicle. Aux. Battery Saver+ (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) The Aux. Battery Saver+ is a function that monitors the charging status of the 12 V auxiliary battery. If the auxiliary battery level is low, the main high voltage battery charges the auxiliary battery. i Information The Aux. Battery Saver+ function will be ON when the vehicle is delivered. If the function is not needed, you may turn it off in the Users Settings mode on the cluster. For more information, refer to the following page. Mode · Cycle Mode : When the vehicle is OFF with all doors, bonnet and tailgate closed, the Aux. Battery Saver+ periodically activates according to the auxiliary battery status. · Automatic Mode : When the ignition switch is in the ON position with the charging connector plugged in, the function activates according to the auxiliary battery status to prevent overdischarge of the auxiliary battery. H35 DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) i Information · The Aux. Battery Saver+ activates maximum of 20 minutes. If the Aux. Battery Saver+ function activates more than 10 times consecutively, in the Automatic Mode the function will stop activating, judging that there is a problem with the auxiliary battery. In this case, drive the vehicle for some period of time. The function will start activating if the auxiliary battery returns to normal. · The Aux. Battery Saver+ function cannot prevent battery discharge if the auxiliary battery is damaged, worn out, used as a power supply or unauthorised electronic devises are used. · If the Aux. Battery Saver+ function was activated, the high voltage battery level may have decreased. System Setting OAEPHQ049855L The driver can activate the Aux. Battery Saver+ function by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting: 'User Settings Other Aux. Battery Saver+' The Aux. Battery Saver+ function deactivates, when the driver cancels the system setting. WARNING OAEEQ016025 When the function is activating, the third Charging Indicator Lamp will blink and high voltage electricity will be flowing in the vehicle. Do not touch the high voltage electric wire (orange), connector, and all electric components and devices. This may cause electric shock and lead to injuries. Also, do not modify your vehicle in any way. This may affect your vehicle performance and lead to an accident. H36 Warning and Indicator Lights Ready Indicator This indicator illuminates : When the vehicle is ready to be driven. - ON : Normal driving is possible. - OFF : Normal driving is not possible, or a problem has occurred. - Blinking : Emergency driving. Service Warning Light This warning light illuminates : · When the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. · When there is a problem with the hybrid vehicle control system or hardware. EV Mode Indicator EV This indicator illuminates when the vehicle is driven by the electric motor. Charging Cable Connection Indicator (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) This indicator illuminates in red when the charging cable is connected. When the ready indicator goes OFF or blinks, there is a problem with the system. In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. When the warning light illuminates whilst driving, or does not go OFF after starting the vehicle, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. H37 DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) Regenerative Brake Warning Light LCD Display Messages Check Hybrid system Check Hybrid system. Turn engine Off This warning light illuminates : When the regenerative brake is not operating. This causes the Brake Warning light (red) and Regenerative Brake Warning Light (yellow) to illuminate simultaneously as soon as possible. In this case, drive safely and have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. The service brake still function, however, the operation of the brake pedal may be more difficult than normal and the braking distance can increase. OAEPHQ049819 This message is displayed when there is a problem with the hybrid control system. Refrain from driving when the warning message is displayed. In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. OAEPHQ049820L This message is displayed when there is a problem with the hybrid system. The " " indicator will blink and a warning chime will sound until the problem is solved. In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. H38 Check Hybrid system. Do not start engine Stop vehicle and check power supply Park with engine on to charge battery OAEPHQ049821L This message is displayed when the hybrid battery power (SOC) level is low. A warning chime will sound until the problem is solved. In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. OAEPHQ049822L This message is displayed when a failure occurs in the power supply system. In this case, park the vehicle in a safe location and we recommend that you tow your vehicle to the nearest HYUNDAI authorised repairer and have the vehicle inspected. OAEPHQ049823L This message is displayed when the hybrid battery power (SOC) level is low. In this case, park the vehicle in a safe location and wait until the hybrid battery is charged. You can increase the hybrid battery charging rate by holding the accelerator pedal to the floor with transmission in P. The engine will rev high but it will be limited for charging purpose when you hold the pedal to the floor. H39 DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) Refuel to prevent Hybrid battery Refill inverter coolant damage Check regenerative brakes/Stop vehicle and check regen. brakes OAEPHQ049824L This message is displayed when the fuel tank is nearly empty. You should refill the fuel tank to prevent hybrid battery damage. OAEPHQ049825L This message is displayed when the inverter coolant is nearly empty. You should refill the inverter coolant. OAEPHQ049827L/OAEPHQ049826L This warning message is displayed when the regenerative brake system does not work properly. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. H40 Check Virtual Engine Sound System Unplug vehicle to start (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Charging stopped. Check the AC charger OAEPHQ049828L This message is displayed when there is a problem with the Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS). In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. OAEPHQ049829L This message is displayed when you start the engine without unplugging the charging cable. Unplug the charging cable, and then start the vehicle. OOSEV048131L · This warning message is displayed when charging is stopped for the reasons below: - There is a problem with the external AC charger - The external AC charger stopped charging - The charging cable is damaged In this case, check whether there is any problem with the external AC and charging cable. H41 DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) If the same problem occurs when charging the vehicle with a normally operating AC charger or genuine HYUNDAI portable charger, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Charging stopped. Check the cable connection Remaining time (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) OOSEV048196L This warning message is displayed when charging is stopped because the charging connector is not correctly connected to the charging inlet In this case, separate the charging connector and re-connect it and check whether there is any problem (external damage, foreign substances, etc.) with the charging connector and charging inlet. If the same problem occurs when charging the vehicle with a replaced charging cable or genuine HYUNDAI portable charger, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. OAEPHQ049818L This message is displayed to notify the remaining time to fully charge the battery. H42 Wait until fuel door opens (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Check fuel door (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) i Information When the fuel filler door is frozen and does not open after 20 seconds at freezing temperature, slightly tap the fuel filler door and then attempt to open it. In other cases, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. OAEPHQ049830L This message is displayed when you attempt to open the fuel filler door with the fuel tank pressurised. Wait until the fuel tank is depressurised. i Information It may take up to 20 seconds to open fuel filler door. OAEPHQ049831L This message is displayed when there is a problem with the fuel filler door. Such as, when the fuel filler door does not open after 20 seconds at freezing temperature. H43 DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) Fuel door open (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Shift to P to charge (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Switching to Hybrid mode to allow heating or air conditioning (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) OAEPHQ049832L This message is displayed when the fuel filler door opens after the fuel tank is depressurized. If this message is displayed, you can refuel the fuel tank. OAEPHQ049833L This message is displayed when the charging connector is plugged with the shift lever in R (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D (Drive). Move the shift lever to P (Park) and re-start the charging process. OAEPHQ049842L This message is displayed when the vehicle automatically switches to HEV mode to allow heating or air conditioning. It is when the coolant temperature is low (below -14°C) and the driver turns on the heating or cooling system. If the coolant temperature gets higher than -14°C or the driver turns off the heating or cooling system the vehicle returns to its default (EV) mode. H44 Maintaining Hybrid mode to allow heating or air conditioning (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Low/High System Temp. Maintaining Hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Low/High System Temp. Switching to Hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) OAEPHQ049841L This message is displayed when the vehicle maintains the HEV mode to allow heating or air conditioning. The mode does not change when the driver presses the [HEV] button to switch from the HEV mode to EV mode whilst the heating and cooling system is on and the coolant temperature is below -14°C. OAEPHQ049834L/OAEPHQ049835L This message is displayed when the temperature of the high-voltage (hybrid) battery is too low or too high. This warning message is to protect the battery and the hybrid system. OAEPHQ049836L/OAEPHQ049837L This message is displayed when the temperature of the high-voltage (hybrid) battery is too low or high. This warning message is to protect the battery and the hybrid system. H45 DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) Switching to Hybrid mode to lubricate engine (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Maintaining Hybrid mode to pro- Exit SPORT mode to switch to tect engine EV (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) OAEPHQ049838L This message is displayed when the vehicle is automatically switched to the HEV mode to lubricate engine whilst the ignition switch is in the ON position. OAEPHQ049839L This message is displayed when the [HEV] button is pressed but it is impossible to switch from the HEV mode to EV mode due to engine lubrication. OAEPHQ049840L This message is displayed when [HEV] button is pressed but it is impossible to switch from the HEV mode to EV mode because the SPORT mode is engaged. H46 Energy Flow The hybrid system informs the drivers its energy flow in various operating modes. Whilst driving, the current energy flow is specified in 11 modes. Vehicle Stop EV Propulsion OAEPHQ049843L The vehicle is stopped. (No energy flow) OAEPHQ049844L Only the motor power is used to drive the vehicle. (Battery Wheel) H47 DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) Power Assist Engine Only Propulsion Engine Generation OAEPHQ049845L Both the motor and the engine power are used to drive the vehicle. (Battery & Engine Wheel) OAEPHQ049846L Only the engine power is used to drive the vehicle. (Engine Wheel) OAEPHQ049847L When the vehicle is stopped, the high-voltage battery is charged up by the engine. (Engine Battery) H48 Regeneration Engine Brake Power Reserve OAEPHQ049848L The high-voltage battery is charged up by the regenerative brake system. (Wheel Battery) OAEPHQ049849L The engine braking is used to decelerate the vehicle. (Wheel Engine) OAEPHQ049850L The engine is simultaneously used to drive the vehicle and to charge up the high-voltage battery. (Engine Wheel & Battery) H49 DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) Engine Generation/Motor Drive Engine Generation/Regeneration Engine Brake/Regeneration OAEPHQ049851L The engine charges up the high-voltage battery. The motor power is used to drive the vehicle. (Engine Battery Wheel) OAEPHQ049852L The engine and regenerative brake system charges up the high-voltage battery. (Engine & Wheel Battery) OAEPHQ049853L The engine braking is simultaneously used to decelerate the vehicle and to charge up the high-voltage battery. (Wheel Engine & Battery) H50 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR HYBRID SYSTEM Hybrid Vehicle Components Safety Precautions High Voltage Battery System HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit) *1 WARNING Never touch orange coloured or high voltage labelled components, including wires, cables, and connections. When the insulators or covers are damaged or removed, severe injury or death from electrocution may occur. OAEPH088005 High voltage battery system *2 WARNING Whilst replacing the fuses in the engine compartment, never touch the HPCU. The HPCU carries high voltage. Touching the HPCU may result in electrocution, serious injury, or death. WARNING In the hybrid system, the hybrid battery uses high voltage to operate the motor and other components. This high voltage hybrid battery system can be very dangerous. Never touch the hybrid system. When you touch the hybrid battery system, serious injury or death may occur. OAEQ046019 *1: Located in the engine compartment *2: Located under the rear seats H51 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR HYBRID SYSTEM (CONT.) CAUTION Drive motor *3 · Do not pile up any items in an area behind the high voltage battery. In a crash, the battery may become unstable, or its performance may degrade. · Do not apply strong force nor pile up any items above the luggage compartment. Such an attempt may distort the high voltage battery case, causing a safety problem or degrading the performance. · Be careful when loading flammable liquid in luggage compartment. It could cause operational and safety degradation if the liquid leaks and flows in high voltage battery. OAEQ046017 *3: Located in the engine compartment WARNING · Do not disassemble the high voltage motor connector. The high voltage motor connector may contain residual high voltage. Coming in contact with high voltage may result in death or serious injury. · Your vehicle's hybrid system should only be inspected or repaired by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. WARNING · Do not disassemble or assemble the high voltage battery system. Doing so may result in electric shock, causing death or serious injury. · If you disassemble or assemble hybrid system components improperly, it may damage the performance and reliability of your vehicle. · If electrolyte comes in contact with your body, clothes or eyes, immediately flush with a large quantity of fresh tap water. Have your eyes examined by a doctor as soon as possible. H52 WARNING Never assemble or disassemble the high voltage battery system. · If you assemble or disassemble the high voltage battery system, the durability and performance of the vehicle may be damaged. · When you want to check the high voltage battery system, have the vehicle checked and inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · Do not touch the high voltage battery and high voltage cable connected to motor (orange colour). Severe burns and electric shock may occur. For your safety, do not touch the cover of electronic components and electronic cable. Do not remove the cover of electronic components and electronic cable. In particular, never touch the high voltage battery system when the hybrid system in operation. It may result in death or serious injury. WARNING · Never use the package modules (high voltage battery, inverter and converter) for any other purpose. · Do not use an unauthorised battery charger to charge the high voltage battery. Doing so may result in death or serious injury. · Never locate the high voltage system near or in a fire. · Never drill into or strike the package module. Otherwise, it may be damaged. An electric shock may occur, resulting in serious injury or death. NOTICE · When the vehicle is paint baked, do not bake over 30 minutes in 70°C (158°F) or 20 minutes in 80°C (176°F) degree. · Do not wash the engine compartment, using water. Water may cause an electric shock and damage the electronic components. WARNING This hybrid vehicle uses the hybrid battery system inverter and converter to generate high voltage. High voltage in the hybrid battery system is very dangerous and may cause severe burns and electric shock. This may result in serious injury or death. · For your safety, never touch, replace, disassemble or remove the hybrid battery system including components, cables and connectors. Severe burns or electric shock may result in serious injury or death when you fail to follow this warning. · When the hybrid battery system operates, the hybrid battery system can be hot. Always be careful because burns or electric shock may be caused by high voltage. (Continued) H53 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR HYBRID SYSTEM (CONT.) (Continued) · Do not drop water or liquid on to HPCU, HSG, motor and fuses. The hybrid system components are covered. If you drop water or liquid on to hybrid system components, it may result in electric shock. Service Plug DANGER Hybrid vehicle (Continued) Service plug is attached to high voltage hybrid battery system. Touching the service plug will result in death or serious injury. Service personnel should follow procedure in service manual. Plug-in hybrid vehicle OAEQ046018 OAEQ048018 Never touch the service plug. (Continued) H54 Hybrid Battery Cooling Duct Hybrid vehicle Plug-in hybrid vehicle OAE036024 OAEPH036024 The hybrid battery cooling duct is located on the left side of the rear seats. The cooling duct cools down the hybrid battery. When the hybrid battery cooling duct is blocked, the hybrid battery may be overheated. Do not obstruct the cooling duct with any other objects. WARNING · Never clean the cooling duct of the hybrid battery with a wet cloth. If any water enters in the cooling duct of the hybrid battery, the hybrid battery may cause an electric shock, resulting in a serious damage, an injury or a death. · The hybrid battery is composed of lithium-ion polymer. If the hybrid battery is improperly handled, it is dangerous to the environment. Also it may cause electrical shock and severe burns, resulting in a serious injury or a death. · Do not spill liquid over the cooling duct of the hybrid battery. Doing so is very dangerous. It may cause electric shock or serious injury. · Do not cover the cooling duct with objects. (Continued) (Continued) · Do not put any objects into the cooling duct of the hybrid battery. Doing so may cause loss of cooling duct volume to the hybrid battery. When the cooling duct is blocked with any objects, immediately contact your HYUNDAI dealer. · Never place a container of liquid on or near the cooling duct. If the liquid spills, the hybrid battery located in the luggage compartment may be damaged. · Secure all loads in the luggage compartment to prevent them from being tossed about before driving. When a sharp or heavy load strike with a strong impact or pierce the interior luggage compartment wall, the hybrid battery system may be damaged, deteriorating its performance. i Information Clean the cooling duct for the hybrid battery with a dry cloth on a regular basis. H55 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR HYBRID SYSTEM (CONT.) If an Accident Occurs WARNING · For your safety, do not touch high voltage cables, connectors and package modules. High voltage components are orange in colour. · Exposed cables or wires may be visible inside or outside of the vehicle. Never touch the wires or cables, because an electrical shock, an injury, or a death may occur. · Any gas or electrolyte leakage from your vehicle is not only poisonous but also flammable. Upon witnessing one of those, open the windows, and remain a safe distance from the vehicle out of the road. Immediately call an emergency services or contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer and advise them that a hybrid vehicle is involved. (Continued) (Continued) · When the vehicle is severely damaged, remain a safe distance of 15 meter or more between your vehicle and other vehicles/flammables. WARNING If a fire occurs : · If a small scale fire occurs, use a fire extinguisher (ABC, BC) that is meant for electrical fires. If it is impossible to extinguish the fire in the early stage, remain a safe distance from the vehicle and immediately call your local fire emergency responders. Also, advise them that a hybrid vehicle is involved. If the fire spreads to the high voltage battery, large amount of water is needed to put out the fire. (Continued) H56 (Continued) Using small amount of water or fire extinguishers not meant for electrical fires could cause serious injury or death from electrical shocks. · Upon witnessing any sparks, gases, flames, or fuel leakage of your vehicle, immediately call emergency services or contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Also, advise them that a hybrid vehicle is involved. WARNING When a submersion in water occurs: When your vehicle is flooded in water, a high-voltage battery may cause shock or fires. Thus, turn the hybrid system OFF, take the key in your possession and escape to a safe place. Never attempt physical contact with your flooded vehicle. Immediately contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer and advise them that a hybrid vehicle is involved. When the Hybrid Vehicle Shuts Off When the high voltage battery is discharged, when the 12-volt battery is discharged, or when the fuel tank is empty, the hybrid system may not operate whilst driving. When the Hybrid system does not operate, do the followings: 1.Gradually reduce the vehicle speed. Pull over your vehicle off the road in a safe area. 2. Locate the shift lever in P (Park). 3.Turn ON the hazard warning flashers. 4.Turn OFF the vehicle, and try to start the hybrid system again, whilst depressing the brake pedal and turning on the ignition switch. 5.When the hybrid system still does not operate, refer to "If the 12 Volt Battery Is Discharged" in chapter 6. Before jump-starting the vehicle, check the fuel level and the exact procedure to jump start. For further details, refer to "If the 12 Volt Battery Is Discharged" in the chapter 6. When the fuel level is low, do not attempt to drive the vehicle only with the battery power. The high voltage battery may be discharged, and the hybrid system will turn OFF. H57 OWNER'S MANUAL Operation Maintenance Specifications The information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, the right to amend specifications without notice or obligation to incorporate such amendments into vehicles already produced is reserved. This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, some of the equipment operating descriptions referred to may not apply to the particular vehicle with which this manual is supplied. We recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for information regarding current standard and optional equipment levels. CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO ORIGINAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATION Modification to the original vehicle specification may invalidate the manufacturers warranty and may adversely affect the safety and durability of the vehicle. Components which are subject to modification or are added to the original vehicle specification without the express approval of the manufacturer and result in consequential loss or damage are not covered by the vehicle manufacturers warranty. Particular attention is drawn to the fitment of replacement road wheels having a different specification to those installed in production. The electric power assisted steering system is specifically programmed to operate only with the road wheels fitted during production. The installation of alternative specification road wheels may result in the replacement road wheels fouling the vehicle body resulting in tyre damage and compromised safety. The installation of after market wheels on vehicles equipped with TPMS may result in wheel balancing difficulties or malfunction of the TPMS system. We recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer before non original specification road wheels are installed. TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION This vehicle is fitted with electronically controlled fuel injection or other micro processor controlled equipment. It is possible for incorrectly installed two way radio equipment including mobile telephones to adversely affect these systems. Before radio equipment of this kind is installed, we recommend that you contact your HYUNDAI authorised repairer for recommendation regarding the suitability of the particular radio equipment concerned and the recommended method of installation and equipment location. Incorrectly installed or unsuitable equipment which gives rise to incorrect functioning of or damage to electronic vehicle components will not fall within the scope of the vehicle manufacturers warranty. F2 SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE. These titles indicate the following: DANGER DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or other persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning. CAUTION This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution. NOTICE This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided. F3 FOREWORD Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive HYUNDAIs. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI we build. Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's controls and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle. This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. HYUNDAI dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required. This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety and maintenance information. HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY In the event of the vehicle being sold please ensure that this manual is left in the vehicle for the reference of the new owner. CAUTION Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-6 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual. Copyright 2019 HYUNDAI Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor Company. F4 Introduction HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist you in many ways. We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual. In order to minimise the chance of death or injury, you must read the WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual. Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle. By reading your manual, you will learn about features, important safety information, and driving tips under various road conditions. The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents. Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject; it has an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual. Sections: This manual has eight sections plus an index. Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want. You will find various WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and NOTICES in this manual. These were prepared to enhance your personal safety. You should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these WARNINGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES. This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION. DANGER DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation in which harm, serious bodily injury or death could result if the warning is ignored. CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored. NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provided. F5 Introduction FUEL REQUIREMENTS Petrol engine Unleaded For the optimal vehicle performance, we recommend you use unleaded petrol which has an octane rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 95 / AKI (Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher. You may use unleaded petrol with an octane rating of RON 91-94 / AKI 8790 but it may result in slight performance reduction of the vehicle. (Do not use methanol blended fuels) Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimise exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling. NOTICE NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The use of leaded fuel is detrimental to the catalytic converter and will damage the engine control system's oxygen sensor and affect emission control. Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified (We recommend that you consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for details.) WARNING · Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refuelling. · Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident. F6 Introduction Petrol containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol, a mixture of petrol and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol), and petrol or gasohol containing methanol (also known as wood alcohol) are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded petrol. Do not use gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol, and do not use petrol or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system. Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur. Vehicle damage or driveability problems may not be covered by the manufacturer's warranty if they result from the use of: 1. Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol. 2. Petrol or gasohol containing methanol. 3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. NOTICE Never use gasohol which contains methanol. Discontinue use of any gasohol product which impairs drivability. Other fuels Using fuel additives such as: - Silicone fuel additive - MMT (Magnanese, Mn) fuel additive - Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive - Other metallic-based fuel additives may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine resulting in a reduction in the overall life of the powertrain. NOTICE Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty. F7 Introduction Use of MTBE HYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle. Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapour lock or hard starting. NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance problems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol or fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.) Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol (wood alcohol) should not be used in your vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and damage components of the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system. Fuel Additives HYUNDAI recommends that you use unleaded petrol which has an octane rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 95 / AKI (Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher. For customers who do not use good quality petrols, and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank is recommended according to the maintenance schedule which is provided in your Service Booklet. Additives are available from your HYUNDAI authorised repairer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to: · Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance. · Determine that acceptable fuel is available. F8 Introduction VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS · This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty. · If you use unauthorised electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorised electronic devices. VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle. · Do not race the engine. · Whilst driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm. · Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine. · Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly. RETURNING USED VEHICLES (FOR EUROPE) HYUNDAI promotes an environmentally sound treatment for end of life vehicles and offers to take back your HYUNDAI end of life vehicles in accordance with the European Union (EU) End of Life Vehicles Directive. You can get detailed information from your national HYUNDAI homepage. F9 Your vehicle at a glance 1 Safety system of your vehicle 2 Convenient features of your vehicle 3 Infotainment system 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS Driving your vehicle 5 What to do in an emergency 6 Maintenance 7 Specifications & Consumer information 8 Index I Your vehicle at a glance Your vehicle at a glance Hybrid vehicle 1 Exterior overview (I) .............................................1-2 Exterior overview (II) ............................................1-3 Interior overview....................................................1-4 Instrument panel overview ...................................1-5 Engine compartment .............................................1-6 Plug-in hybrid vehicle Exterior overview (I) .............................................1-7 Exterior overview (II) ............................................1-8 Interior overview....................................................1-9 Instrument panel overview .................................1-10 Engine compartment ...........................................1-11 Your vehicle at a glance EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (I) - HYBRID VEHICLE Front view The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1-2 1. Bonnet ...............................................3-35 2. Headlamp ..........................................7-55 3. Daytime running light (DRL)...3-111, 7-62 4. Tyres and wheels .......................7-29, 8-4 5. Outside rearview mirror .....................3-24 6. Sunroof ..............................................3-31 7. Front windscreen wiper blades..........7-23 8. Windows ............................................3-27 9. Parking distance warning (Reverse/Forward) system ............. 3-122 OAEPH019001R EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (II) - HYBRID VEHICLE Rear view The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1 10. Doors ................................................3-12 11. Fuel filler door...................................3-39 12. Rear combination lamp ....................7-62 13. Tailgate .............................................3-37 14. High mounted stop lamp ..................7-66 15. Rear window defroster ...................3-146 16. Parking distance warning (Reverse/Forward) system .............3-125 Parking distance warning (Reverse) system .............................3-122 17. Rear view monitor ..........................3-120 18. Antenna ..............................................4-2 OAE018002 1-3 Your vehicle at a glance Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW - HYBRID VEHICLE The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1-4 1. Door lock/unlock button ....................3-14 2. Outside rearview mirror folding switch ....................................3-26 3. Outside rearview mirror control switch ....................................3-25 4. Power window lock switch ................3-30 5. Central door lock switch ....................3-14 6. Power window switches ....................3-27 7. Headlamp levelling device ..............3-111 8. Instrument panel illumination control switch ....................................3-46 9. Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ..............................................5-70 10. Lane keeping assist (LKA) system..5-99 11. ESC OFF button..............................5-44 12. Fuel filler door opener ....................3-38 13. 12V battery reset switch....................6-5 14. Bonnet release lever........................3-35 15. Steering wheel ................................3-20 16. Seat ..................................................2-4 17. Driver position memory system ......3-18 OAEPH019009R INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW - HYBRID VEHICLE The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1. Instrument cluster ......................................3-44 1 2. Horn ...........................................................3-22 3. Driver's front air bag ..................................2-51 4. Key ignition switch/ ......................................5-6 Engine Start/Stop button .............................5-9 5. Light control/Turn signals.........................3-104 6. Wiper/Washer ..........................................3-117 7. Infotainment system.....................................4-2 8. Hazard warning flasher................................6-2 9. Automatic climate control system ..............3-129 10. Passenger's front air bag.........................2-51 11. Knee air bag ............................................2-51 12. Glove box...............................................3-148 13. Dual clutch transmission..........................5-15 14. Power outlet ...........................................3-152 15. USB port ....................................................4-2 16. Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat..............2-21 17. Heated steering wheel.............................3-21 18. Parking distance warning (Reverse/Forward) ON button/...............3-126 Parking distance warning (Reverse) OFF button ...............................................3-124 19. Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)...............5-33 20. Cup holder .............................................3-150 21. Steering wheel audio controls/ ..................4-3 Bluetooth® wireless technology hands-free controls ....................................4-4 22. Speed limiter/........................................ 5-112 Cruise controls/......................................5-122 Smart cruise controls with stop & go system....................................................5-128 OAEPH019011R 1-5 Your vehicle at a glance Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT - HYBRID VEHICLE Petrol Engine (1.6 GDI) 1. Engine coolant reservoir ..................7-13 2. Engine coolant cap............................7-14 3. Inverter coolant reservoir ..................7-13 4. Brake fluid reservoir ..........................7-17 5. Air cleaner ........................................7-19 6. Engine oil dipstick ............................7-11 7. Engine oil filler cap ............................7-12 8. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir ....7-18 9. Fuse box............................................7-41 The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1-6 OAE078001 Your vehicle at a glance EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (I) - PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE Front view 1 1. Bonnet ...............................................3-35 2. Headlamp ..........................................7-55 3. Daytime running light (DRL) ..3-111, 7-62 4. Tyres and wheels .......................7-29, 8-4 5. Outside rearview mirror .....................3-24 6. Sunroof ..............................................3-31 7. Front windscreen wiper blades..........7-23 8. Windows ............................................3-27 9. Parking distance warning (Reverse/Forward) system ............. 3-122 10. Charging door ....................................H4 The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OAEPH018001 1-7 Your vehicle at a glance EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (II) - PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE Rear view 11. Doors ................................................3-12 12. Fuel filler door...................................3-42 13. Rear combination lamp ....................7-62 14. Tailgate .............................................3-37 15. High mounted stop lamp ..................7-66 16. Rear window defroster ...................3-146 17. Parking distance warning (Reverse/Forward) system .............3-125 Parking distance warning (Reverse) system ............................................3-122 18. Rear view monitor ..........................3-120 19. Antenna ..............................................4-2 The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1-8 OAEPH018002 INTERIOR OVERVIEW - PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1 1. Door lock/unlock button ....................3-14 2. Driver position memory system ........3-18 3. Outside rearview mirror folding switch ................................................3-26 4. Outside rearview mirror control switch ................................................3-25 5. Central door lock switch ....................3-14 6. Power window lock switch ................3-27 7. Power window switches ....................3-30 8. Headlight levelling device ................3-111 9. Instrument panel illumination control switch ......................................3-46 10. Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system................................................5-70 11. VESS (Virtual Engine Sound System) button..................................................H31 12. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ..5-99 13. ESC OFF button..............................5-44 14. Fuel filler door opener ....................3-41 15. AUTO/LOCK mode selection button ..H7 16. Scheduled charging deactivation button ................................................H6 17. Bonnet release lever........................3-35 18. Fuse box..........................................7-41 19. Steering wheel ................................3-20 20. Seat ..................................................2-4 OAEPH019010R 1-9 Your vehicle at a glance Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW - PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1. Instrument cluster ....................................3-44 2. Horn .........................................................3-22 3. Driver's front air bag ................................2-51 4. Key ignition switch/ ....................................5-6 Engine Start/Stop button ...........................5-9 5. Light control/Turn signals .......................3-104 6. Wiper/Washer ........................................3-117 7. Infotainment system...................................4-2 8. Hazard warning flasher..............................6-2 9. Automatic climate control system ............3-129 10. Passenger's front air bag .......................2-51 11. Knee air bag ..........................................2-51 12. Glove box .............................................3-148 13. Dual clutch transmission........................5-15 14. Power outlet .........................................3-152 15. USB port ..................................................4-2 16. Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat ............2-21 17. Heated steering wheel ...........................3-21 18. HEV button ............................................H-33 19. Parking distance warning (Reverse/Forward) ON button/.............3-126 Parking distance warning (Reverse) OFF button ...........................................3-124 20. Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)...............5-33 21. Cup holder ...........................................3-150 22. Steering wheel audio controls/ ................4-3 Bluetooth® wireless technology hands-free controls ..................................4-4 23. Speed limiter/...................................... 5-112 Cruise controls/....................................5-122 Smart cruise controls with stop & go system..................................................5-128 1-10 OAEPH019004R ENGINE COMPARTMENT - PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE Petrol Engine (1.6 GDI) 1 Your vehicle at a glance 1. Engine coolant reservoir ..................7-13 2. Engine coolant cap ..........................7-14 3. Inverter coolant reservoir ................7-13 4. Brake fluid reservoir ..........................7-17 5. Air cleaner ........................................7-19 6. Engine oil dipstick ............................7-11 7. Engine oil filler cap ............................7-12 8. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir ..7-18 9. Fuse box ..........................................7-41 The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OAEPH078001 1-11 Safety system of your vehicle This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers. It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work. Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle. 2 Important safety precautions...............................2-2 Child restraint system (CRS) .............................2-36 Always wear your seat belt............................................2-2 Our recommendation:Children always in the rear..2-36 Restrain all children..........................................................2-2 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................2-37 Air bag hazards..................................................................2-2 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................2-39 Driver distraction...............................................................2-2 Control your speed ...........................................................2-3 Keep your vehicle in safe condition.............................2-3 Air bag - supplemental restraint system .........2-49 Where are the air bags? ...............................................2-51 How does the air bags system operate? ..................2-56 Seats ........................................................................2-4 What to expect after an air bag inflates..................2-60 Safety precautions............................................................2-5 Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? ...........2-62 Front seats..........................................................................2-6 SRS care ............................................................................2-67 Rear seats .........................................................................2-12 Additional safety precautions ......................................2-68 Head restraint ..................................................................2-15 Air bag warning labels ...................................................2-69 Seat warmers and air ventilation seats.....................2-20 Seat belts ..............................................................2-24 Seat belt safety precautions........................................2-24 Seat belt warning light ..................................................2-25 Seat belt restraint system ............................................2-27 Additional seat belt safety precautions ....................2-32 Care of seat belts ...........................................................2-35 Safety system of your vehicle IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS You will find many safety precautions and recommendations throughout this section, and throughout this manual. The safety precautions in this section are among the most important. Always wear your seat belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of accidents. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make sure you and your passengers wear your seat belts, and wear them properly. Restrain all children All children under age 13 should ride in your vehicle properly restrained in a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in an appropriate Child Restraint System. Larger children should use a booster seat with the lap/shoulder belt until they can use the seat belt properly without a booster seat. Air bag hazards Whilst air bags can save lives, they can also cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or who are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and short adults are at the greatest risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Follow all instructions and warnings in this manual. Driver distraction Driver distraction presents a serious and potentially deadly danger, especially for inexperienced drivers. Safety should be the first concern when behind the wheel and drivers need to be aware of the wide array of potential distractions, such as drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating, personal grooming, other passengers, and using mobile phones. Drivers can become distracted when they take their eyes and attention off the road or their hands off the wheel to focus on activities other than driving. To reduce your risk of distraction and an accident: · ALWAYS set up your mobile devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation units, etc.) when your vehicle is parked or safely stopped. · ONLY use your mobile device when allowed by laws and conditions permit safe use. NEVER text or email whilst driving. Most countries have laws prohibiting drivers from texting. Some countries and cities also prohibit drivers from using handheld phones. 2-2 · NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road. Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted. Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tyre blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tyre pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance. 2 2-3 Safety system of your vehicle Safety system of your vehicle SEATS 2-4 Front seat 1. Forward and backward 2. Seatback angle 3. Seat cushion height* 4. Lumbar support (Driver's seat)* 5. Seat warmer */ Air ventilation seat * 6. Head restraint 2nd row seat 7. Seat warmer* 8. Armrest 9. Head restraint 10. Seatback angle and folding * : if equipped OAEPH039001R Safety system of your vehicle Safety precautions Air bags (Continued) Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting in a safe, comfortable position plays an important role in driver and passenger safety together with the seat belts and air bags in an accident. You can take steps to reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Sitting too close to an air bag greatly increases the risk of injury in the event the air bag inflates. Move your seat as far back as possible · Hold the steering wheel by the rim with hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions to minimise the risk of injuries to your hands and arms. 2 from front air bags, whilst still main- · NEVER place anything or any- WARNING taining control of the vehicle. one between you and the air bag. Do not use a cushion that reduces friction between the seat and the passenger.The passenger's hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt cannot operate properly. WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following precautions: · Adjust the driver's seat as far to the rear as possible maintaining the ability to control the vehicle. · Do not allow the front passenger to place feet or legs on the dashboard to minimise the risk of leg injuries. · Adjust the front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible. (Continued) 2-5 Safety system of your vehicle Seat belts Always fasten your seat belt before starting any trip. At all times, passengers should sit upright and be properly restrained. Infants and small children must be restrained in appropriate Child Restraint Systems. Children who have outgrown a booster seat and adults must be restrained using the seat belts. WARNING Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat belt: · NEVER use one seat belt for more than one occupant. · Always position the seatback upright with the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips. · NEVER allow children or small infants to ride on a passenger's lap. · Do not route the seat belt across your neck, across sharp edges, or reroute the shoulder strap away from your body. · Do not allow the seat belt to become caught or jammed. Front seats The front seat can be adjusted by using the control lever or switches located on the outside of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper position so that you can easily control the steering wheel, foot pedals and controls on the instrument panel. WARNING Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat: · NEVER attempt to adjust the seat whilst the vehicle is moving. The seat could respond with unexpected movement and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. · Do not place anything under the front seats. Loose objects in the driver's foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, causing an accident. (Continued) 2-6 Safety system of your vehicle (Continued) · Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position and proper locking of the seatback. · Do not place a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat. When you operate the seat, gas may exit out of the lighter causing a fire. · Use extreme caution when picking up small objects trapped under the seats or between the seat and the centre console. Your hands might be cut or injured by the sharp edges of the seat mechanism. · If there are occupants in the rear seats, be careful whilst adjusting the front seat position. CAUTION Manual adjustment To prevent injury: · Do not adjust your seat whilst 2 wearing your seat belt. Moving the seat cushion for- ward may cause strong pres- sure on your abdomen. · Do not allow your hands or fingers to get caught in the seat mechanisms whilst the seat is moving. OAE036002/H Forward and rearward adjustment To move the seat forward or rearward: 1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever and hold it. 2. Slide the seat to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. Move forward and rearward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly. 2-7 Safety system of your vehicle Reclining seatback Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback. OAE036003/H Seatback angle To recline the seatback: 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback lever. 2. Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.) WARNING NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving. Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop. Drivers and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright. 2-8 Safety system of your vehicle Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. When the seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be snug against your chest. Instead, it will be in front of you. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries. Power adjustment (if equipped) WARNING NEVER allow children in the 2 vehicle unattended. The power seats are operable when the engine is turned off. The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt. OAE036004/H Seat cushion height (for driver's seat) To change the height of the seat cushion: · Push down the lever several times, to lower the seat cushion. · Pull up the lever several times, to raise the seat cushion. 2-9 Safety system of your vehicle CAUTION To prevent damage to the seats: · Always stop adjusting the seats when the seat has been adjusted as far forward or rearward as possible. · Do not adjust the seats longer than necessary when the engine is turned off. This may result in unnecessary battery drain. · Do not operate two or more seats at the same time. This may result in an electrical malfunction. OAE036006/H Forward and rearward adjustment To move the seat forward or rearward: 1. Push the control switch forward or rearward. 2. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position. OAE036007/H Seatback angle To recline the seatback: 1. Push the control switch forward or rearward. 2. Release the switch once the seat- back reaches the desired position. 2-10 Safety system of your vehicle Reclining seatback Seat belts must be snug against your Sitting in a reclined position when hips and chest to work properly. the vehicle is in motion can be dan- When the seatback is reclined, the gerous. Even when buckled up, the shoulder belt cannot do its job protections of your restraint system because it will not be snug against 2 (seat belts and air bags) is greatly your chest. Instead, it will be in front reduced by reclining your seatback. of you. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing WARNING neck or other injuries. The more the seatback is reclined, NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving. Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt. OAE036008/H Seat cushion height (if equipped) To change the height of the seat cush- or fatal injuries in the event of a ion: collision or sudden stop. 1. · Push the front portion of the con- Driver and passengers should trol switch up to raise or down to ALWAYS sit well back in their lower the front part of the seat seats, properly belted, and with cushion. the seatbacks upright. · Push the rear portion of the con- trol switch up to raise or down to lower the height of the seat cush- ion. 2. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position. 2-11 Safety system of your vehicle Seatback pocket Rear seats Folding the rear seat (if equipped) The rear seatbacks can be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle. OAE036005R Lumbar support (for driver's seat, if equipped) · The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch. · Press the front portion of the switch (1) to increase support or the rear portion of the switch (2) to decrease support. OAE036064 The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front seatbacks. CAUTION Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure occupants. WARNING · Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down seatback whilst the vehicle is moving. This is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop. · Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops. 2-12 2 Safety system of your vehicle OAE036018 To fold down the rear seatback: 1. Set the front seatback to the upright position. 2. Lower the rear head restraints down(2) pushing the adjusting button(1). OAE036065L OAE036020 OAE036019 3. Locate the seatbelt toward the outboard position before folding down the seatback to avoid the seatbelt system interfering with the seatback. OAE036021 4. Pull on the seatback folding lever (1), then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle. 2-13 Safety system of your vehicle OAE036066L 5. To use the rear seat, lift and push the seatback rearward. Push the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place. WARNING When returning the rear seatback from a folded to an upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly. Ensure that the seatback is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback. In an accident or sudden stop, the unlocked seatback could allow cargo to move forward with great force and enter the passenger compartment, which could result in serious injury or death. WARNING Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit vehicle occupants in a collision causing serious injury or death. 2-14 Safety system of your vehicle Armrest Head restraint The vehicle's front and rear seats have adjustable head restraints. The head restraints provide comfort for passengers, but more importantly they are designed to help protect passengers from whiplash and other neck and spinal injuries during an accident, especially in a rear impact collision. (Continued) · 2 OLF034072N OAE036022 The armrest is located in the centre of the rear seat. Pull the armrest down from the seatback to use it. WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death in an accident, take the following precautions when adjusting your head restraints: · Always properly adjust the head restraints for all passengers BEFORE starting the vehicle. · NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with the head restraint removed. (Continued) Adjust the head restraints so the middle of the head restraint is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes. · NEVER adjust the head restraint position of the driver's seat when the vehicle is in motion. · Adjust the head restraint as close to the passenger's head as possible. Do not use a seat cushion that holds the body away from the seatback. · Make sure the head restraint locks into position after adjusting it. 2-15 Safety system of your vehicle NOTICE To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull on the head restraints. Front seat head restraints CAUTION When there is no occupant in the rear seats, adjust the height of the head restraint to the lowest position. The rear seat head restraint can reduce the visibility of the rear area. OPDE036068 The driver's and front passenger's seats are equipped with adjustable head restraints for the passengers safety and comfort. OAE036010 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the head restraint: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1). To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button (2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the desired position (3). 2-16 Type A 2 Safety system of your vehicle OAE036009 Forward and rearward adjustment (if equipped) The head restraint may be adjusted forward to 3 different positions by pulling the head restraint forward to the desired detent. To adjust the head restraint to it's furthest rearwards position, pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it. OLF034015 NOTICE If you recline the seatback towards the front with the head restraint and seat cushion raised, the head restraint may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle. Type B OAE036012R OAE036011R Removal/Reinstall To remove the head restraint: 1. Recline the seatback (2) with using the seatback angle lever or switch (1). 2. Raise the head restraint as far as it can go. 2-17 Safety system of your vehicle 3. Press the head restraint release button (3) whilst pulling the head restraint up (4). Type A WARNING NEVER allow anyone to travel in a seat with the head restraint removed. Type B 4. Recline the seatback (4) with the seatback angle lever or switch (3). OAE036014R WARNING Always make sure the head restraint locks into position after reinstalling and adjusting it properly. OAE036013R To reinstall the head restraint : 1. Recline the seatback. 2. Put the head restraint poles (2) into the holes whilst pressing the release button (1). 3. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height. 2-18 Rear seat head restraints 2 Safety system of your vehicle OPDE036069 The rear seats are equipped with head restraints in all the seating positions for the passenger's safety and comfort. OAE036017 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the head restraint: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1). To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button (2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the desired position (3). OAE036072L To remove the head restraint, raise it as far as it can go then press the release button (1) whilst pulling the head restraint up (2). To reinstall the head restraint, put the head restraint poles (3) into the holes whilst pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height. WARNING Make sure the head restraint locks in position after adjusting it to properly protect the occupants. 2-19 Safety system of your vehicle Seat warmers and air ventilation seats Front seat warmers (if equipped) Seat warmers are provided to warm the seats during cold weather. WARNING The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS BURN, even at low temperatures and especially if used for long periods of time. Passengers must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm so they can turn it off, if needed. People who cannot detect temperature change or pain to the skin should use extreme caution, especially the following types of passengers: · Infants, children, elderly or disabled persons, or hospital outpatients. · People with sensitive skin or who burn easily. (Continued) (Continued) · Fatigued individuals. · Intoxicated individuals. · People taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness. WARNING NEVER place anything on the seat that insulates against heat when the seat warmer is in operation, such as a blanket or seat cushion. This may cause the seat warmer to overheat, causing a burn or damage to the seat. NOTICE To prevent damage to the seat warmers and seats: · Never use a solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or petrol to clean the seats. · Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers. · Do not change the seat cover. It may damage the seat warmer. 2-20 Safety system of your vehicle Type A · Each time you push the switch, the Front air ventilation seat temperature setting of the seat is (if equipped) changed as follows : Type A OFF HIGH ( ) 2 LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( ) Type B OAEPH038015R · When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer operating, the seat warmer will turn OFF. · The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is placed to the ON position. Type B OAEPH039016R OAEPH039076R Whilst the engine is running, push either of the switches to warm the driver's seat or front passenger's seat. During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position. i Information With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature. OAEPH039077R The air ventilation seats are provided to cool the front seats by blowing air through small vent holes on the surface of the seat cushions and seatbacks. 2-21 Safety system of your vehicle When the operation of the air ventilation seat is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position. Whilst the engine is running, push the switch to cool the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat (if equipped). · Each time you push the switch, the airflow changes as follows: OFF HIGH ( ) LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( ) · When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the air ventilation seat operating, the operation will turn OFF. · The air ventilation seats defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is placed to the ON position. NOTICE To prevent damage to the air ventilation seat: · Use the air ventilation seat ONLY when the climate control system is on. Using the air ventilation seat for prolonged periods of time with the climate control system off could cause the air ventilation seat to malfunction. · Never use a solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or petrol to clean the seats. · Avoid spilling liquids on the surface of the front seats and seatbacks; this may cause the air vent holes to become blocked and not work properly. · Do not place materials such as plastic bags or newspapers under the seats. They may block the air intake causing the air vents to not work properly. (Continued) (Continued) · Do not change the seat covers. It may damage the air ventilation seat. · If the air vents do not operate, restart the vehicle. If there is no change, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 2-22 Rear seat warmers (if equipped) Each time you push the switch, the Battery Cooling Duct temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows : Hybrid vehicle OFF HIGH ( ) LOW ( ) 2 Safety system of your vehicle The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is placed to the ON position. OAE036023 Whilst the engine is running, push either of the switches to warm the rear seat. During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position. i Information With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature. Plug-in hybrid vehicle OAE036024 OAEPH036024 The hybrid battery cooling duct is located on the left side of the rear seats. The cooling duct cools down the hybrid battery. When the hybrid battery cooling duct is blocked, the hybrid battery may be overheated. Do not obstruct the cooling duct with any other objects. 2-23 Safety system of your vehicle SEAT BELTS This section describes how to use the seat belts properly. It also describes some of the things not to do when using seat belts. Seat belt safety precautions Always fasten your seat belt and make sure all passengers have fastened their seat belts before starting any trip. Air bags (if equipped) are designed to supplement the seat belt as an additional safety device, but they are not a substitute. Most countries require all occupants of a vehicle to wear seat belts. WARNING Seat belts must be used by ALL passengers whenever the vehicle is moving. Take the following precautions when adjusting and wearing seat belts: · Children under the age of 13 should be properly restrained in the rear seats. · Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated. If a child is seated in the front passenger seat, move the seat as far back as possible and properly restrain them in the seat. · NEVER allow an infant or child to be carried on an occupant's lap. · NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving. · Do not allow children to share a seat or seat belt. (Continued) (Continued) · Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back. · Never wear a seat belt over fragile objects. If there is a sudden stop or impact, the seat belt can damage it. · Do not use the seat belt if it is twisted. A twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident. · Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or hardware is damaged. · Do not latch the seat belt into the buckles of other seats. · NEVER unfasten the seat belt whilst driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. · Make sure there is nothing in the buckle interfering with the seat belt latch mechanism. This may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely. (Continued) 2-24 Safety system of your vehicle (Continued) · No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack. Seat belt warning light Seat belt warning If you start to drive without fastening the seatbelt, warning light will continue to illumiante until you fasten the seatbelt. If you continue not to fasten the seat 2 belt and you drive over 20km/h the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink. (if equipped) WARNING Damaged seat belts and seat belt assemblies will not operate properly. Always replace: · Frayed, contaminated, or damaged webbing. · Damaged hardware. · The entire seat belt assembly after it has been worn in an accident, even if damage to webbing or assembly is not apparent. OAM032161R Driver's seat belt warning As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt warning light will illuminate and chime for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening. If the driver's seat belt is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON, the seat belt warning light illuminates until the belt is fastened. 2-25 Safety system of your vehicle If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 9km/h, the illuminated warning light will start to blink until you drive under 6km/h. If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 20km/h the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink. OTLE035082R Front passenger's seat belt warning As a reminder to the front passenger, the front passenger's seat belt warning lights will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening. If the front passenger's seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned ON, the corresponding seat belt warning light will illuminate until the belt is fastened. 2-26 WARNING Riding in an improper position adversely affects the front passenger's seat belt warning system. It is important for the driver to instruct the passenger to properly be seated as instructed in this manual. i Information · You can find the front passenger's seat belt warning light on the centre fascia panel. · Although the front passenger seat is not occupied, the seat belt warning light will blink or illuminate for 6 seconds. · The front passenger's seat belt warning may operate when luggage is placed on the front passenger seat. OTLE035083R Rear passenger's seat belt warning If the ignition switch is turned ON (engine is not running) when the rear passenger's lap/shoulder belt is not fastened, the corresponding seat belt warning light will illuminate until the belt is fastened. And then, the rear corresponding seat belt warning light will illuminate for approximately 35 seconds, if any of following occurs; - You start the engine when the rear belt is not fastened. - You drive over 9km/h when the rear belt is not fastened. - The rear belt is disconnected when driving under 20km/h. Safety system of your vehicle If the rear seat belt is fastened, the Seat belt restraint system warning light will turn off immediately. Lap/shoulder belt If the rear seat belt is disconnected when you drive over the 20km/h, the corresponding seat belt warning light 2 will blink and warning chime will sound for 35 seconds. But, if the rear passenger's lap/shoulder belt is/are connected and disconnected twice within 9 seconds after the belt is fastened, the corresponding seat belt warning light will not operate. OJS038068AU OJS038069AU You should place the lap belt (1) portion across your hips and the shoulder belt (2) portion across your chest. To fasten your seat belt: Pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and move with you. If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly. 2-27 Safety system of your vehicle NOTICE If you are not able to smoothly pull enough of the seat belt out from the retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly. WARNING OTM038098R Improperly positioned seat belts may increase the risk of serious injury in an accident. Take the following precautions when adjusting the seat belt: · Position the lap portion of the seat belt as low as possible across your hips, not on your waist, so that it fits snugly. This allows your strong pelvic bones to absorb the force of the crash, reducing the chance of internal injuries. (Continued) (Continued) · Position one arm under the shoulder belt and the other over the belt, as shown in the illustration. · Always position the shoulder belt anchor into the locked position at the appropriate height. · Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face. Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the four different positions for maximum comfort and safety. The shoulder portion should be adjusted so it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door, not over your neck. 2-28 Safety system of your vehicle Front seat Rear centre seatbelt (3-point rear centre seat belt) 2 OAD035027 To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position. To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1). To lower it, push it down (3) whilst pressing the height adjuster button (2). Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position. OJS038070AU To release your seat belt: Press the release button (1) in the locking buckle. When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again. OAE036068L 1.Insert the tongue plate (A) into the buckle (A') until an audible "click" is heard, indicating the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted. 2-29 Safety system of your vehicle OAE036027 2. Pull the tongue plate (B) and insert it into the buckle (B') until an audible "click" is heard, indicating the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted. When using the rear centre seat belt, the buckle with the "CENTER" mark must be used. i Information If you are not able to pull out the safety belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly. Pre-tensioner seat belt (if equipped) OLMB033039/H Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and front passenger's and rear passenger's (if equipped) Pre-tensioner Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner). The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision is severe enough, together with the air bags. When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body. If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner system activates, the load limiter (if equipped) inside the retractor pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt. 2-30 Safety system of your vehicle WARNING · Always wear your seat belt and sit properly in your seat. · Do not use the seat belt if it is loose or twisted. A loose or twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident. · Do not place anything near the buckle. This may adversely affect the buckle and cause it to function improperly. · Always replace your pre-tensioners after activation or an accident. · NEVER inspect, service, repair or replace the pre-tensioners yourself. This must be done by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · Do not hit the seat belt assemblies. WARNING Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism deploys during a collision, the pre-tensioner can become hot and can burn you. CAUTION Body work on the front area of the vehicle may damage the pre-tensioner seat belt system. Therefore, we recommend the system to be serviced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 2 OLMB033040/Q/H OPDE037069 The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in the illustration above: 2-31 Safety system of your vehicle (1) SRS air bag warning light (2) Front retractor pre-tensioner (3) SRS control module (4) Rear retractor pre-tensioner (if equipped) NOTICE The sensor that activates the SRS control module is connected with the pretensioner seat belts. The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, and then it should turn off. If the pre-tensioner is not working properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS control module is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does not illuminate when the vehicle is turned ON, stays illuminated or illuminates when the vehicle is being driven, we recommend the pre-tensioner seat belts and/or SRS air bags be inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. i Information · Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal or side collisions. · The pre-tensioners will be activated even if the seat belts are not worn at the time of the collision. · When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous. · Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be inhaled for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated. Additional seat belt safety precautions Seat belt use during pregnancy The seat belt should always be used during pregnancy. The best way to protect your unborn child is to protect yourself by always wearing the seat belt. Pregnant women should always wear a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the shoulder belt across your chest, routed between your breasts and away from your neck. Place the lap belt below your belly so that it fits SNUGLY across your hips and pelvic bone, under the rounded part of the belly. WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to an unborn child during an accident, pregnant women should NEVER place the lap portion of the seat belt above or over the area of the abdomen where the unborn child is located. 2-32 Safety system of your vehicle Seat belt use and children Infant and small children WARNING Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when prop- Most countries have Child Restraint System laws which require children to travel in approved Child Restraint System devices, including booster seats. The age at which seat belts can be used instead of Child Restraint System differs among countries, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your country, and where you are travelling. Infant and Child Restraint System must be properly placed and installed in a rear seat. ALWAYS properly restrain infants and small children in a Child Restraint System appropriate for the child's height and weight. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to a child and other passengers, NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms when the vehicle is moving.The violent forces created during an accident will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against erly restrained in the rear seat by a Child Restraint System that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your country. Before buying any Child Restraint System, make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Safety Standard of your country. The Child Restraint System must be appropriate for your child's height and weight. Check the label on the Child Restraint System for this information. Refer to "Child Restraint Systems" in this chapter. 2 For more information refer to the "Child the interior of the vehicle. Restraint Systems" in this chapter. 2-33 Safety system of your vehicle Larger children Children under age 13 and who are too large for a booster seat should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt should lie across the upper thighs and be snug across the shoulder and chest to restrain the child safely. Check belt fit periodically. A child's squirming could put the belt out of position. In the event of an accident, children are afforded the best safety restrained by a proper Child Restraint System in the rear seats. If a larger child over age 13 must be seated in the front seat, the child must be securely restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position. If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child's neck or face, try placing the child closer to the centre of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck, they need to be returned to an appropriate booster seat in the rear seat. WARNING · Always make sure larger children's seat belts are worn and properly adjusted. · NEVER allow the shoulder belt to contact the child's neck or face. · Do not allow more than one child to use a single seat belt. Seat belt use and injured people A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported. Consult a physician for specific recommendations. One person per belt Two people (including children) should never attempt to use a single seat belt. This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident. Do not lie down Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback. Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries. 2-34 Safety system of your vehicle The more the seat back is reclined, Care of seat belts When to replace seat belts the greater the chance for the passenger's hips to slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck to strike the shoulder belt. Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are The entire seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no 2 not damaged by seat hinges, doors damage is visible. We recommend that WARNING or other abuse. you consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving. · Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind. Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible. of a collision or sudden stop. · Driver and passengers should Keep belts clean and dry always sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright. Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric. 2-35 Safety system of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS) Our recommendation: Children always in the rear WARNING Always properly restrain children in the vehicle. Children of all ages are safer when riding in the rear seats. Never place a rearwardfacing Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated. Children under age 13 should always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimise the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden manoeuvre. Most countries have regulations which require children to travel in approved Child Restraint Systems. The laws governing the age or height/weight restrictions at which seat belts can be used instead of Child Restraint System differs among countries, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your country, and where you are travelling. Child Restraint Systems must be properly installed in the vehicle seat. Always use a commercially available Child Restraint System that meets the requirements of your country. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Children too large for a Child Restraint System must use the seat belts provided. Child Restraint System (CRS) Infants and younger children must be restrained in an appropriate rearwardfacing or forward-facing CRS that has first been properly secured to the seat of the vehicle. Read and comply with the instructions for installation and use provided by the manufacturer of the Child Restraint System. 2-36 Safety system of your vehicle WARNING Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) Child Restraint System types There are three main types of Child · Always follow the Child Restraint System manufacturer's instructions for installation and use. When selecting a Child Restraint System for your child, always: · Make sure the Child Restraint Restraint Systems: rearward-facing, forward-facing and booster Child Restraint Systems. 2 · Always properly restrain your child in the Child Restraint System has a label certifying that it They are classified according to the meets applicable Safety Standards child's age, height and weight. System. of your country. · Do not use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that "hooks" over a seatback, it may not provide adequate protection in an A Child Restraint System may only be installed if it was approved in accordance with the requirements of ECE-R44 or ECE-R129. accident. · Select a Child Restraint System · After an accident, we recommend a HYUNDAI authorised repairer to check the Child Restraint System, seat belts, based on your child's height and weight. The required label or the instructions for use typically provide this information. ISOFIX anchorages and top- · Select a Child Restraint System tether anchorages. that fits the vehicle seating position where it will be used. · Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation and use provided with the Child Restraint System. 2-37 Safety system of your vehicle OAE036062 Rearward-facing Child Restraint System A rearward-facing Child Restraint System provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the child. The harness system holds the child in place, and in an accident, acts to keep the child positioned in the Child Restraint Systems and reduce the stress to the fragile neck and spinal cord. All children under the age of one year must always ride in a rearward-facing Child Restraint System. There are different types of rearward-facing Child Restraint Systems: infant-only Child Restraint Systems can only be used rearward-facing. Convertible and 3-in1 Child Restraint Systems typically have higher height and weight limits for the rearward-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rearwardfacing for a longer period of time. Keep using Child Restraint Systems in the rearward-facing position as long as children fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the Child Restraint System's manufacturer. OAE036028 Forward-facing Child Restraint System A forward-facing Child Restraint System provides restraint for the child's body with a harness. Keep children in a forward-facing Child Restraint System with a harness until they reach the top height or weight limit allowed by your Child Restraint System's manufacturer. Once your child outgrows the forwardfacing Child Restraint System, your child is ready for a booster seat. 2-38 Safety system of your vehicle Booster seats Installing a Child Restraint After selecting a proper Child Restraint A booster seat is a Child Restraint System (CRS) System for your child and checking System designed to improve the fit of that the Child Restraint System fits the vehicle's seat belt system. A booster seat positions the seat belt so that it WARNING properly on the seating position, there are three general steps for a proper 2 fits properly over the stronger parts of Before installing your Child installation: your child's body. Keep your children in Restraint System always: · Properly secure the Child Restraint booster seats until they are big enough to fit in a seat belt properly. For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt must lie comfortable across the upper thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder belt should lie comfortable across the shoulder and chest and not across the neck or face. Children Read and follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the Child Restraint System. Failure to follow all warnings and instructions could increase the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an accident occurs. System to the vehicle. All Child Restraint Systems must be secured to the vehicle with the lap belt or lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the ISOFIX top-tether and/or ISOFIX anchorage and/or with the support leg. · Make sure the Child Restraint under age 13 must always be proper- System is firmly secured. After ly restrained to minimise the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or WARNING installing a Child Restraint System to the vehicle, push and pull the sudden manoeuvre. seat forward and from side-to-side If the vehicle head restraint pre- to verify that it is securely attached vents proper installation of a to the seat. A Child Restraint Child Restraint System, the System secured with a seat belt head restraint of the respective should be installed as firmly as seating position shall be read- possible. However, some side-to- justed or entirely removed. side movement can be expected. 2-39 Safety system of your vehicle When installing a Child Restraint System, adjust the vehicle seat and seatback (up and down, forward and rearward) so that your child fits in the Child Restraint System in a confortable manner. · Secure the child in the Child Restraint System. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the Child Restraint System according to the Child Restraint System manufacturer's instructions. CAUTION A Child Restraint System in a closed vehicle can become very hot. To prevent burns, check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the Child Restraint System. ISOFIX anchorage and top-tether anchorage (ISOFIX anchorage system) for children The ISOFIX system holds a Child Restraint System during driving and in an accident.This system is designed to make installation of the Child Restraint System easier and reduce the possibility of improperly installing your Child Restraint System. The ISOFIX system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the Child Restraint System. The ISOFIX system eliminates the need to use seat belts to secure the Child Restraint System to the rear seats. ISOFIX anchorages are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each ISOFIX seating position that will accommodate a Child Restraint System with lower attachments. To use the ISOFIX system in your vehicle, you must have a Child Restraint System with ISOFIX attachments. The Child Restraint System manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the Child Restraint System with its attachments for the ISOFIX anchorages. 2-40 Safety system of your vehicle WARNING ISOFIX Anchorage Position Indicator Do not attempt to install a Child Restraint System using ISOFIX 2 anchorages in the rear centre seating position. There are no ISOFIX anchorages provided for ISOFIX Anchorage this seat. Using the outboard seat anchorages, for the CRS installa- tion on the rear centre seating position, can damage the anchor- OAE036063 ages. OAE036031 ISOFIX anchorages have been pro- ISOFIX anchorages are located vided in the left and right outboard between the seatback and the seat rear seating positions. Their locations cushion of the rear seat left and right are shown in the illustration. outboard seating positions, indicated by the symbols . 2-41 Safety system of your vehicle Securing a Child Restraint System with the "ISOFIX Anchorage System" To install an ISOFIX-compatible Child Restraint System in either of the rear outboard seating positions: 1. Move the seat belt buckle away from the ISOFIX anchorages. 2. Move any other objects away from the anchorages that could prevent a secure connection between the Child Restraint System and the ISOFIX anchorages. 3. Place the Child Restraint System on the vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the ISOFIX anchorages according to the instructions provided by the Child Restraint System manufacturer. 4. Follow the instructions of the Child Restraint System's manufacturer for proper installation and connection of the ISOFIX attachments on the Child Restraint System to the ISOFIX anchorages. WARNING Take the following precautions when using the ISOFIX system: · Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your Child Restraint System. · To prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts and retract the seat belt webbing behind the child. Children can be strangled if a shoulder belt becomes wrapped around their neck and the seat belt tightens. · NEVER attach more than one Child Restraint System to a single anchorage. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break. · Always have the ISOFIX system inspected by your dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the ISOFIX system and may not properly secure the Child Restraint System. Securing a Child Restraint System seat with "Top-tether Anchorage" system OAE036029 Top-tether anchorages for Child Restraint Systems are located on the rear of the seatbacks. 2-42 OAE036030 1. Route the Child Restraint System top-tether strap over the seatback. Placing the top tether strap, please follow the instructions of the Child Restraint System manufacturer. 2. Connect the top-tether strap to the top-tether anchorage, then tighten the top-tether strap according to the instructions of your Child Restraint System's manufacturer to firmly attach the Child Restraint System to the seat. WARNING Take the following precautions when installing the top-tether: · Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your Child Restraint System. · NEVER attach more than one Child Restraint System to a single ISOFIX top-tether anchorage. This could cause the anchorage or attachment to come loose or break. · Do not attach the top-tether to anything other than the correct top-tether anchorage. It may not work properly if attached to something else. · Child Restraint System anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted Child Restraint System. Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle. 2 2-43 Safety system of your vehicle Safety system of your vehicle Suitability of each seating position for ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems according to ECE regulations Mass Group Size Class F Carrycot G 0 : UP to 10kg E E 0+ : UP to 13kg D C D C I : 9 to 18kg B B1 A Fixture ISO/L1 ISO/L2 ISO/R1 ISO/R1 ISO/R2 ISO/R3 ISO/R2 ISO/R3 ISO/F2 ISO/F2X ISO/F3 Vehicle ISOFIX Positions Front Passenger - Rear Outboard (Left) X X IL IL IL IL IL IL IUF + IL IUF + IL IUF + IL Rear Outboard (Right) X X IL IL IL IL IL IL IUF + IL IUF + IL IUF + IL Rear Centre - IUF = Suitable for ISOFIX Forward-Facing Child Restraint Systems of universal category approved for use in the mass group. IL = Suitable for particular ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems given in the attached list. These ISOFIX CRS are those of the "specific vehicle", "restricted" or "semi-universal" categories. X = ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX Child Restraint System in this mass group and/or this size class. * Both ISO/R2 and ISO/R3 are able to be set up only at the foremost position of the passenger seat. * ISOFIX Child Restraint System size classes and fixtures A - ISO/F3: Full-Height Forward-Facing toddler Child Restraint System (height 720mm) B - ISO/F2: Reduced-Height Forward-Facing toddler Child Restraint System (height 650mm) B1 - ISO/F2X: Reduced-Height Second Version Back Surface Shape Forward-Facing toddler Child Restraint System (height 650mm) C - ISO/R3: Full-Size Rearward-Facing toddler Child Restraint System D - ISO/R2: Reduced-Size Rearward-Facing toddler Child Restraint System E - ISO/R1: Infant-Size Rearward-Facing Child Restraint System F - ISO/L1: Left Lateral Facing position Child Restraint System (carry-cot) G - ISO/L2: Right Lateral Facing position Child Restraint System (carry-cot) 2-44 Safety system of your vehicle Securing a Child Restraint System with a lap/shoulder belt When not using the ISOFIX system, all Child Restraint Systems must be secured to a rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. i Information When using the rear centre seat belt, you should also refer to the "3-point Rear Centre Seat Belt" in this chapter. 2 OLMB033044 Installing a Child Restraint System with a lap/shoulder belt To install a Child Restraint System on the rear seats, do the following: 1. Place the Child Restraint System on a rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder belt around or through the Child Restraint System, following the Child Restraint System manufacturer's instructions. Make sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted. 2-45 Safety system of your vehicle To remove the Child Restraint System, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the Child Restraint System and allow the seat belt to retract fully. OLMB033045 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct "click" sound. i Information Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency. OLMB033046 3. Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the Child Restraint System whilst feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor. 4. Push and pull on the Child Restraint System to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If your Child Restraint System manufacturer recommends the use of a top-tether with the lap/shoulder belt, see page 2-42. 2-46 Safety system of your vehicle Suitability of each seating position for "universal" category belted Child Restraint Systems according to ECE regulations Mass Group Seating Position Front Passenger Second Row 2 Airbag activated Airbag deactivated Outboard Centre Left (3-point seat belt) Outboard Right Group 0 (0-9months) up to 10kg X U* U U U Group 0 + (0-2years) up to 13kg X U* U U U Group I (9months-4years) 9 to 18kg X U* U U U Group II (15 to 25kg) 15 to 25kg UF U* U U U Group III (22 to 36kg) 22 to 36kg UF U* U U U U = Suitable for "universal" category Child Restraint Systems approved for use in this mass group. U* = Suitable for "universal" category Child Restraint Systems approved for use in this mass group (If front passenger seat is not adjustable for the height, you should adjust the seat to upward properly. (This step is necessary to restrain child seat to your vehicle.) Height adjutable device of Front passenger seat is an optional feature. UF = Suitable for forward facing "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group. L = Suitable for particular child restraints given on attached list. These restraints may be of the "specific vehicle", "restricted" or "semi-universal" categories. B = Built-in restraint approved for this mass group. 2-47 Safety system of your vehicle i-Size Child Restraint Systems according to ECE regulations Mass Group Front passenger Outboard Seating Position Second Row Outboard Left Centre i-size Child Restraint Systems X i-U X i-U : Suitable for i-Size "universal" Child Restraint Systems forward and rearward-facing i-UF : Suitable for forward-facing i-Size "universal" Child Restraint Systems only X : Seat position not suitable for i-size CRS. Outboard Right i-U Recommended child restraint system Mass Group Name Manufacturer Type of Fixation Group 0+ Group I Group II Group III Cabriofix & Familyfix Maxi Cosi Duo Plus Britax Römer KidFix II XP Britax Römer KidFix II XP Britax Römer Rearward-facing with ISOFIX Forward-facing with ISOFIX and top-tether Forward-facing with ISOFIX and vehicle Belt Forward-facing with ISOFIX and vehicle Belt CRS Manufacturer information Maxi Cosi Cabriofix & Familyfix http://www.maxi-cosi.com Britax Römmer http://www.britax.com ECE-R44 Approval No. E4 04443907 E1 04301133 E1 04301323 E1 04301323 2-48 Safety system of your vehicle AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 2 1. Driver's front air bag 2. Passenger's front air bag 3. Side air bag* 4. Curtain air bag* 5. Knee air bag 6. Front passenger air bag ON/OFF switch* * : if equipped The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OAE036035R/OAE036073R 2-49 Safety system of your vehicle The vehicles are equipped with a Supplemental Air Bag System for the driver's seat and front passenger's seats. The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For these air bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times when driving. You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a seat belt. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them. Also, air bags are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you. WARNING AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ALWAYS use seat belts Child Restraint Systems - every trip, every time, everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the air bag inflates. NEVER place a child in any Child Restraint System or booster seat in the front passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child causing serious or fatal injuries. ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible. All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centred on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the engine is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries. You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags or lean against the door or centre console. Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, whilst still maintaining control of the vehicle. 2-50 Safety system of your vehicle Where are the air bags? Driver's and passenger's front air bags Driver's front air bag Passenger's front air bag The SRS consists of air bags which are located in the centre of the steering wheel, in the driver's side lower crash pad below the steering wheel, and the passenger's side front panel 2 pad above the glove box. Driver's knee air bag OAE036032R OAEPH039036R Your vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions. The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and front passengers with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity. WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from inflating front air bags, take the following precautions: · Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly. OAE036033R · Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, whilst still maintaining control of the vehicle. (Continued) 2-51 Safety system of your vehicle (Continued) · Never lean against the door or centre console. · Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard. · No objects (such as crash pad cover, mobile phone holder, cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windscreen glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box. Such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy. · Do not attach any objects on the front windscreen and inside mirror. OAE036073R Passenger's front air bag ON/OFF switch (if equipped) The purpose of the switch is to disable the passenger's front air bag in order to transport occupants who are at increased risk for air bag-related injury due to age, size, or medical condition. OAEPH039070L To deactivate the passenger's front air bag: Insert the key or a similar rigid device into the passenger's front air bag ON/OFF switch and turn it to the OFF position. The passenger air bag OFF indicator ( ) will illuminate and stay on until the passenger's front air bag is reactivated. 2-52 Safety system of your vehicle WARNING WARNING Never allow an adult passenger If the passenger's front air bag to ride in the front passenger ON/OFF switch malfunctions, 2 seat when the passenger air the following conditions may bag OFF indicator is illuminat- occur: OAEPH039069L To reactivate the passenger's front air bag: Insert the key or a similar rigid device into the passenger's front air bag ON/OFF switch and turn it to the ON position. The passenger air bag ON indicator ( ) will illuminate and stay on for 60 seconds. ed. During a collision, the air bag will not inflate if the indicator is illuminated. Turn on the passenger's front air bag or have your passenger move to the rear seat. · The air bag warning light ( ) on the instrument panel will illuminate. · The passenger air bag OFF indicator ( ) will not illuminate and the ON indicator ( ) will come on and go off after approximately 60 seconds. The passenger's front air bag will inflate in a frontal impact even though the passenger's front air bag ON/OFF switch is set to the OFF position. · We recommend that a i Information HYUNDAI authorised repairer inspect the passenger's front The passenger's front air bag ON/OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the ignition switch is placed air bag ON/OFF switch and the SRS air bag system as soon as possible. in the ON position. 2-53 Safety system of your vehicle Side air bags (if equipped) The side air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle, speed and point of impact. The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations. OAE036037 OAE036038 Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat. The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle's driver and the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone. WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating side air bag, take the following precautions: · Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly. · Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats. (Continued) (Continued) · Hold the steering wheel at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions, to minimise the risk of injuries to your hands and arms. · Do not use any accessory seat covers. This could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system. · Do not hang other objects except clothes. In an accident it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury especially when airbag is inflated. · Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar. · Do not place any objects between the door and the seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side air bag inflates. (Continued) 2-54 Safety system of your vehicle (Continued) · Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags. · Do not put any objects between the side airbag label and seat cushion. It could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy. Curtain air bags (if equipped) They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions. The curtain air bags are designed to 2 deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle, speed and impact. The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations. · Do not cause impact to the doors when the ignition switch is in the ON position or this may cause the side air bags to inflate. · If the seat or seat cover is damaged, we recommend that the system be serviced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. OAE036041 WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating curtain air bag, take the following precautions: · All seat occupants must wear seat belts at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly. OAE036042 (Continued) Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors. 2-55 Safety system of your vehicle (Continued) · Properly secure Child Restraint System as far away from the door as possible. · Do not place any objects over the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail. · Do not hang other objects except clothes, especially hard or breakable objects. In an accident, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury. · Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats. · Do not open or repair the side curtain air bags. How does the air bags system operate? (8) Front impact sensors (9) Side pressure sensors (10) Passenger's front air bag ON/OFF indicator (front passenger's seat only) (11) Passenger's front air bag ON/OFF switch OAEE036061R The SRS consists of the following components: (1) Driver's front air bag module/ Driver's knee air bag module (2) Passenger's front air bag module (3) Side air bag modules/ Side impact sensors (4) Curtain air bag modules (5) Front retractor pre-tensioner/ Rear retractor pre-tensioner assemblies (if equipped) (6) Air bag warning light (7) SRS control module (SRSCM) The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components whilst the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment. 2-56 Safety system of your vehicle SRS warning light WARNING During a moderate to severe frontal collision, sensors will detect the vehi- cle's rapid deceleration. If the rate of If your SRS malfunctions, the deceleration is high enough, the con- air bag may not inflate properly trol unit will inflate the front air bags, 2 during an accident increasing at the time and with the force needed. The SRS (Supplement Restraint System) air bag warning light on the the risk of serious injury or death. The front air bags help protect the driver and front passenger by responding instrument panel displays the air bag If any of the following condi- to frontal impacts in which seat belts symbol depicted in the illustration. The tions occur, your SRS is mal- alone cannot provide adequate system checks the air bag electrical functioning: restraint. When needed, the side air system for malfunctions. The light indi- · The light does not turn on for bags help provide protection in the cates that there is a potential problem approximately six seconds event of a side impact or rollover by with your air bag system. when the ignition switch is in supporting the side upper body area. the ON position. · Air bags are activated (able to · The light stays on after illumi- inflate if necessary) only when the nating for approximately six ignition switch is in the ON position. seconds. · Air bags inflate in the event of cer- · The light comes on whilst the tain frontal or side collisions to help vehicle is in motion. protect the occupants from serious · The light blinks when the physical injury. engine is running. · There is no single speed at which We recommend that a HYUNDAI authorised repairer inspect the SRS as soon as possible if any of these conditions occur. the air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision and its direction. These two factors determine whether the sen- sors produce an electronic deploy- ment/inflation signal. 2-57 Safety system of your vehicle · Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed, angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle impacts during a collision. The determining factors are not limited to those mentioned above. · The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident. It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision. · To help provide protection, the air bags must inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or lifethreatening injuries and is thus a necessary part of air bag design. However, the rapid air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force. · There are even circumstances under which contact with the air bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the air bag. You can take steps to reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. The greatest risk is sitting too close to the air bag. An air bag needs space to inflate. It is recommended that drivers sit as far as possible between the centre of the steering wheel and the chest whilst still maintaining control of the vehicle. 2-58 Driver's front air bag (1) Driver's front air bag (2) Driver's front air bag (3) 2 Safety system of your vehicle OLMB033054/H When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air bags. OLMB033055/H Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers allows full inflation of the air bags. A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver's or the front passenger's forward motion, reducing the risk of head and chest injury. Passenger's front air bag OLMB033056/H OLMB033057/H After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls. 2-59 Safety system of your vehicle WARNING To prevent objects from becoming dangerous projectiles when the passenger's air bag inflates: · Do not install or place any objects (drink holder, CD holder, stickers, etc.) on the front passenger's panel above the glove box where the passenger's air bag is located. · Do not install a container of liquid air freshener near the instrument cluster or on the instrument panel surface. What to expect after an air bag inflates After a frontal or side air bag inflates, it will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation will not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windscreen or being able to steer. Curtain air bags may remain partially inflated for some time after they deploy. WARNING After an air bag inflates, take the following precautions: · Open your windows and doors as soon as possible after impact to reduce prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder released by the inflating air bag. · Do not touch the air bag storage area's internal components immediately after an air bag has inflated. The parts that come into contact with an inflating air bag may be very hot. · Always wash exposed skin areas thoroughly with cold water and mild soap. · We recommend that a HYUNDAI authorised repairer replace the air bag immediately after deployment. Air bags are designed to be used only once. 2-60 Safety system of your vehicle Noise and smoke from inflating Do not install a Child Restraint air bag System on the front passenger WARNING When the air bags inflate, they make a loud noise and may produce smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle. This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel seat Type A NEVER use a rearward facing Child Restraint on a seat pro- 2 tected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur. substantial discomfort in breathing because of the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag, as well as from breathing the smoke and powder. The powder may aggravate asthma for some people. If you experience breathing problems after an air bag deployment, seek Type B OYDESA2042 medical attention immediately. Though the smoke and powder are nontoxic, they may cause irritation to the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If this is the case, wash and rinse with cold water immediately and seek medical attention if the symptoms persist. OLM034310 Never install a Child Restraint System in the front passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated 2-61 Safety system of your vehicle Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? There are certain types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts. Damage to the vehicle indicates a collision energy absorption, and is not an indicator of whether or not an air bag should have inflated. Air bag collision sensors WARNING To reduce the risk of an air bag deploying unexpectedly and causing serious injury or death: · Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed. · Do not perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors. If the location or angle of the sensors is altered, the air bags may deploy when they should not or may not deploy when they should. · Do not install bumper guards or replace the bumper with a non-genuine part. This may adversely affect the collision and air bag deployment performance. (Continued) (Continued) · Place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF or ACC position, when the vehicle is being towed to prevent inadvertent air bag deployment. · We recommend that all air bag repairs are conducted by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 2-62 Safety system of your vehicle 2 1. SRS control module* 2. Front impact sensor* 3. Side pressure sensor (front)* 4. Side impact sensor (B-pillar)* * : if equipped OAEPH039043R/OAE036044R/OAEPH039045R/OAE036046R/OAE036047R 2-63 Safety system of your vehicle Air bag inflation conditions OAE036048 Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the severity, speed or angles of impact of the front collision. OAE038049 Although the driver's and front passenger's air bags are designed to inflate in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in side impact collisions, but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment. OAE036050 Side and curtain air bags Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the severity, speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision. 2-64 Safety system of your vehicle Air bag non-inflation conditions 2 OAE036051 In certain low-speed collisions the air bags may not deploy. The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts. OAE036052 Front air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not provide any additional benefit. OAE038053 Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because occupants move in the direction of the collision, and thus in side impacts, front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection. However, side and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the severity, vehicle speed and angles of impact. 2-65 Safety system of your vehicle OAE036061 In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags. OAE036054 Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to "ride" under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this "underride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such "underride" collisions. OAE036055 Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection. i Information The side and/or curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision, if the vehicle is equipped with side and/or curtain air bags. 2-66 Safety system of your vehicle SRS care The SRS is virtually maintenance- WARNING free and there are no parts you can To reduce the risk of serious safely service by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illumi- injury or death take the following precautions: 2 nate when the ignition switch is in the ON position, or continuously remains on, we recommend that the system be immediately inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · Do not attempt to modify or disconnect the SRS components or wiring, including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifica- OAE038056 Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentrated and the collision energy is absorbed by the vehi- We recommend any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel, the front passenger's panel, front seats and roof rails be performed by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Improper handling of the SRS system tions to the body structure. · Do not place objects over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box. cle structure. may result in serious personal injury. · Clean the air bag pad covers with a soft cloth moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system. · We recommend that inflated air bags be replaced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. (Continued) 2-67 Safety system of your vehicle (Continued) · If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. We recommend that you consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for the necessary information. Failure to follow these precautions could increase the risk of personal injury. Additional safety precautions Passengers should not move out of or change seats whilst the vehicle is moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other occupants, or be ejected from the vehicle. Do not use any accessories on seat belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash. Do not modify the front seats. Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags. Do not place items under the front seats. Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses. Do not cause impact to the doors. Impact to the doors when the ignition switch is in the ON position may cause the air bags to inflate. 2-68 Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system. Air bag warning labels OAE036060 Air bag warning labels are attached to alert the passengers of potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information about the air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owner's Manual. 2 2-69 Safety system of your vehicle Convenient features of your vehicle Accessing your vehicle .........................................3-4 Mirrors...................................................................3-22 Remote key.........................................................................3-4 Inside rearview mirror....................................................3-22 Smart key ............................................................................3-7 Outside rearview mirror ................................................3-24 Immobiliser system .........................................................3-11 Windows ................................................................3-27 Door locks .............................................................3-12 Power windows................................................................3-27 Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ......3-12 Sunroof..................................................................3-31 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle .........3-14 Sunroof opening and closing.......................................3-32 3 Deadlocks ..........................................................................3-15 Sliding the sunroof .........................................................3-32 Auto door lock/unlock features..................................3-16 Tilting the sunroof..........................................................3-33 Child-protector rear door locks ..................................3-16 Sunshade ...........................................................................3-34 Theft-alarm system.............................................3-17 Resetting the sunroof....................................................3-34 Driver position memory system.........................3-18 Exterior features .................................................3-35 Storing memory positions .............................................3-18 Bonnet................................................................................3-35 Recalling memory positions..........................................3-19 Tailgate...............................................................................3-37 Easy access function .....................................................3-19 Fuel filler door (Hybrid vehicle) ..................................3-38 Steering wheel......................................................3-20 Fuel filler door (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) ...................3-41 Electric power steering (EPS)......................................3-20 Instrument cluster................................................3-44 Tilt steering / Telescopic steering..............................3-21 Instrument cluster control ............................................3-46 Heated steering wheel...................................................3-21 Gauges and meters.........................................................3-47 Horn ....................................................................................3-22 Warning and indicator lights ........................................3-54 LCD display messages....................................................3-66 LCD display ...........................................................3-81 LCD display control.........................................................3-81 LCD display modes..........................................................3-82 Trip computer (hybrid vehicle) ..........................3-94 Trip modes ........................................................................3-94 Trip computer (plug-in hybrid vehicle) ............3-99 3 Trip modes ........................................................................3-99 Light .....................................................................3-104 Exterior lights ................................................................3-104 Welcome system ...........................................................3-112 Interior lights..................................................................3-114 Wipers and washers ..........................................3-117 Windscreen wipers .......................................................3-117 Windscreen washers ....................................................3-119 Driver Assist System .........................................3-120 Rear View Monitor .......................................................3-120 Driving Rear View Monitor.........................................3-121 Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system.........3-122 Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system..............................................................................3-125 Automatic climate control system...................3-129 Automatic heating and air conditioning..................3-130 Manual heating and air conditioning .......................3-131 System operation..........................................................3-138 System maintenance ....................................................3-140 Windscreen defrosting and defogging ...........3-143 Automatic climate control system ............................3-143 Defogging logic..............................................................3-144 Auto defogging system ...............................................3-145 Defroster.........................................................................3-146 Climate control additional features.................3-147 Automatic ventilation ...................................................3-147 Clean air ..........................................................................3-147 Sunroof inside air recirculation.................................3-147 Storage compartment........................................3-148 Centre console storage ...............................................3-148 Glove box ........................................................................3-148 Sunglass holder .............................................................3-149 Multi box .........................................................................3-149 Interior features.................................................3-150 Ashtray ............................................................................3-150 Cup holder.......................................................................3-150 Sunvisor...........................................................................3-151 Power outlet...................................................................3-152 Wireless mobile phone charging system ................3-153 Cigarette lighter ............................................................3-155 3 Clock .................................................................................3-155 Convenient features of your vehicle Clothes hanger ..............................................................3-156 Floor mat anchor(s)......................................................3-156 Luggage net (holder) ...................................................3-157 Convenient features of your vehicle ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE Remote key (if equipped) OHG040006L Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key, which you can use to lock or unlock a door (and tailgate) and even start the engine. 1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock 3. Tailgate Unlock Locking To lock : 1. Close all doors, engine bonnet and tailgate. 2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on the remote key. 3. The doors will lock. The hazard warning lights will blink. Also, the outside rearview mirror will fold, if the outside rearview mirror folding switch is in the AUTO position (if equipped). 4. Make sure the doors are locked by checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle. WARNING Do not leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could place the key in the ignition switch and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death. Unlocking To unlock: 1. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the remote key. 2. The doors will unlock. The hazard warning lights will blink two times. Also, the outside rearview mirror will unfold, if the outside rearview mirror folding switch is in the AUTO position (if equipped). i Information After unlocking the doors, the doors will lock automatically after 30 seconds unless a door is opened. 3-4 Convenient features of your vehicle Tailgate unlocking Start-up Mechanical key To unlock: 1. Press the Tailgate Unlock button (3) on the remote key for more than one second. For detailed information refer to "Key Ignition Switch" in chapter 5. NOTICE 2. The hazard warning lights will To prevent damaging the remote blink two times. Once the tailgate is opened and then closed, the tailgate will lock automatically. key: · Keep the remote key away from water or any liquid and fire. If the 3 i Information inside of the remote key gets damp (due to drinks or mois- · After unlocking the tailgate, the tailgate will lock automatically. · The word "HOLD" is written on the button to inform you that you must press and hold the button for more than one second. ture), or is heated, internal circuit may malfunction and may void the vehicle warranty. · Avoid dropping or throwing the remote key. · Protect the remote key from extreme temperatures. OAE046002L If the remote key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the door by using the mechanical key. To unfold the key, press the release button then the key will unfold automatically. To fold the key, fold the key manually whilst pressing the release button. NOTICE Do not fold the key without pressing the release button. This may damage the key. 3-5 Convenient features of your vehicle Remote key precautions The remote key may not work if any of the following occur: · The key is in the ignition switch. · You exceed the operating distance limit (about 30 m [90 feet]). · The remote key battery is weak. · Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal. · The weather is extremely cold. · The remote key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the remote key. When the remote key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the remote key, it is recommended that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. If the remote key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phone's normal operational signals. This is especially important when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. Avoid placing the remote key and your mobile phone in the same location and always try to maintain an adequate distance between the two devices. i Information Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer's vehicle warranty. NOTICE Keep the remote key away from electromagnetic materials that block electromagnetic waves to the key surface. Battery replacement If the remote key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one. OLM042302 Battery Type: CR2032 To replace the battery: 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the cover. 2. Remove the old battery and insert the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct. 3. Reinstall the rear cover of the remote key. 3-6 Convenient features of your vehicle If you suspect your remote key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your remote key is not working correctly, it is recommended that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Smart key (if equipped) Locking i Information 3 An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations. OBA043222IN Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, which you can use to lock or unlock a door (and tailgate) and even start the engine. 1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock 3. Tailgate Unlock OAE046001/H To lock : 1. Close all doors, engine bonnet and tailgate. 2. Either press the door handle button or press the Door Lock button (1) on the smart key. 3. The hazard warning lights will blink. Also, the outside rearview mirror will fold, if the outside rearview mirror folding switch is in the AUTO position (if equipped). 4. Make sure the doors are locked by checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle. 3-7 Convenient features of your vehicle i Information The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outside door handle. Even though you press the outside door handle button, the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for three seconds if any of the following occur: · The Smart Key is in the vehicle. · The Engine Start/Stop button is in ACC or ON position. · Any door except the tailgate is open. WARNING Do not leave the Smart Key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could press the Engine Start/ Stop button and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death. 3-8 Unlocking OAE046001/H To unlock: 1. Carry the Smart Key. 2. Either press the door handle but- ton or press the Door Unlock button (2) on the smart key. 3. The doors will unlock. The hazard warning lights will blink two times. Also, the outside rearview mirror will unfold, if the outside rearview mirror folding switch is in the AUTO position. (if equipped) i Information · The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outside door handle. Other people can also open the doors without the smart key in possession. · After unlocking the doors, the doors will lock automatically after 30 seconds unless a door is opened. Tailgate unlocking To unlock: 1. Carry the smart key. 2. Either press the tailgate handle button or press the Tailgate Unlock button (3) on the smart key for more than one second. 3. The hazard warning lights will blink two times. Once the tailgate is opened and then closed, the tailgate will lock automatically. i Information After unlocking the tailgate, the tailgate will lock automatically after 30 seconds unless the tailgate is opened. Convenient features of your vehicle Start-up Mechanical key Loss of a smart key You can start the engine without If the Smart Key does not operate A maximum of two smart keys can inserting the key. For detailed infor- normally, you can lock or unlock the be registered to a single vehicle. If mation refer to the Engine door by using the mechanical key. you happen to lose your smart key, it Start/Stop button in chapter 5. is recommended that you should immediately take the vehicle and NOTICE To prevent damaging the smart key: remaining key to your HYUNDAI authorised repairer or tow the vehi- 3 cle, if necessary. · Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid and fire. If the inside of the smart key gets damp (due to drinks or moisture), or is heated, internal circuit may malfunction and may void the vehicle warranty. OAE046034L · Avoid dropping or throwing the smart key. · Protect the smart key from extreme temperatures. NOTICE Always have the smart key with you when leaving the vehicle. If the smart key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle battery may be discharged. Press and hold the release button (1) and remove the mechanical key (2). Insert the mechanical key into the key hole on the door. To reinstall the mechanical key, put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard. 3-9 Convenient features of your vehicle Smart key precautions The smart key may not work if any of the following occur: · The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key. · The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a mobile phone. · Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle. When the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, it is recommended that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. If the smart key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phones normal operational signals. This is especially important when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. Avoid placing the smart key and your mobile phone in the same location and always try to maintain an adequate distance between the two devices. i Information Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer's vehicle warranty. NOTICE Keep the smart key away from electromagnetic materials that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface. Battery replacement OLF044008 If the Smart Key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one. Battery Type: CR2032 To replace the battery: 1. Remove the mechanical key. 2. Use a slim tool to pry open the rear cover of the smart key. 3. Remove the old battery and insert the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct. 4. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart key. 3-10 Convenient features of your vehicle If you suspect your smart key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your smart key is not working correctly, it is recommended that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Immobiliser system The immobiliser system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is used, the engine's fuel system is disabled. Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems could result that may make your vehicle inoperable. WARNING i Information An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regula- When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the immobiliser system indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the system does not recognise the coding of the key. Place the ignition switch to the In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your immobiliser password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential. 3 tions. LOCK/OFF position, then place the ignition switch to the ON position NOTICE again. The system may not recognise your key's coding if another immobiliser key or other metal object (i.e., key chain) is near the key. The engine may not start because the metal may interrupt the transponder signal from transmitting normally. The transponder in your key is an important part of the immobiliser system. It is designed to give years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. Immobiliser system malfunction could occur. If the system repeatedly does not recognise the coding of the key, it is recommended that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 3-11 Convenient features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS Operating door locks from outside the vehicle Mechanical key Smart key Lock Unlock OAEE047188R Smart key To remove the cover: 1. Pull out the door handle (1). 2. Press the lock (2) located inside the bottom part of the cover with a key or flat-head screwdriver. 3. Push out the cover whilst pressing the lock. Remote key and Smart key After removing the cover, turn the key toward the front of the vehicle to unlock and toward the rear of the vehicle to lock. If you lock/unlock the driver's door with a key, all vehicle doors will lock/unlock automatically. Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely. Remote key OHG040006L To lock the doors, press the Door Lock button (1) on the remote key. To unlock the doors, press the Door Unlock button (2) on the remote key. Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely. To install the cover: 1. Pull out the door handle. 2. Install the cover. 3-12 Convenient features of your vehicle i Information · In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions. · If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components. Smart key Lock / Unlock To unlock the doors, press the button on the outside door handle whilst carrying the smart key with you or press the door unlock button on the smart key. Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. 3 When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely. OAE046001/H i Information · In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions. OBA043224IN To lock the doors, press the button on the outside door handle whilst carrying the smart key with you or press the door lock button on the smart key. · If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components. 3-13 Convenient features of your vehicle Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door lock button Lock / Unlock · Front doors cannot be locked if the key is in the ignition switch and any front door is open (if equipped with remote key). · Doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open (if equipped with smart key). With the central door lock switch OAE046004R · To unlock a door, pull the door lock button (1) to the "Unlock" position. The red mark (2) on the door lock button will be visible. · To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Lock" position. If the door is locked properly, the red mark (2) on the door lock button will not be visible. · To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward. · If the inner door handle of the driver's (or front passenger's) door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position, the button is unlocked and door opens. 3-14 i Information If a power door lock ever fails to function whilst you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following techniques to exit: Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) whilst simultaneously pulling on the door handle. Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear. Lower a front window and use the mechanical key to unlock the door from outside. OAE046005R When pressing the ( ) portion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doors will lock. · If the key is in the ignition switch and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (1) of the central door lock switch is pressed. · If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (1) of the central door lock switch is pressed. When pressing the ( ) portion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doors will unlock. Convenient features of your vehicle WARNING · The doors should always be fully closed and locked whilst the vehicle is in motion. If the doors are unlocked, the risk of being thrown from the vehicle in a crash is increased. · Do not pull the inner door handle of driver's or passenger's door whilst the vehicle is moving. WARNING Do not leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or serious injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle. Children might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle. WARNING WARNING Always secure your vehicle Opening a door when something Leaving your vehicle unlocked can allow theft or entry into the vehicle. To secure your vehicle, whilst is approaching may cause damage or injury. Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the 3 depressing the brake, move the vehicle in the path of the door. shift lever to the P (Park) posi- tion, engage the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in Deadlocks (if equipped) the LOCK/OFF position, close all windows, lock all doors, and always take the key with you. Some vehicles are equipped with a deadlock system. Deadlocks prevent opening of a door from either inside or outside the vehicle once the dead- WARNING locks have been activated providing an additional measure of vehicle If you stay in the vehicle for a long time whilst the weather is very hot or cold, there are risks of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when someone is in the vehicle. security. To lock the vehicle using the deadlock function, the doors must be locked by using the remote key or smart key. To unlock the vehicle, the remote key or smart key must be used again. 3-15 Convenient features of your vehicle WARNING Do not lock the doors with the remote key or the smart key with anybody left in the vehicle. The passenger in the vehicle cannot unlock the doors with the door lock button. For example, if the door is locked with the remote key, the passenger in the vehicle cannot unlock the door without the remote key. Auto door lock/unlock features Impact sensing door unlock system (if equipped) All doors will be automatically unlocked when an impact causes the air bags to deploy. Speed sensing door lock system (if equipped) All doors will be automatically locked when vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (9 mph). You can activate or deactivate the Auto Door Lock/Unlock features from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display. For more information, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter. 3-16 Child-protector rear door locks OAE046006L The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children seated in the rear from accidentally opening the rear doors. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. The child safety lock is located on the edge of each rear door. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open if the inner door handle is pulled. To lock the child safety lock, insert a key (or screwdriver) (1) into the hole and turn it to the lock position. To allow a rear door to be opened from inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety lock. WARNING If children accidently open the rear doors whilst the vehicle is in motion, they could fall out of the vehicle. The rear door safety locks should always be used whenever children are in the vehicle. THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM This system helps to protect your vehicle and valuables. The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously if any of the following occur: Once the security system is set, opening any door, the tailgate, or the bonnet without using the remote key or smart key will cause the alarm to activate. Convenient features of your vehicle - A door is opened without using the The Theft Alarm System will not set if remote key or smart key. the bonnet, the tailgate, or any door - The tailgate is opened without is not fully closed. If the system will 3 using the remote key or smart key. not set, check the bonnet, the tail- - The engine bonnet is opened. gate, or the doors are fully closed. The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then the system resets. To turn off Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. OJC040170 the alarm, unlock the doors with the i Information remote key or smart key. i Information Vehicles equipped with a theft alarm The Theft Alarm System automati- · Do not lock the doors until all pas- system will have a label attached to cally sets 30 seconds after you lock sengers have left the vehicle. If the the vehicle with the following words: the doors and the tailgate. For the system to activate, you must lock the doors and the tailgate from outside remaining passenger leaves the 1. WARNING vehicle when the system is armed, the alarm will be activated. 2. SECURITY SYSTEM the vehicle with the remote key or smart key or by pressing the button on the outside of the door handles with the smart key in your possession. · If the vehicle is not disarmed with the remote key or smart key, open the doors by using the mechanical key and place the ignition switch in the ON position (for remote key) or The hazard warning lights will blink start the engine (for smart key) and once to indicate the system is wait for 30 seconds. armed. · When the system is disarmed but a door or tailgate is not opened within 30 seconds, the system will be rearmed. 3-17 Convenient features of your vehicle DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING Never attempt to operate the driver position memory system whilst the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or property damage. OAE046036R The Driver Position Memory System is provided to store and recall the following memory settings with a simple button operation. - Driver's seat position - Outside rearview mirror position - Instrument panel illumination intensity i Information · If the battery is disconnected, the memory settings will be erased. · If the Driver Position Memory System does not operate normally, we recommend that you have the system checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Storing memory positions 1. Move the shift lever into P whilst the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position. 2. Adjust the driver's seat position, outside rearview mirror position and instrument panel illumination intensity to the desired position. 3. Press the SET button. The system will beep once and notify you "Press button to save settings"on the LCD display. 4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or 2) within 4 seconds. The system will beep twice when the memory has been successfully stored. 5. "Driver 1 (or 2) settings saved" will appear on the LCD display. 3-18 Convenient features of your vehicle Recalling memory positions 1. Move the shift lever into P whilst the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position. i Information · Whilst recalling the "1" memory position, pressing the SET or 1 button temporarily stops the adjustment of the recalled memory posi- Easy access function (if equipped) The system will move the driver's seat automatically as follows: The shift lever is in P 2. Press the desired memory button tion. Pressing the 2 button recalls · Without smart key system (1 or 2). The system will beep once, then the driver's seat position, outside rearview mirror and instrument panel illumination will automatically adjust to the stored position (if equipped). 3. "Driver 1(or 2) settings is applied" the "2" memory position. · Whilst recalling the "2" memory position, pressing the SET or 2 button temporarily stops the adjustment of the recalled memory position. Pressing the 1 button recalls the "1" memory position. - It will move the driver's seat rear- 3 ward when the ignition key is removed and the driver's door is opened. - It will move the driver's seat forward when the ignition key is inserted. will appear on the LCD display. · Whilst recalling the stored positions, · With smart key system pressing one of the control buttons - It will move the driver's seat rear- for the driver's seat, outside ward when the Engine Start/Stop rearview mirror, or instrument button is in the OFF position and panel illumination will cause the the driver's door is opened. movement of that component to stop - It will move the driver's seat for- and move in the direction that the ward when the vehicle is turned control button is pressed. ON or the driver's door is closed with the smart key with you. You can activate or deactivate the Easy Access Function from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display. For more information, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter. 3-19 Convenient features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering (EPS) The system assists you with steering the vehicle. If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, the vehicle may still be steered, but it will require increased steering effort. Also, the steering effort becomes heavier as the vehicle's speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle's speed decreases for better control of the steering wheel. Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, we recommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. NOTICE · If the electric Power Steering System does not operate normally, the warning light ( ) will illuminate or blink on the instrument cluster. The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate.Take your vehicle to a HYUNDAI authorised repairer and have the system checked as soon as possible. (Continued) 3-20 (Continued) · When abnormality is detected in the electric power steering system, to prevent a deadly accident, the steering assist function will stop. At this time, the warning light turns on or blinks on the cluster. The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate. Have your vehicle checked immediately, after moving the vehicle to a safe zone. i Information The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation: · The steering effort may be high immediately after placing the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position. This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics. When the diagnostics are completed, the steering wheel will return to its normal condition. (Continued) (Continued) · A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is placed in the ON or LOCK/OFF position. · Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed. · When you operate the steering wheel in low temperatures, abnormal noise may occur. If the temperature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition. · When the vehicle is stationary, if you turn the steering wheel all the way to the left or right continuously, the steering wheel effort increases. This is not a system malfunction. As time passes, the steering wheel effort will return to its normal condition. Convenient features of your vehicle Tilt steering / Telescopic steering WARNING Heated steering wheel (if equipped) Type A Never adjust the steering wheel whilst driving. You may lose steering control and cause 3 severe personal injury, death or accidents. i Information After adjustment, sometimes the lockrelease lever may not lock the steering wheel. It is not a malfunction. This occurs when two gears are not engaged correctly. In this case, adjust the steering wheel again and then lock the steering wheel. CAUTION Whilst adjusting the steering wheel height, please do not push or pull it hard since the fixture can be damaged. OAEPH049007R Pull down the lock-release lever (1) on the steering wheel column and adjust the steering wheel angle (2) and position (3, if equipped). Move the steering wheel, so it points toward your chest, not toward your face. Make sure you can see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges. After adjusting, pull up the lockrelease lever (1) to lock the steering wheel in place. Push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position. Always adjust the position of the steering wheel before driving. Type B OAEPH049008R OAEPH049027R When the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the engine is running, press the heated steering wheel button to warm the steering wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate. 3-21 Convenient features of your vehicle To turn the heated steering wheel off, press the button again. The indicator on the button will turn off. i Information The heated steering wheel will turn off automatically approximately 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on. When the engine is turned off during the engine and the heated steering wheel is on, the timer function of heated steering wheel will be reset. To reuse heated steering wheel, press button again. NOTICE Do not install any cover or accessory on the steering wheel. This cover or accessory could cause damage to the heated steering wheel system. Horn OAE046009 To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel. The horn will operate only when this area is pressed. NOTICE Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object. MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Before you start driving, adjust the rearview mirror to the centre on the view through the rear window. WARNING Make sure your line of sight is not obstructed. Do not place objects in the rear seat, luggage compartment area, or behind the rear head restraints which could interfere with your vision through the rear window. WARNING To prevent serious injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag, do not modify the rearview mirror and do not install a wide mirror. 3-22 Convenient features of your vehicle WARNING Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped) Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM) (if equipped) NEVER adjust the mirror whilst driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. NOTICE The electric rearview mirror automati- cally controls the glare from the head- lamp of the vehicle behind you in nighttime or low light driving condi- Night tions. When the engine is running, the 3 glare is automatically controlled by When cleaning the mirror, use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing. Day OAE046010 Make this adjustment before you start driving and whilst the day/night lever is in the day position. Pull the day/night lever towards you to reduce glare from the headlamps the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror. The sensor detects the light level around the vehicle, and automatically adjusts to control the headlamp glare from vehicles behind you. Whenever the shift lever is placed in R (Reverse), the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the driver's view behind the vehicle. of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position. 3-23 Convenient features of your vehicle Outside rearview mirror Indicator OAD045010 To operate the electric rearview mirror: · Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming function off. The mirror indicator light will turn off. Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming function on. The mirror indicator light will illuminate. · The mirror defaults to the ON position whenever the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position. OAE046013 Be sure to adjust mirror angles before driving. Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearview mirrors. The mirror can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. The mirror heads can be folded to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street. WARNING · The outside rearview mirror is convex. Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear. · Use your interior rearview mirror or turn your head and look to determine the actual distance of following vehicles when changing lanes. WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outside rearview mirrors whilst driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. 3-24 Convenient features of your vehicle NOTICE NOTICE · Do not scrape ice off the mirror · The mirrors stop moving when face; this may damage the sur- they reach the maximum adjust- face of the glass. ing angles, but the motor contin- · If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) ues to operate whilst the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, the motor may be damaged. 3 spray, or a sponge or soft cloth · Do not attempt to adjust the out- with very warm water, or move side rearview mirror by hand or the vehicle to a warm place and OAE046014R allow the ice to melt. Adjusting the rearview mirrors: the motor may be damaged. 1. Press either the L (left side) or R (right side) button (1) to select the rearview mirror you would like to adjust. 2. Use the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right. 3. After adjustment, put the button into neutral (centre) position to prevent inadvertent adjustment. 3-25 Convenient features of your vehicle Folding the outside rearview mirror OAE046015 Manual type To fold the outside rearview mirror, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle. OAE046016R Electric type (if equipped) Left : The mirror will unfold. Right : The mirror will fold. Centre (AUTO) : The mirror will fold or unfold automatically as follows: · Without smart key system - The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the remote key. · With smart key system - The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the smart key. - The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the button on the outside door handle. - The mirror will unfold when you approach the vehicle (all doors closed and locked) with a smart key in possession. (if equipped) NOTICE The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the OFF position. However, to prevent unnecessary battery discharge, do not adjust the mirrors longer than necessary whilst the engine is not running. NOTICE Do not fold the electric type outside rearview mirror by hand. It could cause motor failure. 3-26 WINDOWS Power windows (if equipped) (1) Driver's door power window switch (2) Front passenger's door power window switch (3) Rear door (right) power window switch 3 (4) Rear door (left) power window switch (5) Window opening and closing (6) Automatic power window* (7) Power window lock switch * : if equipped OAE046019R 3-27 Convenient features of your vehicle Convenient features of your vehicle The ignition switch must be in the ON position to be able to raise or lower the windows. Each door has a Power Window switch to control that door's window. The driver has a Power Window Lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows. The power windows will operate for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or OFF position. However, if the front doors are opened, the Power Windows will not operate even within the 30 second period. WARNING To avoid serious injury or death, do not extend your head, arms or body outside the windows whilst driving. i Information · In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions. · Whilst driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof (if equipped) opened (or partially opened), your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise. This noise is normal and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down, partially lower both front windows approximately one inch. If you experience the noise with the sunroof open, slightly close the sunroof. Window opening and closing OAE046020 To open: Press the window switch down to the first detent position (5). Release the switch when you want the window to stop. To close: Pull the window switch up to the first detent position (5). Release the window switch when you want the window to stop. 3-28 Convenient features of your vehicle Auto down window (if equipped) To reset the power windows Automatic reverse (if equipped) Pressing the power window switch If the power windows do not operate momentarily to the second detent normally, the automatic power win- position (6) completely lowers the dow system must be reset as follows: window even when the switch is 1. Place the ignition switch to the ON released. To stop the window at the position. desired position whilst the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch. 2. Close the window and continue pulling up on the power window switch for at least one second. 3 Auto up/down window (if equipped) Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position whilst the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch. If the power windows do not operate properly after resetting, it is recommended that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. WARNING The automatic reverse feature doesn't activate whilst resetting the power window system. Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. OLF044032 If a window senses any obstacle whilst it is closing automatically, it will stop and lower approximately 30 cm (12 inches) to allow the object to be cleared. If the window detects the resistance whilst the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 2.5 cm (1 inch). If the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reverse feature, the automatic window reverse will not operate. 3-29 Convenient features of your vehicle i Information The automatic reverse feature is only active when the "Auto Up" feature is used by fully pulling up the switch to the second detent. WARNING Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. Objects less than 4 mm (0.16 inch) in diameter caught between the window glass and the upper window channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse window and the window will not stop and reverse direction. NOTICE Do not install any accessories on the windows. The automatic reverse feature may not operate. Power window lock switch OAE046021R The driver can disable the power window switches on the rear passengers' doors by pressing the power window lock switch. When the power window lock switch is pressed: · The driver's master control can operate all the power windows. · The front passenger's control can operate the front passenger's power window. · The rear passenger's control cannot operate the rear passengers' power window. WARNING Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the driver's door power window lock switch in the LOCK position. Serious injury or death can result from unintentional window operation by a child. NOTICE · To prevent possible damage to the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse. · Never try to operate the main switch on the driver's door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time. If this is done, the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed. 3-30 Convenient features of your vehicle SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, you can slide or tilt your i Information · NEVER leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised children, when the engine is running. sunroof with the sunroof control switch located on the overhead console. · In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly due to freezing conditions. · After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any · NEVER leave any child unattended in the vehicle. Even water that is on the sunroof before 3 operating it. very young children may inad- vertently cause the vehicle to move, entangle themselves in WARNING the windows, or otherwise injure themselves or others. · Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade whilst driving. This · Always double check to make could result in loss of control sure all arms, hands, head and an accident that may and other obstructions are safely out of the way before OAD045022 cause death, serious injury, or property damage. closing a window. · Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep The sunroof can be opened, closed, or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position. · Make sure heads, other body parts or objects are out of the way before using the sunroof. the driver's door power window lock switch in the LOCK position (pressed). Serious injury can result from unintentional window operation by the child. · Do not extend your head, arms or body outside the windows whilst driving. The sunroof can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK/OFF position. However, if the front door is opened, the sunroof cannot be operated even within 30 seconds. · Do not extend your head, arms or body outside the sunroof whilst driving, to avoid serious injury. · Do not leave the engine running and the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. (Continued) 3-31 Convenient features of your vehicle (Continued) Unattended children could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious injury. · Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It may cause injuries or vehicle damage. NOTICE · Do not continue to move the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to the motor or system components could occur. · Make sure the sunroof is closed fully when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof is open, rain or snow may leak through the sunroof and wet the interior as well as allow theft. Sunroof opening and closing OAD045023 To open: Press the sunroof control lever backward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop. To close: Press the sunroof control lever forward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop. Sliding the sunroof Pressing the sunroof control lever rearward or forward momentarily to the second detent position completely opens or closes the sunroof even when the switch is released. To stop the sunroof at the desired position whilst the sunroof is in operation, press the sunroof control lever rearward or forward and release the switch. i Information To reduce wind noise whilst driving, it is recommended that you drive with the sunroof slightly closed (stop the sunroof about 7 cm before the maximum slide open position). 3-32 Convenient features of your vehicle Automatic reverse (if equipped) WARNING Tilting the sunroof Small objects that can get caught between the sunroof glass and the front glass chan- nel may not be detected by the automatic reverse system. In this case, the sunroof glass will 3 not detect the object and reverse will not direction. OLFC044035CN If the sunroof senses any obstacle whilst it is closing automatically, it will reverse direction then stop to allow the object to be cleared. The auto reverse function does not work if a small obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash. You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it. OAD045024 Tilt the sunroof open: Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof moves to the desired position. To close the sunroof: Press the sunroof lever forward until the sunroof moves to the desired position. 3-33 Convenient features of your vehicle NOTICE · Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the sunroof guide rail or between the sunroof and roof panel, which can make a noise. · Do not try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice, otherwise the motor could be damaged. In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly. Sunshade OAD045037 The sunshade will open automatically with the sunroof when the glass panel moves. If you want it closed, move the sunshade manually. NOTICE The sunroof is made to slide together with the sunshade. Do not leave the sunshade closed whilst the sunroof is open. Resetting the sunroof The sunroof may need to be reset if the following conditions occur: - The battery is discharged or disconnected or the sunroof fuse has been replaced or disconnected - The sunroof control lever is not operating correctly To reset the sunroof, perform the following steps: 1. Place the ignition switch to the ON position or start the engine. It is recommended to reset the sunroof whilst the engine is running. 2. Push the control lever forward. The sunroof will close completely or tilt depending on the condition of the sunroof. 3. Release the control lever until the sunroof does not move. 3-34 Convenient features of your vehicle EXTERIOR FEATURES 4. Push the control lever forward about 10 seconds. - When the sunroof is in the close position : 6. Release the sunroof control lever after all operation has completed. The sunroof system has been reset. Bonnet Opening the bonnet The glass will tilt and slightly move up and down. i Information - When the sunroof is in the tilt position: The glass will slightly move up and down. Do not release the lever until the operation is completed. If you release the lever during operation, try again from step 2. · If the sunroof does not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or related fuse is blown, the sunroof may not operate normally. · For more detailed information, we recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 3 OAEPH047026R 5. Within 3 seconds, push the control lever forward until the sunroof operates as follows: 1. Park the vehicle and set the parking brake. 2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the bonnet. The bonnet should pop open slightly. Tilt down Slide Open Slide Close. Do not release the lever until the operation is completed. If you release the lever during operation, try again from step 2. 3-35 Convenient features of your vehicle OAE048027 3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the bonnet slightly, push the secondary latch up (1) inside of the bonnet centre and lift the bonnet (2). 4. Pull out the support rod. OAD045039 5. Hold the bonnet open with the support rod (1). WARNING · Grasp the support rod in the area wrapped in rubber. The rubber will help prevent you from being burned by hot metal when the engine is hot. · The support rod must be inserted completely into the hole provided whenever you inspect the engine compartment. This will prevent the bonnet from falling and possibly injuring you. Closing the bonnet 1. Before closing the bonnet, check the following: · All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed. · Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed from the engine compartment. 2. Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling. 3. Lower the bonnet halfway (lifted approximately 30cm from the closed position) and push down to securely lock in place. Then double check to be sure the bonnet is secure. If the bonnet can be raised, slightly it is not securely locked. Open it again and close it with more force. 3-36 WARNING Tailgate Opening the tailgate Closing the tailgate · Before closing the bonnet, ensure all obstructions are removed from around the bonnet opening. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park) and set the parking brake. Convenient features of your vehicle · Always double check to be sure that the bonnet is firmly 3 latched before driving away. Check there is no bonnet open warning light or message dis- played on the instrument clus- ter. If the bonnet is not latched OAE048031 whilst the vehicle is moving, the chime will sound to warn the driver the bonnet is not fully latched. Driving with the bonnet opened may cause a OAE048022 Then do one of the following: Lower the tailgate lid and press down until it locks. To be sure the tailgate lid is securely fastened, always check by trying to pull it up again. total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident. 1. Unlock all doors with the Door Unlock button on your remote key WARNING · Do not move the vehicle with or smart key. Press the tailgate Always keep the tailgate lid com- the bonnet in the raised posi- handle button and open the tail- pletely closed whilst the vehicle tion, as vision is obstructed, gate. is in motion. If it is left open or which might result in an accident, and the bonnet could fall or be damaged. 2. Press and hold the Tailgate Unlock button on the remote key or smart key. Press the tailgate handle but- ajar, poisonous exhaust gases containing carbon monoxide (CO) may enter the vehicle and ton and open the tailgate. serious illness or death may 3. With the Smart Key in your pos- result. session, press the tailgate handle button and open the tailgate. 3-37 Convenient features of your vehicle i Information To prevent damage to the tailgate lift cylinders and the attached hardware, always close the tailgate before driving. NOTICE In cold and wet climates, tailgate lock and tailgate mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions. WARNING OHYK047009 Do not hold the part (gas lifter) that supports the tailgate. Be aware that the deformation of the part may cause vehicle damage and a risk of safety accident. 3-38 WARNING · NEVER allow anyone to occupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time. If the tailgate is partially or totally latched and the person is unable to get out, serious injury or death could occur due to lack of ventilation, exhaust fumes and rapid heat build-up, or because of exposure to cold weather conditions. The luggage compartment is also a highly dangerous location in the event of a crash because it is not a protected occupant space but is a part of the vehicle's crush zone. · Your vehicle should be kept locked and keys should be kept out of the reach of children. Parents should teach their children about the dangers of playing in luggage compartment. Fuel filler door (Hybrid vehicle) Opening the fuel filler door OAEPH049632R 1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Push the fuel filler door opener button. Closing the fuel filler door 1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it clockwise until it "clicks" one time. 2. Close the fuel filler door until it is latched securely. (Continued) · Do not use mobile phones whilst refuelling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from mobile phones can potentially ignite fuel vapours WARNING and cause a fire. · Do not get back into a vehicle 3 Convenient features of your vehicle OAE046025 3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to fully open. 4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it anticlockwise. You may hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes. 5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door. i Information If the fuel filler door does not open because ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the door to break the ice and release the door. Do not pry on the door. If necessary, spray around the door with an approved deicer fluid (do not use radiator anti- Petrol is highly flammable and explosive. Failure to follow these guidelines may result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: · Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station. · Before refuelling, note the location of the Emergency Petrol Shut-Off, if available, at the gas station. · Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate the potential build-up of static electricity by touching a metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source, with your bare hand. (Continued) once you have begun refuelling. You can generate a build-up of static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapours causing a fire. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other petrol source, with your bare hand. (Continued) freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt. 3-39 Convenient features of your vehicle (Continued) · When refuelling, always move the shift lever to the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position. Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapours causing a fire. · When using an approved portable fuel container, be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refuelling. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapours causing a fire. Once refuelling has begun, contact between your bare hand and the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete. · Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store petrol. (Continued) (Continued) · Do not use matches or a lighter and do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle whilst at a gas station, especially during refuelling. · Do not over-fill or top-off your vehicle tank, which can cause petrol spillage. · If a fire breaks out during refuelling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide. · If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can cover your clothes or skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns. Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until the condition stops before completely removing the cap. (Continued) (Continued) · Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident. i Information Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the "Fuel Requirements" suggested in the Introduction chapter. NOTICE · Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint. · If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system. 3-40 Fuel filler door (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Opening the fuel filler door Convenient features of your vehicle 3 OAEPH049024R 1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Push the fuel filler door opener button. OAEPHQ049830L/OAEPHQ049832L 3. Wait until the fuel tank is depressurized. The message ''Fuel door open'' is displayed when the fuel filler door opens after the fuel tank is depressurized. i Information · It may take up to 20 seconds to open the fuel filler door. · When the fuel filler door is frozen and does not open after 20 seconds at freezing temperature, slightly tap the fuel filler door and then attempt to open it. OAEPH047025L 4. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to fully open. 5. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it anticlockwise. You may hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes. 6. Place the cap on the fuel filler door. 3-41 Convenient features of your vehicle WARNING · Add fuel into the fuel tank within 20 minutes after opening the fuel filler door. After 20 minutes, the fuel tank may shut off, causing fuel to overflow. In this case, re-press the fuel filler door opening button. · Do not leave the fuel filler door opened for an extended period of time. It may discharge the battery. · Close the fuel filler door after fuelling the vehicle. If you start the vehicle with the fuel filler door opened, the message, "Check fuel door", illuminates on the LCD display. · Avoid refuelling the vehicle whilst charging the (high-voltage) hybrid battery. It may cause a fire or an explosion due to static electricity. Closing the fuel filler door 1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it clockwise until it "clicks" one time. 2. Close the fuel filler door until it is latched securely. WARNING Petrol is highly flammable and explosive. Failure to follow these guidelines may result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: · Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station. · Before refuelling, note the location of the Emergency Petrol Shut-Off, if available, at the gas station. · Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate the potential build-up of static electricity by touching a metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source, with your bare hand. (Continued) (Continued) · Do not use mobile phones whilst refuelling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from mobile phones can potentially ignite fuel vapours and cause a fire. · Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refuelling. You can generate a build-up of static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapours causing a fire. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other petrol source, with your bare hand. (Continued) 3-42 (Continued) · When refuelling, always move the shift lever to the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position. Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapours causing a fire. · When using an approved portable fuel container, be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refuelling. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapours causing a fire. Once refuelling has begun, contact between your bare hand and the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete. · Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store petrol. (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) · Do not use matches or a lighter and do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle whilst at a gas station, especially during refuelling. · Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident. · Do not over-fill or top-off your vehicle tank, which can cause i Information 3 petrol spillage. Make sure to refuel your vehicle · If a fire breaks out during refu- according to the "Fuel Requirements" elling, leave the vicinity of the suggested in the Introduction chapter. vehicle, and immediately con- tact the manager of the gas NOTICE station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide. · If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can cover your clothes or skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns. Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until the condition stops before com- · Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint. · If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system. pletely removing the cap. (Continued) 3-43 Convenient features of your vehicle Convenient features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Hybrid vehicle · Type A · Type B 3-44 1. Power gauge 2. Fuel gauge 3. Speedometer 4. Warning and indicator lights 5. LCD display (including Trip computer) 6. Battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more information, refer to the "Gauges and meters" in this chapter. OAEPH049100R/OAEPH049101L Plug-in hybrid vehicle · Type A · Type B 1. Power gauge 3 2. Fuel gauge 3. Speedometer 4. Warning and indicator lights 5. LCD display (including Trip computer) 6. Battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more information, refer to the "Gauges and meters" in this chapter. OAEPH049523R/OAEPH049524L 3-45 Convenient features of your vehicle Convenient features of your vehicle Instrument cluster control Instrument panel illumination Type A Type B OAEPH049401R When the vehicle's position lights or headlamps are on, press the illumination control button to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination. When pressing the illumination control button, the interior switch illumination intensity is also adjusted. WARNING Never adjust the instrument cluster whilst driving. This could result in loss of control and lead to an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or vehicle damage. OIK047144L · The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is displayed. · If the brightness reaches to the maximum or minimum level, a chime will sound. 3-46 Convenient features of your vehicle Gauges and meters Speedometer Type A Type B · SPORT mode selected Tachometer Type B · SPORT mode selected 3 Type B · ECO mode selected OAEPH049102R OAEPH059609R OAEPH049106R The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in kilometers per hour (km/h) and/or miles per hour (MPH). The speedometer for cluster type B is displayed differently according to the mode selected, ECO or SPORT. If the shift lever is in S (Sport), SPORT mode is selected and if the shift lever is in D (Drive), ECO mode is selected. For more information, refer to "Dual Clutch Transmission" in chapter 5. OAEPH049653R The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm). Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine. NOTICE Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage. 3-47 Convenient features of your vehicle Power gauge Type A Type B OAEPHQ048008 OAEPHQ048802 The power gauge indicates whether the current driving condition is fuel efficient or not. · CHARGE : Shows that the energy made by the vehicle is being converted to electrical energy. (Regenerated energy) · ECO : Shows that the vehicle is being driven in an Eco-friendly manner. · POWER : Shows that the vehicle is exceeding the Eco-friendly range. i Information Accordance to the power gauge area the "EV" indicator comes on or off. - "EV" indicator ON : Vehicle is driven using the electric motor or the petrol engine is stopped. - "EV" indicator OFF : Vehicle is driven using the petrol engine. Fuel gauge Type A Type B OAEPH049106L OAEPH049107L This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. 3-48 Convenient features of your vehicle i Information · The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 8. · The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is Hybrid battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge Type A However, if the Service Indicator ( ) and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ( ) turn on when the SOC gauge is near the "0" level, we recommend the vehicle be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. nearly empty. · On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge 3 The actual cluster in the vehicle pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel may differ from the illustration. warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of NOTICE fuel in the tank. WARNING Type B OAEPH049522L Never try to start the vehicle if the fuel tank is empty. In this condition, the engine cannot charge the Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger. You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes high voltage battery of the hybrid system. If you try to start the vehicle when the fuel is empty, the high voltage battery will become discharged and be damaged. on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the "0 (Empty)" level. OAEPH049647L This gauge indicates the remaining NOTICE Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire hybrid battery power. If the SOC is near the "0" level, the vehicle automatically operates the engine to charge the battery. damaging the catalytic converter. 3-49 Convenient features of your vehicle Plug-in hybrid mode indicator Auto · Type A · Type B · CS (Charge Sustaining, Hybrid) mode : The high-voltage (hybrid) battery and petrol engine is used to drive the vehicle. Outside temperature gauge Type A Type B i Information Even when the battery charging rate is high and driving in electric mode is possible, engine may turn on in some areas to protect the system. OAEPH048612/OAEPH048611 CS (Charge Sustaining, Hybrid) · Type A · Type B OAEPH048520/OAEPH048594 · CD (Charge Depleting, Electric) mode : The high-voltage (hybrid) battery is used to drive the vehicle. · AUTO mode : CD mode and CS mode are selected automatically depending on road conditions. OAE046135/OAEPH048109 This gauge indicates the current outside air temperatures either in Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit. - Temperature range : -40°C ~ 60°C (-40°F ~ 140°F) The outside temperature on the display may not immediately change like a general thermometer not to distract the driver. The temperature unit (from °C to °F or from °F to °C) can be changed by: 3-50 Convenient features of your vehicle - User Settings mode in the Cluster : You can change the temperature unit in the "Other Features Temperature unit" . Odometer Type A Type B Distance to empty Type A Type B - Automatic climate control system : Whilst pressing the OFF button, press the AUTO button for 3 sec- onds or more. 3 The temperature unit of the instrument cluster and climate control system will change at once. OAE046138N/OAEPH049112R The odometer indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed. OAEPH049591R/OAEPH049116R · The distance to empty is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel. · If the estimated distance is below 1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will display "----" as distance to empty. 3-51 Convenient features of your vehicle i Information · If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted, the distance to empty function may not operate correctly. · The distance to empty may differ from the actual driving distance as it is an estimate of the available driving distance. · The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 1.5 gallon (6 litres) of fuel are added to the vehicle. · The fuel economy and distance to empty may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle. Dual clutch transmission shift indicator Type A Type B OAE046136L/OAEPH048110 This indicator displays which shift lever position is selected. Type A Type B OAE046185/OAEPH049184L Dual clutch transmission shift indicator in Manual shift mode (if equipped) In the Manual shift mode, this indicator informs which gear is recommended whilst driving, to save fuel. - Shifting up :2, 3, 4, 5, 6 - Shifting down :1, 2, 3, 4, 5 3-52 For example : Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is recommended (currently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear). : Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is recommended (currently the shift lever is in the 4th, 5th, or 6th gear). Type A Type B Regenerative braking level indicator Type A 3 When the system is not working properly, the indicator is not displayed. OAE046137/OAEPH04811 Shift indicator pop-up (if equipped) The pop-up indicates the current gear position displayed in the cluster for about 2 seconds when shifting into other positions (P/R/N/D). Type B OAEPH058603 Convenient features of your vehicle OAEPH058602 Whilst using the regenerative brakes, you may select the regenerative braking level from 0 to 3 by pulling the paddle shifter. For more details, refer to "Regenerative Braking System" in chapter 5. 3-53 Convenient features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights i Information Make sure that all warning lights are OFF after starting the engine. If any light is still ON, this indicates a situation that needs attention. Ready Indicator EV Mode Indicator EV This indicator illuminates when the vehicle is driven by the electric motor. Service Warning Light Charging Cable Connection Indicator (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) This indicator illuminates in red when the charging cable is connected. Air Bag Warning Light This indicator illuminates : When the vehicle is ready to be driven. - ON : Normal driving is possible. - OFF : Normal driving is not possible, or a problem has occurred. - Blinking : Emergency driving. When the ready indicator goes OFF or blinks, there is a problem with the system. In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. This warning light illuminates : · When the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. · When there is a problem with the hybrid vehicle control system or hardware. When the warning light illuminates whilst driving, or does not go OFF after starting the vehicle, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. This warning light illuminates: · Once you turn the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off. · When there is a malfunction with the SRS. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 3-54 Convenient features of your vehicle Seat Belt Warning Light Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low: (red colour) 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle. This warning light informs the driver This warning light illuminates: 2. With the engine stopped, check the that the seat belt is not fastened. For more information, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2. · Once you turn the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required (For more information, refer to "Brake 3 Fluid" in chapter 7). After adding brake fluid, check all brake compo- nents for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid - It remains on if the parking brake leak is found, or if the warning light is applied. remains on, or if the brakes do not · When the parking brake is applied. · When the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low. operate properly, do not drive the vehicle. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. - If the warning light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates the brake fluid level in Dual-diagonal braking system the reservoir is low. Your vehicle is equipped with dual- · When the regenerative brake does diagonal braking systems. This not operate. means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual sys- tems should fail. With only one of the dual systems working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure is required to stop the vehicle. 3-55 Convenient features of your vehicle Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working. If the brakes fail whilst you are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. WARNING Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Regenerative Brake Warning Light This warning light illuminates : When the regenerative brake does not operate and the brake does not perform well. This causes the Brake Warning light (red) and Regenerative Brake Warning Light (yellow) to illuminate simultaneously. In this case, drive safely and we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. The operation of the brake pedal may be more difficult than normal and the braking distance can increase. Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light This warning light illuminates: · Once you turn the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. · When there is a malfunction with the ABS (The normal braking system will still be operational without the assistance of the anti-lock brake system). In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 3-56 Convenient features of your vehicle Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light (Continued) In this case, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking. Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light (if equipped) EPB We recommend you have the vehicle inspected by a This warning light illuminates: HYUNDAI authorised repairer When there is a malfunction with the These two warning lights illuminate as soon as possible. EPB. 3 at the same time whilst driving: In this case, we recommend that you · When the ABS and regular brake system may not work normally. i Information - Electronic Brake Force Distribution have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. WARNING Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light (EBD) System Warning Light When the ABS Warning Light is on or both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may not work. Also, the EPS Warning Light may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease. In this case, we recommend you have i Information The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light may illuminate when the Electronic Stability control (ESC) Indicator Light comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly (This does not indicate malfunction of the EPB). When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the brake system the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking. (Continued) 3-57 Convenient features of your vehicle AUTO HOLD Indicator Light (if equipped) Electric Power Steering (EPS)Warning Light Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) This indicator light illuminates: · [White] When you activate the auto hold system by pressing the AUTO HOLD button. · [Green] When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal with the auto hold system activated. · [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the auto hold system. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. For more details, refer to "Auto Hold" in chapter 5. This warning light illuminates: · Once you turn the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. · When there is a malfunction with the EPS. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. This warning light illuminates: · Once you turn the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. · When there is a malfunction with the emission control system. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. NOTICE Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control system which could affect drivability and/or fuel economy. 3-58 Convenient features of your vehicle NOTICE Engine Oil Pressure NOTICE Warning Light If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp · If the engine does not stop (MIL) illuminates, potential catalyt- immediately after the Engine Oil ic converter damage is possible Pressure Warning Light is illumi- which could result in loss of This warning light illuminates: nated, severe damage could engine power. · When the engine oil pressure is low. result. In this case, we recommend that · If the warning light stays on 3 you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as If the engine oil pressure is low: whilst the engine is running, it indicates that there may be seri- soon as possible. 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe ous engine damage or malfunc- location and stop your vehicle. tion. In this case: Charging System Warning Light When this warning light illuminates whilst running the engine, the battery is not being charged. Immediately turn OFF all electrical accessories. Try not to use electrically operated controls, such as the power windows. Keep running the engine. 2. Turn the engine off and check the engine oil level (For more information, refer to "Engine Oil" in chapter 7). If the level is low, add oil as required. If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. 1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. 2. Turn off the engine and check the oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the engine oil to the proper level. 3. Start the engine again. If the warning light stays on after the engine is started, turn the engine off immediately. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by We recommend that you have the a HYUNDAI authorised repair- vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI er. authorised repairer as soon as possi- ble. 3-59 Convenient features of your vehicle Low Fuel Level Warning Light Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light Master Warning Light This warning light illuminates: · When the fuel tank is nearly empty. Add fuel as soon as possible. NOTICE Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning light on or with the fuel level below "0" can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter (if equipped). This warning light illuminates: · When the engine coolant tempera- ture is above 120°C (248°F). This means that the engine is overheated and may be damaged. If your vehicle is overheated, refer to "Overheating" in chapter 6. Overspeed Warning Light (if equipped) 120 km/h This warning light blinks: · When you drive the vehicle more than 120 km/h. - This is to prevent you from driving your vehicle with overspeed. - The overspeed warning chime also sounds for approximately 5 seconds. This indicator light illuminates: · When there is a malfunction in operation in any of the following systems: - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system malfunction (if equipped) - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist radar blocked (if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning system malfunction (if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar blocked (if equipped) - Smart Cruise Control malfunction (if equipped) - Lamp malfunction (if equipped) - High Beam Assist malfunction (if equipped) - Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction (if equipped) To identify the details of the warning, look at the LCD display. 3-60 Convenient features of your vehicle Low Tyre Pressure This warning light remains ON Exhaust System (GPF) Warning Light after blinking for approximately 60 seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second intervals: Warning Light (for petrol engine, if equipped) This warning light illuminates: · When there is a malfunction with the TPMS. This warning light illuminates: · Once you turn the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by · When accumulated soot reaches a certain amount. 3 a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as · When this warning light illumi- - It illuminates for approximately 3 soon as possible. nates, it may turn off after driving seconds and then goes off. the vehicle at more than 50 mph · When one or more of your tyres are significantly underinflated. For more information, refer to "Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6. For more information, refer to "Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6. WARNING (80 km/h) for about 30 minutes (above 3rd gear with 1,500 ~ 4,000 engine rpm). If this warning light blinks in spite of the procedure (at this time LCD warning message will be displayed), we recommend that you have the Safe Stopping GPF system checked by a HYUNDAI · The TPMS cannot alert you to authorised repairer. severe and sudden tyre damage caused by external factors. NOTICE · If you notice any vehicle insta- If you continue to drive with the bility, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to GPF warning light blinking for a long time, the GPF system can be damaged and fuel consumption can worsen. a safe position off the road. 3-61 Convenient features of your vehicle Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indicator Light Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Indicator Light Immobiliser Indicator Light (without smart key) This indicator light illuminates: · Once you turn the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. · When there is a malfunction with the ESC system. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. This indicator light blinks: · Whilst the ESC is operating. For more information, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5. This indicator light illuminates: · Once you turn the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. · When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button. For more information, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5. This indicator light illuminates: · When the vehicle detects the immobiliser in the key with the ignition switch in the ON position. - At this time, you can start the engine. - The indicator light goes off after starting the engine. This indicator light blinks: · When there is a malfunction with the immobiliser system. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 3-62 Convenient features of your vehicle Immobiliser Indicator Light (with smart key) This indicator light illuminates for Turn Signal Indicator 2 seconds and goes off: Light · If the smart key is in the vehicle This indicator light illuminates for and the Engine Start/Stop button is up to 30 seconds: · When the vehicle detects the smart key in the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON, but the vehicle cannot detect the smart key. This indicator light blinks: In this case, we recommend that · When you operate the turn signals. you have the vehicle inspected by 3 ACC or ON position. a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. If any of the following occur, there may - At this time, you can start the engine. - The indicator light goes off after starting the engine. This indicator light blinks for a few seconds: · When the smart key is not in the vehicle. - At this time, you cannot start the engine. This indicator light blinks: · When the battery voltage of the smart key is low. - At this time, you can not start the engine. However, you can start the engine if you press the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key. (For more information, refer to "Starting the Engine" in chapter 5). · When there is a malfunction with be a malfunction with the turn signal system. - The turn signal indicator light illuminates but does not blink - The turn signal indicator light blinks rapidly - The turn signal indicator light does not illuminate at all If any of these conditions occur, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. the immobiliser system. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 3-63 Convenient features of your vehicle Low Beam Indicator Light (if equipped) Rear Fog Indicator Light LED Headlamp Warning Light (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: · When the headlights are on. High Beam Indicator Light This indicator light illuminates: · When the headlamps are on and in the high beam position. · When the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position. Light ON Indicator Light This indicator light illuminates: · When the tail lights or headlamps are on. This indicator light illuminates: · When the rear fog lights are on. Exterior Light Warning Light (if equipped) This warning light illuminates: · When one of the exterior bulbs (headlamp, tail lamp, fog lamp, etc.) is not operating properly. One of the bulbs may need to be replaced. i Information Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating. This warning light illuminates: · When there is a malfunction with the LED headlamp. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer. This warning light blinks: When there is a malfunction with a LED headlamp related part. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an HYUNDAI authorised repairer. NOTICE Continuous driving with the LED Headlamp Warning Light on or blinking can reduce LED headlamp life. 3-64 Convenient features of your vehicle Cruise Type A Indicator Light (if equipped) Type B SPORT Mode Indicator Light Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA) system warning light (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: · When the cruise control system is enabled. · When the driver moves the shift lever to S (Sport). · When you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. 3 For more information, refer to For more information, refer to "Dual Clutch Transmission" in "Cruise Control System" in chap- chapter 5. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. ter 5. · When there is a malfunction with the FCA. Speed Limiter Indicator Light (if equipped) ECO Mode Indicator Light In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. This indicator light illuminates when: · When the speed limiter is enabled. This indicator light illuminates: · When the driver moves the shift lever to D (Drive). For more information, refer to "Dual Clutch Transmission" in chapter 5. For more information, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system" in chapter 5. 3-65 Convenient features of your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system indicator light (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: · [Green] When the system operat- ing conditions are satisfied. · [White] The system operating con- ditions are not satisfied. · [Yellow] When there is a malfunc- tion with the lane keeping assist system. In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5. Icy Road Warning Light (if equipped) This warning light is to warn the driver the road may be icy. When the temperature on the outside temperature gauge is approximately below 4°C (40°F), the Icy Road Warning Light and Outside Temperature Gauge blinks and then illuminates. Also, the warning chime sounds 1 time. i Information If the icy road warning light appears whilst driving, you should drive more attentively and safely, refraining from over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning, etc. LCD display messages Shift to P (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if you try to turn off the vehicle with the shift lever the N (Neutral) position. At this time, the Engine Start/Stop button turns to the ACC position (If you press the Engine Start/Stop button once more, it will turn to the ON position). Low Key Battery (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if the battery of the smart key is discharged whilst changing the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position. 3-66 Convenient features of your vehicle Press START button whilst turn- Press brake pedal to start vehi- Key not detected ing wheel cle (for smart key system) (for smart key system) (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if This warning message is displayed if This warning message is displayed if the Engine Start/Stop button changes the smart key is not detected when you the steering wheel does not unlock to the ACC position twice by pressing press the Engine Start/Stop button. normally when the Engine Start/Stop the button repeatedly without depress- button is pressed. ing the brake pedal. Press START button again You should press the Engine You can start the vehicle by depressing (for smart key system) 3 Start/Stop button whilst turning the the brake pedal. steering wheel right and left. This message is displayed if you were unable to start the vehicle when Key not in vehicle the Engine Start/Stop button was Check Steering Wheel Lock (for smart key system) pressed. System (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if If this occurs, attempt to start the This warning message is displayed if the smart key is not in the vehicle engine by pressing the Engine the steering wheel does not lock nor- when you press the Engine Start/Stop Start/Stop button again. mally whilst the Engine Start/Stop but- button. If the warning message appears ton changes to the OFF position. When attempting to start the vehicle, each time you press the Engine always have the smart key with you. Start/Stop button, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 3-67 Convenient features of your vehicle Press START button with key (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if you press the Engine Start/Stop button whilst the warning message "Key not detected" is displayed. At this time, the immobiliser indicator light blinks. Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if the brake switch fuse is disconnected. You need to replace the fuse with a new one before starting the engine. If that is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC position. Shift to P to start vehicle (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P (Park) position. Low Washer Fluid This warning message is displayed if the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty. Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled. Low Fuel This warning message is displayed if the fuel tank is almost out of fuel. When this message is displayed, the low fuel level warning light in the cluster will come on. It is recommended to look for the nearest fuelling station and refuel as soon as possible. Add fuel as soon as possible. Icy road warning (if equipped) This warning message is to warn the driver the road may be icy. When the temperature on thte outside temperature gauge is approximately below 4°C (40°F), the icy road wanring message. Engine has overheated This warning message is displayed when the engine coolant temperature is above 120°C (248°F). This means that the engine is overheated and may be damaged. If your vehicle is overheated, refer to "Overheating" in chapter 6. Check exhaust system (if equipped) This message is displayed if there is a problem with the GPF system. At this time, the GPF warning light will also blink. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the GPF system checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. GPF : Gasoline (Petrol) Particulate Filter For more details, refer to "Warning lights" in this chapter. 3-68 Door, Bonnet, Tailgate Open Sunroof Open (if equipped) Icy Road Warning Light (if equipped) Convenient features of your vehicle 3 OAEPH048613 This warning is displayed indicating which door, or bonnet, or tailgate is open. CAUTION Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door/ bonnet/tailgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door /bonnet/tailgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. OAEPH048644 This warning is displayed if you turn off the engine when the sunroof is open. OAE046461L This warning light is to warn the driver the road may be icy. When the temperature on the outside temperature gauge is approximately below 4°C (40°F), the Icy Road Warning Light and Outside Temperature Gauge blinks, and then illuminates. Also, the warning chime sounds 1 time. 3-69 Convenient features of your vehicle i Information If the icy road warning light appears whilst driving, you should drive more attentively and safely refraining from over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning, etc. Low Pressure Turn on "FUSE SWITCH" OAEPH059643L This warning message is displayed if the tyre pressure is low. The corresponding tyre on the vehicle will be illuminated. For more information, refer to "Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6. OIK057165L This warning message is displayed if the fuse switch located on the fuse box under the steering wheel is OFF. You should turn the fuse switch on. For more information, refer to "Fuses" in chapter 7. 3-70 Convenient features of your vehicle Lights Mode Wiper Check headlight (High/Low) (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if the headlamps are not operating properly. A headlamp bulb may need to be replaced. 3 Check turn signal (if equipped) OIK047163L OIK047164L This warning message is displayed if the turn signal lamps are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced. This indicator displays which exterior light is selected using the lighting control. This indicator displays which wiper speed is selected using the wiper control. i Information Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating. 3-71 Convenient features of your vehicle Check headlamp LED (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the LED headlamps. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Check Active Air Flap System Check Hybrid system Check brake light (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if the brake lights are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced. OAEPH049649L This message is displayed in the following situations: - There is a malfunction with the actuator flap - There is a malfunction with the actuator air flap controller - The air flap does not open When all of the above conditions are fixed, the warning will disappear. OAEPHQ049819L This message is displayed when there is a problem with the hybrid control system. Refrain from driving when the warning message is displayed. In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 3-72 Convenient features of your vehicle Check Hybrid system. Turn engine Off Check Hybrid system. Do not start engine Stop vehicle and check power supply 3 OAEPHQ049820L This message is displayed when there is a problem with the hybrid system. The " " indicator will blink and a warning chime will sound until the problem is solved. In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. OAEPHQ049821L This message is displayed when the hybrid battery power (SOC) level is low. A warning chime will sound until the problem is solved. In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. OAEPHQ049822L This message is displayed when a failure occurs in the power supply system. In this case, park the vehicle in a safe location and we recommend that you tow your vehicle to the nearest HYUNDAI authorised repairer and have the vehicle inspected. 3-73 Convenient features of your vehicle Park with engine on to charge battery Refuel to prevent Hybrid battery Refill inverter coolant damage OAEPHQ049823L This message is displayed when the hybrid battery power (SOC) level is low. In this case, park the vehicle in a safe location and wait until the hybrid battery is charged. OAEPHQ049824L This message is displayed when the fuel tank is nearly empty. You should refill the fuel tank to prevent hybrid battery damage. OAEPHQ049825L This message is displayed when the inverter coolant is nearly empty. You should refill the inverter coolant. 3-74 Convenient features of your vehicle Stop vehicle and check regen. brakes Check regenerative brakes Check Virtual Engine Sound System 3 OAEPHQ049826L This message is displayed when a failure occurs in the brake system. In this case, park the vehicle in a safe location and recommend that you tow your vehicle to the nearest HYUNDAI authorised repairer and have the vehicle inspected. OAEPHQ049827L This message is displayed when the brake performance is low or the regenerative brake does not work properly due to a failure in the brake system. In this case, it may take longer for the brake pedal to operate and the braking distance may become longer. OAEPHQ049828L This message is displayed when there is a problem with the Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS). In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 3-75 Convenient features of your vehicle Unplug vehicle to start (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Remaining time (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Wait until fuel door opens (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) OAEPHQ049829L This message is displayed when you start the engine without unplugging the charging cable. Unplug the charging cable, and then start the vehicle. OAEPHQ049818L This message is displayed to notify the remaining time to fully charge the battery. OAEPHQ049830L This message is displayed when you attempt to open the fuel filler door with the fuel tank pressurized. Wait until the fuel tank is depressurized. i Information It may take up to 20 seconds to open fuel filler door. 3-76 Convenient features of your vehicle Check fuel door (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) i Information Fuel door open (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) When the fuel filler door is frozen and does not open after 20 seconds at freezing temperature, slightly tap the fuel filler door and then attempt to open it. In other cases, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 3 OAEPHQ049831L This message is displayed when there is a problem with the fuel filler door. Such as, when the fuel filler door does not open after 20 seconds at freezing temperature. OAEPHQ049832L This message is displayed when the fuel filler door opens after the fuel tank is depressurized. If this message is displayed, you can refuel the fuel tank. 3-77 Convenient features of your vehicle Shift to P to charge (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Switching to Hybrid mode to allow heating or air conditioning (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Maintaining Hybrid mode to allow heating or air conditioning (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) OAEPHQ049833L This message is displayed when the charging connector is plugged with the shift lever in R (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D (Drive). Move the shift lever to P (Park) and re-start the charging process. OAEPHQ049842L This message is displayed when the vehicle automatically switches to HEV mode to allow heating or air conditioning. It is when the coolant temperature is low (below -14°C) and the driver turns on the heating or cooling system. If the coolant temperature gets higher than -14°C or the driver turns off the heating or cooling system the vehicle returns to its default (EV) mode. OAEPHQ049841L This message is displayed when the vehicle maintains the HEV mode to allow heating or air conditioning. The mode does not change when the driver presses the [HEV] button to switch from the HEV mode to EV mode whilst the heating and cooling system is on and the coolant temperature is below -14°C. 3-78 Convenient features of your vehicle Low/High System Temp. Maintaining Hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Low/High System Temp. Switching to Hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Switching to Hybrid mode to lubricate engine (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) 3 OAEPHQ049834L/OAEPHQ049835L This message is displayed when the temperature of the high-voltage (hybrid) battery is too low or too high. This warning message is to protect the battery and the hybrid system. OAEPHQ049836L/OAEPHQ049837L This message is displayed when the temperature of the high-voltage (hybrid) battery is too low or high. This warning message is to protect the battery and the hybrid system. OAEPHQ049838L This message is displayed when the vehicle is automatically switched to the HEV mode to lubricate engine whilst the ignition switch is in the ON position. 3-79 Convenient features of your vehicle Maintaining Hybrid mode to pro- Exit SPORT mode to switch to tect engine EV (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) OAEPHQ049839L This message is displayed when the [HEV] button is pressed but it is impossible to switch from the HEV mode to EV mode due to engine lubrication. OAEPHQ049840L This message is displayed when [HEV] button is pressed but it is impossible to switch from the HEV mode to EV mode because the SPORT mode is engaged. 3-80 LCD DISPLAY LCD display control Type A Type B Type C The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons. (1) : MODE button for changing modes (2) , : MOVE switch for changing items 3 (3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item OAE046402 3-81 Convenient features of your vehicle Convenient features of your vehicle LCD display modes Menu Trip Computer TBT Assist User Settings Master warning Up/Down Range (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Fuel Economy Accumulated Info Drive Info Driving style Energy flow Engine coolant temperature Route Guidance Destination Info Smart Cruise Control (SCC) Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) Lane Following Assist (LFA) Driver Attention Warning (DAW) Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) Tyre Pressure Driver Assistance Door Lights Sound Convenience Service Interval Other Features Language The Master Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one or more systems is not operating normally. Reset The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 3-82 Convenient features of your vehicle Trip computer mode Turn By Turn (TBT) mode Assist mode 3 OIK047124N The trip computer mode displays information related to vehicle driving parameters including fuel economy, tripmeter information and vehicle speed. For more information, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter. OAEPH049675R This mode displays the state of the navigation. OAEPH059615R SCC/LKA/LFA/DAW This mode displays the state of the Smart Cruise Control (SCC), Lane Keeping Assist (LKA), Lane Following Assist(LFA) system and Driver Attention Warning (DAW). For more information, refer to each system information in chapter 5. 3-83 Convenient features of your vehicle OAEPH049114L Tyre Pressure This mode displays information related to Tyre Pressure. For more information, refer to "Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6. Master warning mode Type A Type B OIK047173L OAEPH049651R This warning light informs the driver the following situations. - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system malfunction (if equipped) - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist radar blocked (if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning system malfunction (if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar blocked (if equipped) - Smart Cruise Control malfunction (if equipped) - Lamp malfunction (if equipped) - High Beam Assist malfunction (if equipped) - Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction (if equipped) The Master Warning Light illuminates if one or more of the above warning situations occur. At this time, a Master Warning icon ( ) will appear beside the User Settings icon ( ), on the LCD display. If the warning situation is solved, the master warning light will be turned off and the Master Warning icon will disappear. 3-84 User settings mode Shift to P to edit settings / Quick guide (Help) Engage parking brake to edit settings This mode provides quick guides for This warning message illuminates if the systems in the User Settings you try to select an item from the mode. User Settings mode whilst driving. Select an item, press and hold the For your safety, change the User OK button. Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and moving the shift lever to P (Park). For more details about each system, refer to this Owner's Manual 3 Convenient features of your vehicle OAD048572L In this mode, you can change the settings of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, etc. 1. Driver Assistance 2. Door 3. Lights 4. Sound 5. Convenience 6. Service interval 7. Other (features) 8. Languages 9. Reset The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 3-85 Convenient features of your vehicle 1. Driver Assistance Items Explanation SCC response Driving assist Warning timing · Fast/Normal/Slow To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system. For more details, refer to ''Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go'' in chapter 5. · Lane Following Assist To activate or deactivate the Lane Following Assist (LFA) system. For more details, refer to the "Lane Following Assist (LFA) System" in chapter 5. · Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) To activate or deactivate the Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) For more details, refer to "Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW)" in chapter 5. To adjust the warning timing of the driver assistance system. - Normal / Later Warning volume To adjust the warning volume of the driver assistance system. - High / Medium / Low DAW (Driver Attention Warning) · Leading vehicle departure alert To activate or deactivate the Leading vehicle departure alert. For more details, refer to the "Leading vehicle departure alert" in chapter 5. To adjust the sensitivity of the DAW (Driver Attention Warning). For more details, refer to the "DAW (Driver Attention Warning)" in chapter 5. The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 3-86 Convenient features of your vehicle 1. Driver Assistance Items Forward Safety Explanation · Active Assist: If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when a collision is detected. · Warning Only: If selected, the system provides a warning when a collision is detected. · Off: Deactivates the system. For more details, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system" in chapter 5. 3 Lane Safety · Lane Keeping Assist : If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when the vehicle leaves the lane. · Lane Departure Warning: If selected, the system provides a warning when the vehicle leaves the lane. · Off: Deactivates the LKA system. For more details, refer to the "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System" in chapter 5. Blind-Spot Safety Parking Safety · Warning Only: If selected, the system provides a warning when a collision is detected. · Off: Deactivates the system. For more details, refer to the "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) System" in chapter 5. · Rear Cross-Traffic Safety To activate or deactivate the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function. For more details, refer to "Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System" in chapter 5. The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 3-87 Convenient features of your vehicle 2. Door Items Auto Lock Explanation · Disable : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated. · Enable on Speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 15km/h (9.3mph). · Enable on Shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the automatic transmission shift lever is shift- ed from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. Auto Unlock Lock/Unlock sound Horn feedback · Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be cancelled. · On key out/On vehicle off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button is set to the OFF position. · On Shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission/dual clutch trans- mission shift lever is shifted to the P (Park) position. To activate or deactivate the lock/unlock sound. If you lock the door with a remote control key again after locking the door, the alarm beeps. To activate or deactivate the horn feedback. If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing the lock button on the remote key, and pressing it again within 4 seconds, the horn feedback sound will operate once to indicate that all doors are locked (if equipped with remote key). The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 3-88 Convenient features of your vehicle 3. Lights Items One touch turn signal Headlight Delay High beam Assist Explanation - Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. - 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly. For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter. 3 To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function. For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter. To activate or deactivate the high beam assist system. For more details, refer to "High Beam Assist" in this chapter. 4. Sound Cluster sound Items To adjust the cluster volume. - OFF/Level 1/Level 2/Level 3 Explanation The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 3-89 Convenient features of your vehicle 5. Convenience Items Explanation Seat Easy Access · Off: The seat easy access function is deactivated. · Normal/Extended: When you turn off the engine, the driver's seat will automatically move rearward short (Normal) or long (Extended) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably. For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter. Welcome Mirror/Light To activate or deactivate the welcome mirror and/or light function. For more details, refer to ''Welcome System'' in this chapter. Wireless Charging System To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat. For more details, refer to "Wireless Charging System" in this chapter. Wiper/Lights Display To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode. When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you changed the mode. Gear Position Pop-up To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up. When activated, the gear position will be displayed on the LCD display. Coasting Guide Start Coasting Icy Road Warning · Coasting Guide: To activate or deactivate the Coasting Guide system. · Sound: To activate or deactivate the Coasting Guide system sound. For more details, refer to "Coasting Guide" in chapter 5. To adjust the sensitivity of the Coasting Guide. For more details, refer to "Coasting Guide" in chapter 5. To activate or deactivate the icy road warning. The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 3-90 Convenient features of your vehicle 6. Service interval Items Service Interval Explanation To activate or deactivate the service interval function. Adjust Interval Reset If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance. 3 To reset the service interval. i Information To use the service interval menu, consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is turned on. - Service in : Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service. - Service required : Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed. i Information If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnected. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged. 3-91 Convenient features of your vehicle 7. Other (features) Items Explanation AUX. BATTERY SAVER+ To activate or deactivate the Aux. Battery Saver+ function. When activated, the high voltage battery is used to keep the 12V battery charged. For more details, reter to the ''Hybrid System Overview'' provided in the front of the owner's manual. Fuel Economy Auto Reset · Off: The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refuelling. · After Ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy will reset automatically. · After Refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6 litres) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 km/h (1 mph). For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter. Fuel Economy Unit Temperature Unit Tyre Pressure Unit To select the fuel economy unit. (km/L, L/100km, MPG) To select the temperature unit. (°C,°F) To select the tyre pressure unit. (psi, kPa, bar) The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 3-92 8. Language (if equipped) Items Language Choose the language. Explanation 3 9. Reset Reset Items Explanation You can reset the menus in the User Settings Mode. All menus in the User Settings Mode are reset to factory settings, except language and service interval. The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. Convenient features of your vehicle 3-93 Convenient features of your vehicle TRIP COMPUTER (HYBRID VEHICLE) The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving. i Information Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected. Trip modes Fuel Economy · Average Fuel Economy · Instant Fuel Economy Accumulated Info · Tripmeter · Average Fuel Economy · Elapsed Time Drive Info · Tripmeter · Average Fuel Economy · Elapsed Time Digital Speedometer *1 Driving Style Energy Flow Engine Coolant Temperature 3-94 *1 : Instrument cluster Type A OAE046402 To change the trip mode, toggle the " , " switch on the steering wheel. Convenient features of your vehicle Fuel economy Automatic reset Accumulated Info display To automatically reset the average fuel economy after refuelling, select the "Fuel economy Auto Reset" mode in the User Settings menu on the LCD display. - After Ignition: The average fuel economy will reset automatically 3 whenever it has passed 4 hours after turning OFF the engine. OIK047124N Average Fuel Economy (1) · The average fuel economy is calcu- lated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset. · The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automatically. Manual reset To clear the average fuel economy manually, press the [OK] button on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel economy is displayed. - After Refuelling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically when driving speed exceeds 1 km/h, after adding 1.6 gallons (6 litres) of fuel or more. i Information The average fuel economy may be inaccurate, when the vehicle drives shorter than 0.19 miles (300 meters) after turning ON the Engine Start/Stop button. Instant Fuel Economy (2) · This mode displays the instant fuel economy during the last few seconds when the vehicle speed is more than 6.2 mph (10 km/h). OAEPH049463R This display shows the accumulated trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3). The information is accumulated starting from the last reset. To manually reset the information, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Accumulated driving info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously. 3-95 Convenient features of your vehicle The accumulated driving information will continue to be counted whilst the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light). Drive Info display The driving information will continue to be counted whilst the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light.) i Information The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 metres) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated. OAEPH049121R This display shows the trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3). The information is combined for each ignition cycle. However, when the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the Drive Info screen will reset. To manually reset the information, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Drive Info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously. i Information The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 metres) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated. 3-96 Convenient features of your vehicle Digital Speedometer (Instrument cluster type A) Driving style Energy flow 3 OIK047151N This message shows the speed of the vehicle (km/h, MPH). OAEPH049537L The driving style is displayed when you are driving in ECO mode. When you drive in SPORT mode, each driving category will be displayed with "--". OAEPHQ049851L The hybrid system informs the drivers its energy flow in various operating modes. Whilst driving, the current energy flow is specified in 11 modes. For more information, refer to HEV Energy Flow in the "Hybrid System Overview" provided in front of the owner's manual. 3-97 Convenient features of your vehicle Engine coolant temperature OAEPH049125L This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the engine is running. NOTICE When the gauge indicator gets out of the normal range, toward the "Red" position, it indicates overheating of the engine. It may damage the engine. Do not continue driving with the overheated engine. For further information, refer to "If the Engine Overheats" in the chapter 6. 3-98 TRIP COMPUTER (PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE) The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving. i Information Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected. Trip modes Range Electric/Petrol Fuel Economy · Average Fuel Economy · Instant Fuel Economy Accumulated Info · Tripmeter · Average Fuel Economy · Elapsed Time Drive Info · Tripmeter · Average Fuel Economy · Elapsed Time Digital Speedometer *1 Driving Style Energy Flow Engine Coolant Temperature *1 : Instrument cluster Type A Type A Type B 3 Type C OAE046402 To change the trip mode, toggle the " , " switch on the steering wheel. 3-99 Convenient features of your vehicle Convenient features of your vehicle Range OAEPH049534R The range is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel in the fuel tank (Gasoline/Petrol) and high-voltage (hybrid) battery (Electric). If the estimated distance is below 1 mile (1 km), the trip computer will display "---" as the range. i Information · If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted, the range function may not operate correctly. · The range may differ from the actual driving distance as it is an estimate of the available driving distance. · The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallon (6 litres) of fuel are added to the vehicle. · The range may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle. Fuel economy OIK047124N Average Fuel Economy (1) · The average fuel economy is calcu- lated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset. · The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automatically. 3-100 Manual reset To clear the average fuel economy manually, press the [OK] button on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel economy is displayed. Convenient features of your vehicle Automatic reset Accumulated Info display The accumulated driving information To automatically reset the average fuel economy after refuelling, select the "Fuel economy Auto Reset" mode in the User Settings menu on will continue to be counted whilst the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light). the LCD display. - After Ignition: The average fuel economy will reset automatically i Information The vehicle must be driven for a min- 3 whenever it has passed 4 hours imum of 0.19 miles (300 metres) since after turning OFF the engine. the last ignition key cycle before the - After Refuelling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically average fuel economy will be recalculated. when driving speed exceeds 1 km/h, after adding 1.6 gallons (6 litres) of fuel or more. OAEPH049463R This display shows the accumulated trip distance (1), the average fuel i Information economy (2), and the total driving time (3). The average fuel economy may be inaccurate, when the vehicle drives shorter than 0.19 miles (300 meters) after turning ON the Engine Start/Stop button. Instant Fuel Economy (2) · This mode displays the instant fuel economy during the last few seconds when the vehicle speed is more than 6.2 mph (10 km/h). The information is accumulated starting from the last reset. To manually reset the information, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Accumulated driving info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously. 3-101 Convenient features of your vehicle Drive Info display The driving information will continue to be counted whilst the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light.) Digital Speedometer (Instrument cluster type A) OAEPH049121R This display shows the trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3). The information is combined for each ignition cycle. However, when the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the Drive Info screen will reset. To manually reset the information, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Drive Info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously. i Information The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 metres) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated. OIK047151N This message shows the speed of the vehicle (km/h, MPH). 3-102 Driving style Energy flow Engine coolant temperature Convenient features of your vehicle 3 OAEPH049537L The driving style is displayed when you are driving in ECO mode. When you drive in SPORT mode, each driving category will be displayed with "--". OAEPHQ049851L The hybrid system informs the drivers its energy flow in various operating modes. Whilst driving, the current energy flow is specified in 11 modes. For more information, refer to HEV Energy Flow in the "Hybrid System Overview" provided in front of the owner's manual. OAEPH049125L This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the engine is running. NOTICE When the gauge indicator gets out of the normal range, toward the "Red" position, it indicates overheating of the engine. It may damage the engine. Do not continue driving with the overheated engine. For further information, refer to "If the Engine Overheats" in the chapter 6. 3-103 Convenient features of your vehicle LIGHT Exterior lights Lighting control Even with the AUTO light feature in operation, it is recommended to manually turn ON the lamps when driving at night or in fog, or when you enter dark areas, such as tunnels and parking facilities. OAE046449L To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions: (1) O (OFF) position (2) AUTO light position (3) Position lamp position (4) Headlamp position OAE046451L AUTO light position When the light switch is in the AUTO position, the position lamp and headlamp will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle. NOTICE · Do not cover or spill anything on the sensor (1) located on the instrument panel. · Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation. · If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windscreen, the AUTO light system may not work properly. 3-104 Convenient features of your vehicle High beam operation 3 OAE046469L Position lamp position ( ) The position lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON. OAE046467L Headlamp position ( ) The headlamp, position lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON. i Information The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlamp. OAE046453L To turn on the high beam headlamp, push the lever away from you. The lever will return to its original position. The high beam indicator will light when the headlamp high beams are switched on. 3-105 Convenient features of your vehicle To turn off the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you. The low beams will turn on. High Beam Assist (HBA) system (if equipped) WARNING Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles approaching you. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver's vision. OAE046455L To flash the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you, then release the lever. The high beams will remain ON as long as you hold the lever towards you. OAEPH049469L The High Beam Assist (HBA) is a system that automatically adjusts the headlamp range (switches between high beam and low beam) according to the brightness of other vehicles and road conditions. 3-106 Convenient features of your vehicle Operating condition 1.Place the light switch in the AUTO position. 2.Turn on the high beam by pushing the lever away from you. · If the light switch is placed to the headlamp position, the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off and the low beam will be on continuously. Warning light and message The High Beam Assist ( ) indica- tor will illuminate. When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is 3.The High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn on when vehicle speed is operating, the high beam switches to low beam in the following conditions. 3 above 25mph (45km/h). - When the headlamp of an on-com- · If the light switch is pushed away ing vehicle is detected. when the High Beam Assist (HBA) - When the tail lamp of a vehicle in is operating, the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off and the high beam will be on continuously. · If the light switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is off, the high beam will turn on without the High Beam Assist (HBA) cancelled. When you let go of the light front is detected. - When the headlamp or tail lamp of a motorcycle or a bicycle is detected. - When the surrounding ambient light is bright enough that high beams are not required. - When streetlights or other lights OOS047127R When the High Beam Assist (HBA) Assist System is not working properly, the warning message will come on for a few second. After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. switch, the lever will move to the are detected. We recommend that you take your middle and the high beam will turn off. · If the light switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is on by the High Beam Assist (HBA), the - When the light switch is not in the AUTO position. - When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is off. vehicle to a HYUNDAI authorised repairer and have the system checked. low beam will be on and the High - When vehicle speed is below 20 mph Beam Assist will turn off. (30km/h). 3-107 Convenient features of your vehicle CAUTION The system may not operate normally if any of the following conditions should occur: 1) When the illumination from an on-coming vehicle or a vehicle in front is dim. Such examples may include: · When the headlamps of an oncoming vehicle or the tail lamps of a vehicle in front is covered with dust, snow, or water · When the headlamps on an on-coming vehicle are OFF, but the fog lamps are ON 2) When the High Beam Assist camera is adversely affected by an external condition. Such examples may include: · When the vehicle's headlamps have been damaged or not repaired properly · When the vehicle headlamps are not aimed properly (Continued) 3-108 (Continued) · When the vehicle is driven on a narrow curved road or rough road · When the vehicle is driven on an uphill road or downhill road · When only part of the vehicle in front is visible on a crossroad or curved road · When there is a traffic light, reflecting sign, flashing sign or mirror · When the road conditions are bad such as being wet or covered with snow · When a vehicle suddenly appears from a curve · When the vehicle is tilted from a flat tyre or being towed · When the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system warning light illuminates (Continued) (Continued) · When the light from the oncoming or front vehicle is not detected because of exhaust fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc. · When the front window is covered with foreign matters such as ice, dust, fog, or is damaged 3) When the forward visibility is poor. Such examples may include: · When the headlamps of an oncoming vehicle or a vehicle in front is not detected due to poor outside visibility (smog, smoke, dust, fog, heavy rain, snow, etc.) · When the windscreen visibility is poor i Information When you replace or reinstall the windscreen glass or LDW/LKA camera (if equipped), We recommend that you take your vehicle to a HYUNDAI authorised repairer and have the system checked. Convenient features of your vehicle WARNING · Do not attempt to disassemble the front view camera without the assistance of a HYUNDAI authorised repairer technician. If camera is removed for any reason, the system may need to be re-calibrated. We recommend that the system be inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · If the windscreen of your vehicle is replaced, most likely the front view camera will need to be re-calibrated. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected and have the system re-calibrated by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · Be careful that water doesn't get into the High Beam Assist (HBA) unit and do not remove or damage related parts of the High Beam Assist (HBA) system. (Continued) (Continued) · Do not place objects on the crash pad that reflect light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may malfunction if sunlight is reflected. Turn signals and lane change signals · At times, the High Beam Assist 3 (HBA) may not work properly. The system is for your conven- ience only. It is the responsibil- ity of the driver for safe driving practices and always check the road conditions for your safety. · When the system does not operate normally, change the lamp position manually between the high beam and low beam. OAE046457L To signal a turn, push down on the lever for a left turn or up for a right turn in position (A). To signal a lane change, move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position (B). The lever will return to the OFF position when released or when the turn is completed. If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement. 3-109 Convenient features of your vehicle One-touch turn signal function To activate a one-touch turn signal function, move the turn signal lever slightly and then release it. The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times. You can activate/deactivate the One Touch Turn Signal function or choose the number of blinks (3, 5, or 7) from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display. For more information, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter. Rear fog lamp OAE046459L To turn on the rear fog lamp: Position the light switch in the headlamp position, and then turn the light switch (1) to the rear fog lamp position. Battery saver function The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically turns off the position lamp when the driver turns the engine off and opens the driver-side door. With this feature, the position lamps will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night. If necessary, to keep the lamps on when the engine is turned off, perform the following: 1) Open the driver-side door. 2) Turn the position lamps OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column. To turn the rear fog lamps off, do one of the following: · Turn off the headlamp switch. · Turn the light switch to the rear fog lamp position again. 3-110 Convenient features of your vehicle Headlamp delay function NOTICE Headlamp levelling device (if equipped) If you place the ignition switch to the ACC or OFF position with the headlamps ON, the headlamps (and/or position lamps) remain on for about 5 minutes. However, with the engine off if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlamps (and/or position lamps) are turned off after 15 seconds. If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors (except driver's door), the battery saver function does not operate and the headlamp delay function does not turn off automatically. Therefore, It causes the battery to be discharged. In this case, make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle. 3 The headlamps (and/or position lamps) can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the remote key or Daytime running light (DRL) smart key twice or turning the light The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Manual type OAEPH049408R switch to the OFF or AUTO position. can make it easier for others to see To adjust the headlamp beam level However, if you turn the light switch the front of your vehicle during the according to the number of the pas- to the AUTO position when it is dark day, especially after dawn and before sengers and loading weight in the outside, the headlamps will not be sunset. luggage area, turn the beam levelling turned off. The DRL system will turn the dedi- switch. You can activate or deactivate the cated lamp OFF when: The higher the number on the switch Headlamp Delay function from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display. For more information, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter. 1. The headlamps are in the ON position. 2. The engine is turned off. position, the lower the headlamp beam level. Always keep the headlight beam at the proper levelling position, or headlamps may dazzle other road users. 3-111 Convenient features of your vehicle Listed below are examples of appropriate switch settings for varying loads. For loading conditions other than those listed, adjust the switch position to the most similar situation. Loading condition Switch position Driver only 0 Driver + Front passenger 0 Full passengers (including driver) 1 Full passengers (including driver) + Maximum permissible loading 2 Driver + Maximum permissible loading 3 Automatic type It automatically adjusts the headlamp beam level according to the number of passengers and loading weight in the luggage area. It also adjusts to the appropriate headlamp beam level for various situations. WARNING If the function does not work properly, we recommend that the system be inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Do not attempt to inspect or replace the wiring yourself. Welcome system (if equipped) Welcome light (if equipped) OAE048409 Puddle lamp (if equipped) When all the doors (and tailgate) are closed and locked, the puddle lamp will come on for about 15 seconds if any of the below is performed. · When the door unlock button is pressed on the remote key or smart key. · When the button of the outside door handle is pressed with the smart key in possession. · When the vehicle is approached with the smart key in possession. (if equipped) 3-112 Convenient features of your vehicle Also, if the outside rearview mirror Headlamp and Position lamp Interior lamp folding switch is in the AUTO position, the outside rearview mirror will unfold automatically. When the headlamp (lamp switch in the headlamp or AUTO position) is on and all doors (and tailgate) are When the interior lamp switch is in the DOOR position and all doors (and tailgate) are closed and locked, the You can activate or deactivate locked and closed, the position lamp room lamp will come on for 30 sec- Welcome Light function from the and headlamp will come on for 15 onds if any of the below is performed. User Settings mode on the LCD dis- seconds if/or any of the below is per- · When the door unlock button is play. formed. pressed on the remote key or 3 For more details, refer to "LCD · When the door unlock button is smart key. Display" in this chapter. pressed on the remote key or smart · When the button of the outside key. door handle is pressed. Door handle lamp (if equipped) When all the doors (and tailgate) are closed and locked, the door handle At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button, the position lamp and headlamp will turn off immediately. At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button, the room lamp will lamp will come on for about 15 sec- turn off immediately. onds if any of the below is performed. You can activate or deactivate the · When the door unlock button is pressed on the remote key or smart key. · When the button of the outside door Welcome Light from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display. For more information, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter. handle is pressed with the smart key in possession. · When the vehicle is approached with the smart key in possession. 3-113 Convenient features of your vehicle Interior lights NOTICE Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is turned off or the battery will discharge. Interior lamp AUTO cut The interior lamps will automatically go off approximately 20 minutes after the engine is turned off and the doors are closed. If a door is opened, the lamp will go off 40 minutes after the engine is turned off. If the doors are locked by the remote key or smart key and the vehicle enters the armed stage of the theft alarm system, the lamps will go off five seconds later. Front lamps OAEPH047539L (1) Front Map Lamp (2) Front Door Lamp (3) Front Room Lamp Front Map Lamp : Press either lens to turn the map lamp on or off. This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger. Front Door Lamp ( ): The front or rear room lamps come on when the front or rear doors are opened if the engine is running or not. When doors are unlocked by the remote key or smart key, the front and rear lamps come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened. The front and rear room lamps go out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed. However, if the ignition switch is in the ON position or all doors are locked, the front and rear lamps will turn off. If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC position or the OFF position, the front and rear lamps stay on for about 20 minutes. Front room lamp · : Press the button to turn ON the room lamp for the front/rear seats. · : Press the button to turn OFF the room lamp for the front/rear seats. 3-114 Convenient features of your vehicle Rear lamps Type A NOTICE Do not leave the lamp switches on for an extended period of time when the engine is turned off. Luggage compartment lamp 3 Type B OAE046445 OAEE046421 Rear Room Lamp Switch ( ): Press this button to turn the room lamp on and off. OAE049418 The luggage compartment lamp comes on when the tailgate is opened. NOTICE The luggage compartment lamp comes on as long as the tailgate is open. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the tailgate securely after using the tailgate. 3-115 Convenient features of your vehicle Vanity mirror lamp OAD045410/H Push the switch to turn the light on or off. · : The lamp will turn on if this button is pressed. · : The lamp will turn off if this button is pressed. NOTICE Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor. Puddle lamp (if equipped) OAE046419 Welcome light When all doors (and tailgate) are closed and locked, the puddle lamp will come on for 15 seconds if the door is unlocked by the remote key/smart key or outside door handle button. For more information, refer to "Welcome System" in this chapter. Escort light When the ignition switch is in the LOCK/OFF position and the driver's door is opened, the puddle lamp will come on for 30 seconds. If the driver's door is closed within the 30 seconds, the puddle lamp will turn off after 15 seconds. If the driver's door is closed and locked, the puddle lamp will turn off immediately. The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will turn on only the first time the driver's door is opened after the engine is turned off. 3-116 WIPERS AND WASHERS Type A Type B A : Wiper speed control AUTO : The rain sensor located on · MIST / V Single wipe · OFF / O Off · AUTO* Auto control wipe the upper end of the windscreen glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the · INT / --- Intermittent wipe proper interval. The more it · LO / 1 Low wiper speed rains, the faster the wiper · HI / 2 High wiper speed operates. When the rain stops, the wiper stops.To 3 OAD045437L B : Auto control wipe time adjustment vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob (B). LO (1) : The wiper runs at a lower C : Wash with brief wipes * : if equipped speed. HI (2) : The wiper runs at a higher speed. Convenient features of your vehicle OAD045438L Windscreen wipers Operates as follows when the ignition switch is in the ON position. MIST (V) : For a single wiping cycle, push the lever upward (or downward) and release. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position. OFF (O) : Wiper is not in operation. INT (---) : Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals.To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob (B). i Information If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windscreen, defrost the windscreen for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windscreen wipers to ensure proper operation. If you do not remove the snow and/or ice before using the wiper and washer, it may damage the wiper and washer system. 3-117 Convenient features of your vehicle AUTO (Automatic) control (if equipped) (O) Rain Sensor OAE046480N The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windscreen glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval. The more it rains, the faster the wiper operates. When the rain stops, the wiper stops. To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob (1). If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is in the ON position, the wiper will operate once to perform a self-check of the system. Set the wiper to OFF position when the wiper is not in use. 3-118 WARNING To avoid personal injury from the windscreen wipers, when the engine is running and the windscreen wiper switch is placed in the AUTO mode: · Do not touch the upper end of the windscreen glass facing the rain sensor. · Do not wipe the upper end of the windscreen glass with a damp or wet cloth. · Do not put pressure on the windscreen glass. NOTICE · When washing the vehicle, set the wiper switch in the OFF (O) position to stop the auto wiper operation. The wiper may operate and be damaged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode whilst washing the vehicle. · Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windscreen glass. Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty. Convenient features of your vehicle Windscreen washers WARNING CAUTION When the outside temperature is · To prevent possible damage below freezing, ALWAYS warm to the washer pump, do not the windscreen using the operate the washer when the defroster to prevent the washer fluid reservoir is empty. fluid from freezing on the windscreen and obscuring your · To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windscreen, 3 vision which could result in an do not operate the wipers accident and serious injury or when the windscreen is dry. death. · To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other compo- OAEE046500R nents, do not attempt to move In the OFF (O) position, pull the lever the wipers manually. gently toward you to spray washer · To prevent possible damage fluid on the windscreen and to run the to the wipers and washer sys- wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and tem, use anti-freezing washer wiper operation will continue until you fluids in the winter season or release the lever. If the washer does cold weather. not work, you may need to add wash- er fluid to the washer fluid reservoir. 3-119 Convenient features of your vehicle DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM Rear View Monitor OAE048640 OAEPH049407R The Rear View Monitor will activate when the engine is running and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position. This is a supplemental system that provides a view of the area behind the vehicle through the infotainment system whilst the vehicle is in the R (Reverse) position. WARNING The Rear View Monitor is not a safety device. It only serves to assist the driver in identifying objects directly behind the middle of the vehicle. The camera does NOT cover the complete area behind the vehicle. WARNING · Never rely solely on the rear camera display when backingup. · ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision. (Continued) (Continued) · Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. NOTICE · Do not spray the camera or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally. · Do not use any cleanser containing acid or alkaline detergents when cleaning the lens. Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. i Information Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with dirt or snow. 3-120 Convenient features of your vehicle Driving Rear View Monitor (if equipped) Type A Warning indicator in the screen is indicated when: · The tailgate is open · The driver/passenger's door is open WARNING · The Driving Rear View Monitor 3 system is a supplementary OAEPH048634 driving assist system. Make Type B OAEPH049629R The system is activated when: · The engine is ON · The shift lever is in D (Drive) or N sure to check the rear view directly for safety. What you see on the screen may differ from the actual vehicle's loca- (Neutral) and you press the button tion. (1) · The camera may not operate properly if any foreign sub- The system is deactivated when: stance is on the rear camera · You press the button (1) again lens. Always keep the lens · You press the audio or infotainment system button (2) clean. · When the rear view is dis- played whilst driving, an icon OAEPH049630R The Rear View Monitor system assists you to drive safely by allowing you to check the rear view through When the vehicle is reversing the screen switches to rear parking assist screen. ( ) is indicated on the upper right side of the screen. the screen whilst driving. 3-121 Convenient features of your vehicle Rear View Monitor - Top view When you touch the icon on infotainment system screen, the top view is displayed on the screen and shows the distance from the vehicle in the back of your vehicle. Touch the icon on infotainment system screen again, to switch back to the previous screen. Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system (if equipped) Sensors OAE048403 The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system assists the driver during reverse movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within approximately 120 cm (47 in) behind the vehicle. This system is a supplemental system that senses objects within the range and location of the sensors, it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. WARNING · ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are not any objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision. · Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. · Be aware that some objects may not be visible on the screen or be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor. 3-122 Convenient features of your vehicle Operation of the Parking Types of warning sound and indicator NOTICE Distance Warning (Reverse) System Types of warning sound Indicator · The indicator may differ from the Operating condition · This system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch in the ON position. However, if the vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph (5 km/h), the system may not detect objects. When an object is approximately 60 to 120 cm (24 to 47 in) from the rear bumper, the warning sound beeps intermittently. When an object is approximately 30 to 60 cm (12 to 24 in) from the rear bumper, the warning sound beeps more frequently. illustration as objects or sen- sors status. If the indicator blinks, we recommend that you have your vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 3 · If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting into · If the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h), the system will not warn you even though objects are detected. When an object is within approximately 30 cm (12 in) from the rear bumper, the warning sound beeps continuously. R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction with the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system. If this occurs, · When more than two objects are we recommend that you have sensed at the same time, the clos- your vehicle checked by a est one will be recognised first. HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. 3-123 Convenient features of your vehicle To turn off the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system (if equipped) Type A Type B OAEPH049676L OAEPH049677L Non-operational conditions of Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system may not operate normally when: · Moisture is frozen to the sensor. · The sensor is covered with dirt or debris such as snow or ice, or the sensor cover is blocked. There is a possibility of the Rear Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system malfunction when: · Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient. · Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes can interfere with the sensor. · Heavy rain or water spray is present. · Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are present near the sensor. · The sensor is covered with snow. · Any non-factory equipment or acces- sories have been installed, or if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified. Detecting range may decrease when: · Outside air temperature is extreme- ly hot or cold. · Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m (40 inches) and narrower than 14 cm (6 inches) in diameter. The following objects may not be recognised by the sensor: · Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles. · Objects, which tend to absorb sen- sor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow. Push the button to turn off the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system. The indicator light on the button will turn on. 3-124 Convenient features of your vehicle Parking Distance Warning · Do not push, scratch or strike the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system precautions sensor with any hard objects that (Reverse/Forward) system · The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system may not operate consistently in some circum- could damage the surface of the (if equipped) sensor. Sensor damage could occur. Front sensor stances depending on the speed of · Do not spray the sensors or its sur- the vehicle and the shapes of the rounding area directly with a high objects detected. pressure washer. Doing so may 3 · The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system may malfunction cause the sensors to fail to operate normally. if the vehicle bumper height or sen- sor installation has been modified WARNING or damaged. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories Your new vehicle warranty does Sensors OAE048404 may also interfere with the sensor not cover any accidents or dam- Rear sensor performance. age to the vehicle or injuries to · The sensor may not recognise objects less than 30 cm (12 in) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use caution. its occupants related to a Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system. Always drive safely and cautiously. · When the sensor is blocked with snow, dirt, debris, or ice, the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system may be inoperative until the snow or ice melts, or the debris is removed. Use a soft cloth to wipe debris away from the sensor. Sensors OAE048403 The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/ Forward) system assists the driver during movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within approximately 100 cm (40 in) in front and 120 cm (47 in) behind the vehicle. 3-125 Convenient features of your vehicle This system is a supplemental system that senses objects within the range and location of the sensors, it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. WARNING · ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are not any objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision. · Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. · Be aware that some objects may not be visible on the screen or be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor. 3-126 Operation of the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system Type A Type B OAEPH049405R OAEPH049628R Operating condition · This system will activate when the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system button is pressed with the vehicle on. · The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system button turns on automatically and acti- vates the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) sys- tem when you shift to the R (Reverse) position. However, if the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h), the system will not warn you even though objects are detected, and if the vehicle speed exceeds 12 mph (20 km/h), the system will turn off automatically. To turn on the system, press the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system button. · When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognised first. Types of warning sound and indicator Distance from object 61 ~ 100 (24 ~39) 61 ~ 120 (24 ~47) Front Rear Warning indicator When driving forward When driving rearward - - Front 31 ~ 60 (12 ~24) Rear - cm (in) Non-operational conditions of Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system Warning sound Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system may not Buzzer beeps operate normally when: intermittently Buzzer beeps · Moisture is frozen to the sensor. · The sensor is covered with dirt or 3 intermittently debris such as snow or ice, or the Buzzer beeps sensor cover is blocked. frequently There is a possibility of Parking Buzzer beeps Distance Warning (Reverse/ frequently Forward) system malfunction when: Convenient features of your vehicle 30 Front (12) Rear - Buzzer sounds continuously Buzzer sounds continuously NOTICE · The indicator may differ from the illustration as objects or sensors status. If the indicator blinks, we recommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction with the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system. If this occurs, we recommend that you have your vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. · Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient. · Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes can interfere with the sensor. · Heavy rain or water spray is present. · Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are present near the sensor. · The sensor is covered with snow. · Any non-factory equipment or accessories have been installed, or if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified. 3-127 Convenient features of your vehicle Detecting range may decrease when: · Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold. · Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m and narrower than 14 cm in diameter. The following objects may not be recognised by the sensor: · Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles. · Objects, which tend to absorb sen- sor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow. Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system precautions · The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system may not operate consistently in some circumstances depending on the speed of the vehicle and the shapes of the objects detected. · The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance. · The sensor may not recognise objects less than 30 cm (12 in) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use caution. · When the sensor is blocked with snow, dirt, debris, or ice, the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system may be inoperative until the snow or ice melts, or the debris is removed. Use a soft cloth to wipe debris away from the sensor. · Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could occur. · Do not spray the sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Doing so may cause the sensors to fail to operate normally. WARNING Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants related to a Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system. Always drive safely and cautiously. 3-128 AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM 1. Driver's temperature control button 2. Passenger's temperature control button 3 3. Fan speed control button 4. Mode selection button 5. AUTO (automatic control) button 6. OFF button 7. Front windscreen defrost button 8. Rear window defrost button 9. Air conditioning button 10. Air intake control button 11. Driver only button 12. SYNC button 13. Climate control information screen OAEPH049500L 3-129 Convenient features of your vehicle Convenient features of your vehicle Automatic heating and air conditioning OAEPH049302L 1. Press the AUTO button. The modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically according to the temperature setting. OAEPH048303 2. Press the temperature control button to set the desired temperature. i Information · To turn the automatic operation off, select any button of the following: - Mode selection button - Front windscreen defrost button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windscreen defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the information display once again.) - Fan speed control button The selected function will be controlled manually whilst other functions operate automatically. · For your convenience, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 23°C (73°F). 3-130 Convenient features of your vehicle Manual heating and air condi- 4.Set the air intake control to the out- tioning side (fresh) air position. The heating and cooling system can 5.Set the fan speed control to the be controlled manually by pushing desired speed. buttons other than the AUTO button. 6.If air conditioning is desired, turn In this case, the system works the air conditioning system on. sequentially according to the order of Press the AUTO button to convert to buttons selected. When pressing any full automatic control of the system. 3 button except the AUTO button whilst using automatic operation, the func- tions not selected will be controlled OAE048304 automatically. i Information Never place anything near the sensor to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system. 1.Start the engine. 2.Set the mode to the desired position. For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select: - Heating: - Cooling: 3.Set the temperature control to the desired position. 3-131 Convenient features of your vehicle Mode selection 3-132 (if equipped) (if equipped) OAEPH049636R Convenient features of your vehicle Face-Level (B, D, F) Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet. 3 Bi-Level (B, C, D, F) OAEPH048306 The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. The air flow outlet port is converted as follows: Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor. Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, F) Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windscreen with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters. OAEPH048307 Defrost-Level Most of the air flow is directed to the windscreen with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters. Floor-Level (A, C, D, E) Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windscreen and side window defrosters. 3-133 Convenient features of your vehicle Front Temperature control Rear (if equipped) OAE046308R OAEPH049309L Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed ( ) using the vent control lever. Also, you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown. OAEPH048303 Press the temperature control button to set the desired temperature. OAEPH048311 Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally · Press the "SYNC" button to adjust the driver and passenger side temperature equally. The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature. · Turn the driver side temperature control knob. The driver and passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally. 3-134 Convenient features of your vehicle Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually Press the "SYNC" button again to adjust the driver and passenger side temperature individually. The button indicator will turn off. Air intake control Temperature unit conversion Recirculated air position With the recirculated air posi- tion selected, air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected. 3 If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, the temperature mode display will reset to Centigrade. To change the temperature unit from °C to °F or °F to °C : - Automatic climate control system Press the AUTO button for 3 seconds whilst pressing the OFF button. - Instrument cluster OAEPH049312L This is used to select the outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position. To change the air intake control position, push the control button. Outside (fresh) air position With the outside (fresh) air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected. Go to User Settings Mode Other Features Temperature Unit. 3-135 Convenient features of your vehicle i Information Using the system in the fresh air position is recommended. Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position (without air conditioning selected) may cause fogging of the windscreen and side windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become stale. In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment. WARNING · Continued climate control system operation in the recirculated air position may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility. · Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating system on. It may cause serious harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature. · Continued climate control system operation in the recirculated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle control. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible whilst driving. Fan speed control OAEPH048313 The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by pushing the fan speed control button. The higher the fan speed is, the more air is delivered. Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan. NOTICE Operating the fan speed when the ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the fan speed when the engine is running. 3-136 Convenient features of your vehicle Driver Only DRIVER ONLY button will be turned Air conditioning off under the following conditions: 1) Defrost on (the DRIVER ONLY button indicator is not turned off) 2) SYNC on 3) Adjusted front passenger seat temperature 3 4) DRIVER ONLY button re-push OAEPH048314 If you press the DRIVER ONLY but- ton( DRIVER ONLY ) and the indicator light illuminates, air mostly blows in the direction of the driver's seat. However, some of the air may come out of other seating position ducts to keep indoor air pleasant. If you use the button with no passenger in the front passenger seat, energy consumption will be reduced. OAEPH049315L Push the A/C button to turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate). Push the button again to turn the air conditioning system off. 3-137 Convenient features of your vehicle OFF mode OAEPH048316 Push the OFF button to turn the climate control system off. However, you can still operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position. System operation Ventilation 1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. Heating 1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn the air conditioning system on. · If the windscreen fogs up, set the mode to the or position. Operation Tips · To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position. Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable. · Air for the heating/cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windscreen. Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves, snow, ice or other obstructions. · To prevent interior fog on the windscreen, set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature. 3-138 Convenient features of your vehicle Air conditioning NOTICE i Information HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are filled with R-134a or R-1234yf refrigerant. · The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians to insure · When using the air conditioning system, monitor the temperature gauge closely whilst driving up hills or in 1. Start the engine. Push the air con- proper and safe operation. heavy traffic when outside tempera- ditioning button. · The refrigerant system should tures are high. Air conditioning sys- 2. Set the mode to the position. 3. Set the air intake control to the out- be serviced in a well-ventilated place. tem operation may cause engine overheating. Continue to use the fan 3 side air or recirculated air position. 4. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain · The air conditioning evaporator (cooling coil) shall never be repaired or replaced with one but turn the air conditioning system off if the temperature gauge indicates engine overheating. maximum comfort. removed from a used or sal- · When opening the windows in vaged vehicle and new replace- humid weather, air conditioning i Information ment MAC evaporators shall be certified (and labelled) as meet- may create water droplets inside the vehicle. Since excessive water Your vehicle is filled with R-134a or ing SAE Standard J2842. droplets may cause damage to elec- R-1234yf according to the regulation trical equipment, air conditioning in your country at the time of produc- should only be used with the win- tion. You can find out which air condi- dows closed. tioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label located inside of the bonnet. 3-139 Convenient features of your vehicle Air conditioning system operation tips · If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape. · Use air conditioning to reduce humidity and moisture inside the vehicle on rainy or humid days. · During air conditioning system operation, you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal system operation characteristic. · Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance. · When using the air conditioning system, you may notice clear water dripping (or even puddling) on the ground the vehicle. This is a normal system operation characteristic. · Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling, however, continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale. · During cooling operation, you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake. This is a normal system operation characteristic. System maintenance Climate control air filter Outside air Recirculated air Blower Climate control air filter Evaporator Heater core core 1LDA5047 The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system. If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time, the air flow from the air vents may decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windscreen even when the outside (fresh) air position is selected. If this happens, we recommend that the climate control air filter be replaced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 3-140 Convenient features of your vehicle i Information Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and com- WARNING · Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the car is being driven in severe pressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air con- Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf conditions such as dusty, rough ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also Because the refriger- roads, more frequent climate con- reduces the performance of on the ant is mildly inflam- trol air filter inspections and air conditioning system. mable at very high 3 changes are required. · When the air flow rate suddenly decreases, we recommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, we recommend that the system be inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. WARNING It is important that the correct type and amount of oil Vehicles equipped with R-134a and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it may cause dam- Because the refriger- age to the vehicle and personal ant is at very high injury. pressure, the air con- ditioning system should only be serv- iced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the vehicle and personal injury. 3-141 Convenient features of your vehicle Air Conditioning refrigerant label Example · Type A Each symbols and specification on air conditioning refrigerant label means as below : 1. Classification of refrigerant 2. Amount of refrigerant 3. Classification of Compressor lubricant · Type B ODH044365R You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label located inside of the bonnet. ODH043366 The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 3-142 Convenient features of your vehicle WINDSCREEN DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING WARNING Windscreen heating · For maximum defrosting, set the temperature control to the extreme right/hot position and the fan speed control to the highest speed. Automatic climate control system To defog inside windscreen Do not use the or posi- · If warm air to the floor is desired tion during cooling operation in whilst defrosting or defogging, set extremely humid weather. The the mode to the floor-defrost posi- difference between the temper- tion. 3 ature of the outside air and that of the windscreen could cause the outer surface of the windscreen to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection button to the position and fan speed control button to lower speed. · Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windscreen, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and all side windows. · Clear all snow and ice from the bonnet and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the proba- OAEPH049317L bility of fogging up inside of the 1. Select the desired fan speed. windscreen. 2. Select the desired temperature. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. The air-conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature, outside (fresh) air position and higher fan speed will be selected automatically. 3-143 Convenient features of your vehicle If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh) air position and higher fan speed are not selected automatically, adjust the corresponding button or knob manually. If the position is selected, lower fan speed is controlled to higher fan speed. To defrost outside windscreen Defogging logic (if equipped) To reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windscreen, the air intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as or positions. To cancel or return the defogging logic, do the following. OAEPH049652L 1. Set fan speed to the highest position. 2. Set temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. The air-conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature and outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically. If the position is selected, lower fan speed is controlled to higher fan speed. 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. Whilst pressing the air conditioning button (A/C), press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds. The climate control information screen will blink 3 times. It indicates that the defogging logic is cancelled or returned to the programmed status. If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status. 3-144 Convenient features of your vehicle Auto defogging system (if equipped) When the Auto Defogging System operates, the indicator will illuminate. When the Auto Defogging System is cancelled, the ADS OFF symbol will blink 3 times and the ADS OFF will be displayed on the climate control information screen. If high levels of moisture are sensed When the Auto Defogging System is in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging reset, the ADS OFF symbol will blink System will operate in the following 6 times without a signal. 3 order: Step 1 : Outside air position i Information OAE048320 Auto defogging reduces the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windscreen by automatically sensing the moisture on inside the windscreen. The auto defogging system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on. i Information The auto defogging system may not operate normally, when the outside temperature is below -10 °C. Step 2 : Operating the air conditioning Step 3 : Blowing air toward the windscreen Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward the windscreen If the air conditioning is off or recirculated air position is manually selected whilst Auto Defogging System is ON, the Auto Defogging System Indicator will blink 3 times to signal that the manual operation has been cancelled. To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging System Press the front windscreen defroster button for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is in the ON position. · When the air conditioning is turned on by Auto defogging system, if you try to turn off the air conditioning, the indicator will blink 3 times and the air conditioning will not be turned off. · For efficiency, do not select recirculated air position whilst the Auto defogging system is operating. NOTICE Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the windscreen glass. Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty. 3-145 Convenient features of your vehicle Defroster Rear window defroster NOTICE To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window, never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window. i Information · If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster. · The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position. i Information If you want to defrost and defog the front windscreen, refer to "Windscreen Defrosting and Defogging" in this chapter. OAEPH048301 The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window, whilst the engine is running. · To activate the rear window defroster, press the rear window defroster button located in the centre facia switch panel. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON. · To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster button again. 3-146 CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES Automatic ventilation Clean air (if equipped) Sunroof inside air recirculation (if equipped) When the ignition switch is in the ON (if equipped) To increase cabin air quality and position, the clean air function turns When the sunroof is opened, out- reduce windscreen misting, air recir- on automatically. side (fresh) air will be automatically culation mode switches off automati- Also, the clean air function turns off selected. At this time, if you press the cally after about 5 to 30 minutes, automatically, when the ignition air intake control button, recirculated depending on outside temperature, switch is in the OFF position. and the air intake will change to out- air position will be selected but will change back to outside (fresh) air 3 side (fresh) mode. after 3 minutes. When the sunroof is To cancel or set the automatic ventilation feature, select Face level mode and whilst pressing the A/C but- closed, the air intake position will return to the original position that was selected. ton, press the air intake control but- ton 5 times within 3 seconds. When the automatic ventilation is set, the air recirculation indicator will blink 6 times. When cancelled, the indicator will blink 3 times. Convenient features of your vehicle 3-147 Convenient features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT WARNING Never store cigarette lighters, propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods. Centre console storage Glove box WARNING ALWAYS keep the storage compartment covers closed securely whilst driving. Items inside your vehicle are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items may fly out of the compartment and may cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger. NOTICE To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartments. OAE046420 To open : Grab and hold the latch (1) on the armrest then lift the lid. To open: Pull the lever (1). OAE046421R WARNING ALWAYS close the glove box door after use. An open glove box door can cause serious injury to the passenger in an accident, even if the passenger is wearing a seat belt. 3-148 Convenient features of your vehicle Sunglass holder (if equipped) WARNING Multi box (if equipped) · Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sun- glass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring 3 the passengers in the vehicle. OAD045413 To open: Press the cover and the holder will slowly open. Place your sunglasses in the compartment door with the lenses facing out. To close: Push back into position. Make sure the sunglass holder is closed whilst driving. · Do not open the sunglass holder whilst the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder. · Do not put the glasses forcibly into a sunglass holder. It may cause personal injury if you try to open it forcibly when the glasses are jammed in holder. OAEPH049422R Use the multi box to keep small objects. WARNING Do not keep objects that can be thrown from the multi box and severely injure passengers in the vehicle in the event of a sudden stop or an accident. 3-149 Convenient features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES Ashtray (if equipped) Cup holder Front Rear Pull the armrest down to use the cup holders. WARNING OAE046471L To use the ashtray, open the cover. To clean the ashtray: The plastic receptacle should be removed by lifting the plastic ashtray receptacle upward after turning the cover counterclockwise and pulling it out. WARNING Ashtray use Putting lit cigarettes or matches in an ashtray with other combustible materials may cause a fire. Rear OAE046423 OAE046424 Cups may be placed in the cup holders. · Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is in use to prevent spilling your drink. If hot liquid spills, you could be burned. Such a burn to the driver could cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. · Do not place uncovered or unsecured cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup holder containing hot liquid whilst the vehicle is in motion. Injuries may result in the event of a sudden stop or collision. · Only use soft cups in the cup holders. Hard objects can injure you in an accident. 3-150 Convenient features of your vehicle WARNING Sunvisor i Information Close the vanity mirror cover securely Keep cans or bottles out of and return the sunvisor to its original direct sun light and do not put position after use. them in a hot vehicle. It may explode. WARNING 3 NOTICE For your safety, do not block your · Keep your drinks sealed whilst view when using the sunvisor. driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get NOTICE into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts. · When cleaning spilled liquids, do not dry the cup holder at high using hot temperatures. This may OAE046425R To use a sunvisor, pull it downward. To use a sunvisor for a side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2). Do not put several tickets in the ticket holder at one time. This could cause damage to the ticket holder. damage the cup holder. To use the vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3). Use the ticket holder (4) to hold tickets. 3-151 Convenient features of your vehicle Power outlet (if equipped) OAEPH049426R The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 180 W(Watts) with the engine running. WARNING Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place your fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.) into a power outlet or touch the power outlet with a wet hand. NOTICE To prevent damage to the Power Outlets : · Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge. · Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 180 W(Watts) in electric capacity. · Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet. · Close the cover when not in use. · Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle's power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle. · Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat and the fuse may open. · Plug in battery equipped electrical/electronic devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and cause system malfunction. 3-152 Convenient features of your vehicle Wireless mobile phone charg- To charge a mobile phone If your mobile phone is not charging: ing system (if equipped) The wireless mobile phone charging - Slightly change the position of the system charges only the Qi-enabled mobile phone on the charging pad. mobile phones ( ). Read the label - Make sure the indicator light is on the mobile phone accessory orange. cover or visit your mobile phone The indicator light will blink orange manufacturer's website to check for 10 seconds if there is a malfuncwhether your mobile phone supports tion in the wireless charging system. 3 the Qi technology. In this case, temporarily stop the The wireless charging process starts charging process, and re-attempt to when you put a Qi-enabled mobile wirelessly charge your mobile phone phone on the wireless charging unit. again. OAEPH049444R There is a wireless mobile phone charger inside the front console. The system is available when all doors are closed, and when the ignition switch is in the ACC, ON or START position. 1. Remove other items, including the smart key, from the wireless charging unit. If not, the wireless charging process may be interrupted. Place the mobile phone on the centre of charging pad. 2. The indicator light is orange when the mobile phone is chargeing. The indicator light turns green when phone charging is completed. 3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless charging function in the user settings mode on the instrument cluster. For further information, refer to the "LCD Modes" in this chapter. The system warns you with a message on the LCD display if the mobile phone is still on the wireless charging unit after the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. i Information For some manufacturers' mobile phones, the system may not warn you even though the mobile phone is left on the wireless charging unit. This is due to the particular characteristic of the mobile phone and not a malfunction of the wireless charging. 3-153 Convenient features of your vehicle NOTICE · The wireless mobile phone charging system may not support certain mobile phones, which are not verified for the Qi specification ( ). · When placing your mobile phone on the charging mat, position the phone in the middle of the mat for optimal charging performance. If your mobile phone is off to the side, the charging rate may be less and in some cases the mobile phone may experience higher heat conduction. · In some cases, the wireless charging may stop temporarily when the Smart Key is used, either when starting the vehicle or locking/unlocking the doors, etc. · When charging certain mobile phones, the charging indicator may not change to green when the mobile phone is fully charged. (Continued) (Continued) · The wireless charging process may temporarily stop, when temperature abnormally increases inside the wireless mobile phone charging system. The wireless charging process restarts, when temperature falls to a certain level. · The wireless charging process may temporarily stop when there is any metallic item, such as a coin, between the wireless mobile phone charging system and a mobile phone. · For certain mobile phones with their own protection, the wireless charging speed may decrease and the wireless charging may stop. · If the mobile phone has a thick cover, the wireless charging may not be possible. · If the mobile phone is not completely contacting the charging pad, wireless charging may not operate properly. (Continued) (Continued) · Some magnetic items like credit cards, phone cards or rail tickets may be damaged if left with the mobile phone during the charging process. · If the mobile phone without the wireless charging function or the metallic items are placed on the charging pad, it may cause slight noise. This noise does not affect the mobile phone and the vehicle, because this noise is an operating sound during determining the item on the charging pad. · If the ignition switch is in the OFF position, the charging also stops. 3-154 Convenient features of your vehicle Cigarette lighter (if equipped) WARNING Clock · Do not hold the lighter in after WARNING it is already heated because it will overheat. Do not adjust the clock whilst driving.You may lose your steer- · If the lighter does not pop out ing control and cause severe within 30 seconds, remove it to prevent overheating. personal injury or accidents. 3 OAEPH049472R To use the cigarette lighter, the ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position. Push the cigarette lighter all the way into its socket. When the element is heated, the lighter will pop out to the "ready" position. We recommend that you use replacement parts from a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · Do not insert foreign objects into the socket of the cigarette lighter. It may damage the cigarette lighter. NOTICE Only a genuine HYUNDAI lighter should be used in the cigarette lighter socket. The use of plug-in accessories (shavers, hand-held vacuums, and coffee pots, etc.) may damage the socket or cause electrical failure. Vehicles with Audio system Select the [SETUP] button on the audio system Select [Date/Time]. · Set time: Set the time displayed on the audio screen. · Time format: Choose between 12- hour and 24-hour time formats. Vehicles with Navigation system Select the Settings menu on the Navigation system Select [Date/Time]. · GPS time: Displays time according to the received GNSS time. · 24-hour: Switches to 12 hour or 24 hour. Detailed information for the Infotainment system is described in a separately supplied manual. 3-155 Convenient features of your vehicle Clothes hanger (if equipped) WARNING Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped) OAEE046434 These hangers are not designed to hold large or heavy items. 3-156 OPD046048 Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the clothes pockets. In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury. OAE046430 ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to attach the front floor mats to the vehicle. The anchors on the front floor carpet keep the floor mats from sliding forward. WARNING Do not overlay additional mats or liners over the floor mats. If using All Weather mats, remove the carpeted floor mats before installing them. Only use floor mats designed to connect to the anchors. Convenient features of your vehicle WARNING Luggage net (holder) (if equipped) CAUTION The following must be observed To prevent damage to the goods when installing ANY floor mat or the vehicle, care should be to the vehicle. taken when carrying fragile or · Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) bulky objects in the luggage compartment. 3 before driving the vehicle. · Do not use ANY floor mat that WARNING cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors. · Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position. OAE046431AU To keep items from shifting in the cargo area, you can use the four holders located in the cargo area to attach the luggage net. To avoid eye injury, DO NOT overstretch the luggage net. ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net's recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage. IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was manufactured with driver's side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal operation, HYUNDAI recommends that the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed. If necessary, we recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer to obtain a luggage net. 3-157 Infotainment system Infotainment system ..............................................4-2 USB and iPod® port ..........................................................4-2 Antenna ...............................................................................4-2 Steering wheel audio controls .......................................4-3 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free............4-5 Infotainment system .........................................................4-5 4 Infotainment System INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM i Information · If you install an aftermarket HID headlamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic devices may malfunction. · Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discolouration. USB and iPod® port Antenna Roof antenna (Type A) OAEPH049439R You can use an USB port to plug in an USB and an iPod® port. i Information When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the power source of the portable audio device. OAEPH049481L The roof antenna receives both AM and FM broadcast signals. Rotate the roof antenna in a counterclockwise direction to remove it. Rotate it in a clockwise direction to reinstall it. iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc. 4-2 Infotainment System NOTICE · Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash, remove the antenna by rotating it counterclockwise. If not, the antenna may be damaged. · When reinstalling your antenna, it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper reception. Shark fin antenna (Type B) Steering wheel audio controls (if equipped) Type A 4 OAE049436 The shark fin antenna receives transmitted data. (for example: AM/FM, DAB, GPS/ GNSS) Type B OAE046437 NOTICE Avoid adding metallic coatings such as Ni, Cd, and so on. These can degrade the received AM and FM broadcast signals. Type C OAE046474L The steering wheel audio control switches are installed for your convenience. 4-3 Infotainment System NOTICE Do not operate audio remote control buttons simultaneously. VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1) · Move the VOLUME toggle switch up to increase volume. · Move the VOLUME toggle switch down to decrease volume. SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) If the SEEK/PRESET toggle switch is moved up or down and held for 0.8 seconds or more, it will function in the following modes. RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select switch. It will SEEK until you release the switch. MEDIA mode It will function as the FF/REW switch. If the SEEK/PRESET toggle switch is moved up or down, it will function in the following modes. RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION UP/DOWN switch. MEDIA mode It will function as the TRACK UP/ DOWN switch. MODE ( ) (3) Press the MODE button to select Radio, Disc, or AUX. MUTE ( ) (4) · Press the button to mute the sound. · Press the button again to activate the sound. i Information Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the following pages in this chapter. 4-4 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free (1) Call / Answer button (2) Call end button (3) Microphone OAE046440 · Audio : Detailed information of the AUDIO system is described in the manual supplied separately. · AVN : Detailed information for the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free is described in the manual supplied separately. Audio / Video / Navigation system (if equipped) Detailed information for the navigation system is described in a separately supplied manual. OAE046447 You can use the phone wirelessly by using the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology. 4 4-5 Infotainment System Driving your vehicle Before driving.........................................................5-4 Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) ......................................5-50 Before entering the vehicle ...........................................5-4 Good braking practices..................................................5-51 Before starting...................................................................5-4 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Ignition switch ........................................................5-5 - sensor fusion type Key ignition switch............................................................5-6 (front view camera + front radar)....................5-52 Engine Start/Stop button................................................5-9 System setting and activation......................................5-52 Dual clutch transmission.....................................5-15 FCA warning message and brake control.................5-55 Dual clutch transmission operation ............................5-15 LCD display for transmission temperature and warning message ....................................................5-17 FCA sensor........................................................................5-57 System malfunction........................................................5-59 Limitations of the system .............................................5-61 Parking ...............................................................................5-23 Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW).................5-68 Good driving practices ...................................................5-23 System description .........................................................5-68 Paddle shifter .......................................................5-25 System setting and operation......................................5-69 5 Regen B mode..................................................................5-25 Warning message and system control.......................5-72 Coasting guide (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) ..........5-28 Declaration of conformity ............................................5-78 Braking system.....................................................5-29 Power brakes ...................................................................5-29 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system....................................................................5-80 Disc brakes wear indicator ...........................................5-30 System description .........................................................5-80 Parking brake (foot type) .............................................5-30 System setting and operation......................................5-80 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)...................................5-33 Warning message and system control.......................5-82 AUTO HOLD ......................................................................5-38 Detecting Sensor.............................................................5-84 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-42 Lane Following Assist (LFA)...............................5-90 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-44 LFA operation...................................................................5-92 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).........................5-48 Warning message ............................................................5-93 Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-49 Limitations of the system .............................................5-95 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) .................................5-97 LKA operation ..................................................................5-99 Warning light and message ........................................5-102 Limitations of the System...........................................5-104 LKA system function change.....................................5-105 Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system .......5-106 System setting and operation....................................5-106 Resetting the system ...................................................5-109 System standby .............................................................5-109 System malfunction......................................................5-109 Speed limit control.............................................5-112 Speed Limit Control operation...................................5-112 5 Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW)..........5-114 System setting and operation....................................5-115 Limitations of the System...........................................5-120 Cruise Control.....................................................5-122 Cruise Control operation .............................................5-122 Smart Cruise Control system (with Stop & Go system) ..................................5-128 To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control .5-130 To convert to Cruise Control mode ..........................5-131 Smart Cruise Control speed........................................5-132 Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance .5-137 Sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead...5-140 Limitations of the system ...........................................5-142 Leading vehicle departure alert ......................5-147 System setting and operating conditions ...............5-147 Special driving conditions.................................5-149 Hazardous driving conditions ....................................5-149 Rocking the vehicle ......................................................5-149 Smooth cornering .........................................................5-150 Driving at night..............................................................5-150 Driving in the rain .........................................................5-150 Driving in flooded areas..............................................5-151 Highway driving.............................................................5-151 Winter driving.....................................................5-152 Snow or icy conditions ................................................5-152 Winter Precautions.......................................................5-154 Trailer towing .....................................................5-157 If you decide to pull a trailer?...................................5-158 Trailer towing equipment ............................................5-160 Driving with a trailer ....................................................5-161 Maintenance when towing a trailer.........................5-165 Vehicle weight ....................................................5-166 Overloading ....................................................................5-166 WARNING Driving your vehicle Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled. Do not inhale engine exhaust. If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation. Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, we recommend that the exhaust system be checked as soon as possible by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Do not run the engine in an enclosed area. 5 Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage. Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle. If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior. Keep the air intakes clear. To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windscreen clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions. If you must drive with the boot open: Close all windows. Open instrument panel air vents. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high. 5-3 Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING Before entering the vehicle · Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean and unobstructed. · Remove frost, snow, or ice. · Visually check the tyres for uneven wear and damage. · Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks. · Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up. Before starting · Make sure the bonnet, the boot, and the doors are securely closed and locked. · Adjust the position of the seat and steering wheel. · Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors. · Verify all the lights work. · Fasten your seat belt. Check that all passengers have fastened their seat belts. · Check the gauges and indicators in the instrument panel and the messages on the instrument display when the ignition switch is in the ON position. · Check that any items you are carrying are stored properly or fastened down securely. WARNING To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: · ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is moving. For more information, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2. · Always drive defensively. Assume other drivers or pedestrians may be careless and make mistakes. · Stay focused on the task of driving. Driver distraction can cause accidents. · Leave plenty of space between you and the vehicle in front of you. 5-4 IGNITION SWITCH WARNING (Continued) WARNING You are much more likely to have NEVER drink or take drugs and a serious accident if you drink or To reduce the risk of SERIOUS drive. take drugs and drive. If you are INJURY or DEATH, take the fol- Drinking or taking drugs and driving is dangerous and may result in an accident and SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH. Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year. Even a drinking or taking drugs, don't drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a taxi. lowing precautions: · NEVER allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the ignition switch or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur. small amount of alcohol will · NEVER reach through the affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Just one steering wheel for the ignition switch, or any other control, 5 drink can reduce your ability to whilst the vehicle is in motion. respond to changing conditions The presence of your hand or and emergencies and your reac- arm in this area may cause a tion time gets worse with each loss of vehicle control result- additional drink. ing in an accident. Driving whilst under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving under the influence of alcohol. (Continued) Driving your vehicle 5-5 Driving your vehicle Key ignition switch (if equipped) Illuminated ignition switch (if equipped) Type A Type B OAE056175L/OAE056174L Whenever the front door is opened, the ignition switch will illuminate, provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position. The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on or go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed. Type A Type B OAE056172L/OAE056173L WARNING · NEVER turn the ignition switch to the LOCK or ACC position whilst the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems. This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident. (Continued) (Continued) · Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed. NOTICE Never use aftermarket keyhole covers. This may generate start-up failure due to communication failure. 5-6 Key ignition switch positions Switch Position Action LOCK To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, push the key in at the ACC position and turn the key towards the LOCK position. The ignition key can be removed in the LOCK position. The steering wheel locks to protect the vehicle from theft (if equipped). Notes ACC Some of the electrical accessories are usable. The steering wheel unlocks. If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position, turn the key whilst turning the steering wheel right and 5 left to release. ON START This is the normal key position when the vehicle has started. All features and accessories are usable. The warning lights can be checked when you turn the ignition switch from ACC to ON. Do not leave the ignition switch in the ON position when the vehicle is not running to prevent the battery from discharging. To start the vehicle, turn the ignition switch to the START position. The engine will crank until you release the The switch returns to the ON position when you let go of the key. key. Driving your vehicle 5-7 Driving your vehicle Starting the vehicle WARNING · Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals. · Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed. The vehicle can move which can lead to an accident. · Wait until the engine rpm is normal. The vehicle may suddenly move if the brake padal is released when the rpm is high. 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. 2. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park). 3. Depress the brake pedal. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the START position. Hold the key (maximum of 10 seconds) until the " " indicator comes on and release it. i Information · Do not wait for the engine to warm up whilst the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.) · Always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator whilst starting the vehicle. Do not race the engine whilst warming it up. NOTICE To prevent damage to the vehicle: · Do not hold the ignition key in the START position for more than 10 seconds. Wait 5 to 10 seconds before trying again. · Do not turn the ignition switch to the START position with the engine running. It may damage the starter. · If the " " indicator turns off whilst you are in motion, do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position whilst the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine. · Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the vehicle. 5-8 Engine Start/Stop button (if equipped) WARNING WARNING To turn the hybrid system off in · NEVER press the Engine an emergency: Start/Stop button whilst the Press and hold the Engine vehicle is in motion except in Start/Stop button for more than an emergency. This will result two seconds OR Rapidly press in the hybrid system turning and release the Engine Start/ off and loss of power assist Stop button three times (within for the steering and brake three seconds). systems. This may lead to OAE056001R If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the hybrid system without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the Engine loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident. · Before leaving the driver's 5 Whenever the front door is opened, the Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds after the door is closed. Start/Stop button with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position, and take the Smart Key with you. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed. Driving your vehicle 5-9 Driving your vehicle Engine Stop/Start button positions Button Position OFF Action Notice To turn off the vehicle, press the Engine If the steering wheel is not locked properly Start/Stop button with shift lever in P (Park). when you open the driver's door, the warning When you press the Engine Start/Stop button chime will sound. without the shift lever in P (Park), the Engine Start/Stop button does not turn to the OFF position, but turns to the ACC position. The steering wheel locks to protect the vehicle from theft (if equipped). ACC Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the button is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal. Some of the electrical accessories are usable. The steering wheel unlocks. · If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position for more than one hour, the battery power will turn off automatically to prevent the battery from discharging. · If the steering wheel doesn't unlock properly, the Engine Start/Stop button will not work. Press the Engine Start/Stop button whilst turning the steering wheel right and left to release tension. 5-10 Button Position ON Action Press the Engine Start/Stop button whilst it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal. The warning lights can be checked before the vehicle is started. Notice Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position when the vehicle is not running to prevent the battery from discharging. START To start the vehicle, depress the brake pedal If you press the Engine Start/Stop button and press the Engine Start/Stop button with without depressing the brake pedal, the vehi- 5 the shift lever in the P (Park) position. cle does not start and the Engine Start/Stop button changes as follows: OFF ACC ON OFF or ACC Driving your vehicle 5-11 Driving your vehicle Starting the vehicle WARNING · Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals. · Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed. The vehicle can move which can lead to an accident. i Information · The vehicle will start by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button, only when the smart key is in the vehicle. · Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, and when it is far away from the driver, the hybrid system may not start. · When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position, any door is open, the system checks for the smart key. When the smart key is not in the vehicle, the " " indicator will blink and the warning "Key not in vehicle" will come on. When all doors are closed, the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the smart key in the vehicle when in the ACC position or if the hybrid system is ON. 1. Always carry the smart key with you. 2. Make sure the parking brake is applied. 3. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park). 4. Depress the brake pedal. 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button. If the vehicle starts, the " " indicator will come on. 5-12 i Information NOTICE NOTICE · Do not wait for the engine to warm To prevent damage to the vehicle: To prevent damage to the vehicle: up whilst the vehicle remains sta- · If the " " indicator turns off Do not press the Engine Start/Stop tionary. whilst you are in motion, do not button for more than 10 seconds Start driving at moderate engine attempt to move the shift lever except when the stop lamp fuse is speeds. Steep accelerating and to the P (Park) position. blown. decelerating should be avoided. · Do not push or tow your vehicle When the stop lamp fuse is blown, · Always start the vehicle with your to start the vehicle. you cannot normally start the foot on the brake pedal. Do not hybrid system. Replace the fuse depress the accelerator whilst start- with a new one. If you are not able ing the vehicle. Do not race the to replace the fuse, you can start engine whilst warming it up. the vehicle by pressing and hold- · If ambient temperature is low, the " " indicator may remain illuminated longer than the normal amount of time. ing the Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds with the Engine 5 Start/Stop button in the ACC posi- tion. For your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the vehicle. Driving your vehicle 5-13 Driving your vehicle OAE056002R i Information If the smart key battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the vehicle by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key in the direction of the picture above. 5-14 DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION · The dual clutch transmission can be thought of as an automatically shifting manual transmission. It gives the driving feel of a manual transmission, yet provides the ease of a fully automatic transmission. Manual shift mode · When D (Drive) is selected, the transmission will automatically shift through the gears similar to a con- ventional automatic transmission. Unlike a traditional automatic transmission, the gear shifting can sometimes be felt and heard as the actuators engage the clutches and 5 the gears are selected. Depress the brake pedal and press the shift button whilst moving the shift lever. Press the shift button whilst moving the shift lever. The shift lever can freely operate. To move the shift lever from/to P (Parking) or between R (Reverse) and D (Drive), you must depress the brake pedal for the vehicle to stand still. OAEPH059004R Dual clutch transmission operation The dual clutch transmission has six forward speeds and one reverse speed. · The dual clutch transmission incorporates a dry-type dual clutch mechanism, which allows for better acceleration performance and increased fuel efficiency whilst driving. But it differs from a conventional automatic transmission because it does not incorporate a torque converter. Instead, the transition from one gear to the next is managed by clutch slip, especially at lower speeds. The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position. Driving your vehicle 5-15 Driving your vehicle As a result, shifts are sometimes more noticeable, and a light vibration can be felt as the transmission shaft speed is matched with the engine shaft speed. This is a normal condition of the dual clutch transmission. · The dry-type clutch transfers torque more directly and provides a direct-drive feeling which may feel different from a conventional automatic transmission. This may be more noticeable when launching the vehicle from a stop or when travelling at low, stop-and-go vehicle speeds. · When rapidly accelerating from a lower vehicle speed, the engine rpm may increase dramatically as a result of clutch slip as the dual clutch transmission selects the correct gear. This is a normal condition. · When accelerating from a stop on an incline, press the accelerator smoothly and gradually to avoid any shudder feeling or jerkiness. · When travelling at a lower vehicle speed, if you release the accelerator pedal quickly, you may feel engine braking before the transmission changes gears. This engine braking feeling is similar to operating a manual transmission at low speed. · When driving downhill, you may wish to move the gear shift lever to Manual Shift mode and downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. · When you turn the engine on and off, you may hear clicking sounds as the system goes through a selftest. This is a normal sound for the dual clutch transmission. · During the first 1000 miles (1500km), you may feel that the vehicle may not be smooth when accelerating at low speed. During this break-in period, the shift quality and performance of your new vehicle is continuously optimised. WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death: · ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). · Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, then set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed. · Do not use the engine brake (shifting from a high gear to lower gear) rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle may slip causing an accident. 5-16 NOTICE · Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). · Do not put the shift lever in N (Neutral) whilst driving. LCD display for transmission temperature and warning message This warning message is displayed when vehicle is driven slowly on a grade and the vehicle detects that the brake pedal is not applied. · If the vehicle is held or creeping forward on an incline by applying the accelerator pedal, the clutch and transmission may overheat which can result in damage. At this time, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. · If the LCD warning is active, the WARNING foot brake must be applied. · Ignoring the warnings can lead to If the transmission cannot shift damage to the transmission. into Drive or Reverse, the posi- tion indicator D or R) on the cluster will blink. We recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer to have the system checked. NOTICE To hold the vehicle on a hill use 5 the foot brake or the parking brake. If the vehicle is held by applying the accelerator pedal on a hill, the clutch and transmission OAD058175N will be overheated resulting in Steep grade damage. Driving your vehicle Driving up hills or on steep grades: · To hold the vehicle on an incline use the foot brake or the parking brake. · When in stop-and-go traffic on an incline, allow a gap to form ahead of you before moving the vehicle forward. Then hold the vehicle on the incline with the foot brake. 5-17 Driving your vehicle OJS058139L Transmission high temperature · Under certain conditions, such as repeated stop-and-go launches on steep grades, sudden take off or acceleration, or other harsh driving conditions, the transmission clutch temperatures will increase excessively. · When the clutch temperatures are too high, the "Transmission temp is high! Stop safely" warning message will appear on the LCD display, a chime will sound, and the transmission shifting may not be smooth. 5-18 · If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow the transmission to cool. · If you ignore this warning, the driving condition may become worse. You may experience abrupt shifts, frequent shifts, or jerkiness. · When the message "Trans cooled. Resume driving." appears you can continue to drive your vehicle. · When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly. OAEPH059616L/OAEPH059617L OAD058177N Transmission overheated · If the vehicle continues to be driv- en and the clutch temperatures reach the maximum temperature limit, the "Trans Hot! Park with engine on" warning will be displayed. When this occurs the clutch is disabled until the clutch cools to normal temperatures. · The warning will display a time to Shift lever position wait for the transmission to cool. The indicator in the instrument clus- WARNING · If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow the transmission to cool. · When the message "Trans cooled. Resume driving." appears you can continue to drive your vehicle. · When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly. ter displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position. P (Park) Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park). To shift from P (Park), you must depress firmly on the brake pedal and make sure your foot is off the · Shifting into P (Park) whilst the vehicle is in motion may cause you to lose control of the vehicle. · After the vehicle has stopped, always make sure the shift lever is in P (Park), apply the parking brake, and turn the vehicle off. · Do not use the P (Park) posi- accelerator pedal. If any of the warning messages in If you have done all of the above tion in place of the parking brake. 5 the LCD display continue to blink, for and still cannot shift the lever out · When parking on an incline, your safety, we recommend that you of P (Park), see "Shift-Lock place the shift lever in P (Park) contact a HYUNDAI authorised Release" in this chapter. and apply the parking brake to repairer and have the system checked. The shift lever must be in P (Park) before turning the vehicle off. prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill. · For safety, always engage the parking brake with the shift lever in the P (Park) position except for the case of emer- gency parking. Driving your vehicle 5-19 Driving your vehicle R (Reverse) Use this position to drive the vehicle backward. NOTICE Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift into R (Reverse) whilst the vehicle is in motion. N (Neutral) The wheels and transmission are not engaged. WARNING Do not drive with the shift lever in N (Neutral). The engine brake will not work and lead to an accident. D (Drive) This is the normal driving position. The transmission will automatically shift through a 6-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power. For extra power when passing another vehicle or driving uphill, depress the accelerator fully. The transmission will automatically downshift to the next lower gear (or gears, as appropriate). If you drive the vehicle with the shift lever in D (Drive), the vehicle will automatically change to ECO mode. The indicator will illuminate on the instrument cluster. When driving in ECO mode, the vehicle improves fuel efficiency for ecofriendly driving. S (Sport) If you drive the vehicle with the shift lever in S (Sport), the vehicle will automatically change to SPORT mode. The indicator will illumi- nate on the instrument cluster. When driving in SPORT mode, the vehicle provides sporty but firm riding. i Information In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease. 5-20 i Information - For Plug-in i Information hybrid vehicles · Only the six forward gears can be · If the vehicle is in Electric (CD) selected in Manual Shift Mode. To mode, and you shift from D (Drive) reverse or park the vehicle, move to S (Sport), the vehicle will change the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or + (UP) - (DOWN) to SPORT mode. In SPORT mode, if you move the shift lever up (+) or down (-), the vehicle will enter manual shift mode. · If the vehicle is in Hybrid (CS) P (Park) position as required. · Downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected. OAEPH059012R Manual shift mode Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion, manual shift mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive) position into the manual gate. To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the main gate. mode, and you shift from D (Drive) · When the engine rpm approaches to S (Sport), the vehicle will auto- the red zone the transmission will matically enter manual shift mode. upshift automatically. 5 · If the driver presses the lever to + (Up) or - (Down) position, the transmission may not make the requested gear change if the next gear is outside of the allowable engine rpm range. The driver must execute upshifts in accordance with In manual shift mode, moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear. Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one road conditions, taking care to keep the engine rpms below the red zone. · When driving in manual shift mode, slow down before shifting to a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be engaged if the engine rpms are outside of the allowable range. gear. Driving your vehicle 5-21 Driving your vehicle Shift-lock system For your safety, the dual clutch transmission has a shift-lock system which prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is depressed. To shift the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse): 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. 2. Start the vehicle or place the ignition switch in the ON position. 3. Move the shift lever. Shift-lock release If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) position with the brake pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, and then do the following: OAEPH059011R Type A 1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Push the shift-lock release button (1). 4. Move the shift lever whilst pushing the shift-lock release button. 5. Stop pushing the shift-lock release button. If you need to use the shift-lock release, we recommend that the system be inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer immediately. OAEPH059646R Type B 1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering the shift-lock access hole. 4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screwdriver) into the access hole and press down on the tool. 5. Move the shift lever whilst holding down the screwdriver. 6. Remove the tool from the shiftlock release access hole then install the cap. 5-22 If you need to use the shift-lock Parking Good driving practices release, we recommend that the system be inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer immediately. Always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) · Never move the shift lever from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal position, apply the parking brake, depressed. Ignition key interlock system (if equipped) The ignition key cannot be removed and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle. · Never move the shift lever into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion. unless the shift lever is in the P (Park) position. WARNING Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). When you stay in the vehicle with the engine running, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. The engine or exhaust system may overheat and start a fire. · Do not move the shift lever to N (Neutral) when driving. If the shift lever is moved to N (Neutral) whilst driving, the vehicle loses the ability to provide engine braking. Doing so may increase the risk of an accident. Also, moving the shift lever 5 The exhaust gas and the back to D (Drive) whilst the vehicle exhaust system are very hot. is moving may severely damage Keep away from the exhaust the transmission. system components. Do not stop or park over flammable materials, such as dry grass, paper or leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire. Driving your vehicle 5-23 Driving your vehicle · Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but consistent pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear and possibly even brake failure. · Always apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving. · Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident · Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator. WARNING To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: · ALWAYS wear your seat belt. In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant. · Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning. · Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns. · The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds. (Continued) (Continued) · Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway. · In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes. · HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits. 5-24 PADDLE SHIFTER (IF EQUIPPED) Regen B mode CAUTION Operating the paddle shifter will not enable the vehicle to come to a complete stop. Depress the brake pedal to stop the vehicle completely. i Information The paddle shifter does not operate when: · Both paddle shifters are pulled at the same time. · The vehicle is decelerating by depressing the brake pedal. i Information · The Cruise Control system or Smart Cruise Control system is activated. · The Regen B function starts from level 0 when starting your vehicle WARNING OPD056015 and the system works only in D The paddle shifter is used to adjust the regenerative braking level from 0 to 3 when the vehicle is in ECO mode. (Drive). · The Regen B function is cancelled when the vehicle is shifted to the P (Park), R (Reverse), N(Neutral) and Sport mode. The Regen B function may not operate depending on the motor's chargeable state (over charged, high temperature or low temperature). Always pay attention to road and driving 5 · Left side (-): Increases the regenerative braking level and deceleration. · Right side (+): Decreases the regenerative braking level and deceleration. · The Regen B function is cancelled whilst ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) and ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is operating. · Deceleration differences occur even in the same system level according to driving speeds (You may recog- conditions, whilst driving. If necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed. nise significant deceleration differ- ences during city driving but you may not feel differences whilst high speed driving.) Driving your vehicle 5-25 Driving your vehicle Type A Type B Initial setting of the regenerative braking level and adjustable range vary according to the selected drive mode. OAEPH058603 Drive mode ECO SPORT Adjustable range + + - Function Decrease the regenerative braking levels Increase the regenerative braking levels Manual shift [+] Manual shift [-] OAEPH058602 The selected regenerative braking level is displayed on the instrument cluster. 5-26 OAEPH059645L Regeneration unavailable. Battery full When the state of charge (SOC) level is too high, the Regen B function will be limited. Drive your vehicle for a whilst and try to operate the function again. OAEPH059644L Regeneration conditions not met The warning messages may appear when: · The motor or battery temperature is high or low, or there is a problem with the battery or transmission. · The Regen B function activates whilst ABS, Cruise Control or Smart Cruise Control is operating. If the warning message appears, the function operation is limited temporarily. Drive your vehicle for a whilst and try to operate the system again. 5 5-27 Driving your vehicle Driving your vehicle COASTING GUIDE (PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE, IF EQUIPPED) Type A Type B Setting Coasting Guide function Coasting Guide can be selected from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display by following the procedure below. 1. Set the ignition switch in the ON position. 2. Select 'User settings Convenience Coasting guidance' in the cluster LCD display. OAEPH047504L/OAEPH059618L The coasting guide function informs the driver when to take the foot off from the accelerator by anticipating a decelerating event* based on the analysis of driving routes and road conditions of the navigation. It encourages the driver to remove foot from the pedal and allow coasting down the road with EV motor only. This helps prevent unnecessary fuel consumption and increases fuel efficiency. i Information Example of a deceleration event is making a right/left turn, driving through a rotary, entering or exiting a highway (freeway), etc. For the explanation of the system, press and hold the [OK] button. Operation conditions After selecting the function from the User Settings mode, the system enters the ready status by following the procedure below. 1. Enter your destination information in the navigation system and select the driving route. 2. Check that the vehicle is in ECO mode by driving the vehicle in D (Drive). 3. Drive the vehicle between 40 km/h (25 mph) ~ 160 km/h (100 mph). 5-28 i Information The operating speed may vary due to difference between instrument cluster and navigation effected by tyre inflation level. i Information Coasting guide is only a supplemental function to assist with fuel-efficient driving. Thus, the operating conditions may be different in accordance with traffic/road conditions (i.e. driving in a traffic jam, driving on a slope, driving on a curve). Take the actual driving conditions into consideration, such as distances from the vehicles ahead/behind, whilst referring to the coasting guide function as guidance. BRAKING SYSTEM Power brakes WARNING (Continued) Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage. Take the following precautions: · Do not drive with your foot · Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also If the vehicle is not in the ready resting on the brake pedal. pull to one side when the ( ) mode or the vehicle is turned This will create abnormal high brakes are applied. Applying off whilst driving, the power assist for brake temperatures, exces- the brakes lightly will indicate the brakes will not work. You can still sive brake lining and pad whether they have been stop your vehicle by applying greater wear, and increased stopping affected in this way. Always force to the brake pedal than typical. distances. test your brakes in this fash- The stopping distance, however, will be longer than with power brakes. When the vehicle is not in the ready ( ) mode, the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied. Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted. Pump the brake pedal only when · When descending down a long or steep hill, move the shift lever to Manual Shift mode and manually downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. Applying the brakes continuously will cause the ion after driving through deep water. To dry the brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to heat up the brakes whilst maintain- 5 ing a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal. Avoid driving at high speeds until the brakes function correctly. necessary to maintain steering con- brakes to overheat and could trol on slippery surfaces. result in a temporary loss of braking performance. (Continued) Driving your vehicle 5-29 Driving your vehicle NOTICE · Do not continue depressing the brake pedal if the " " indicator is OFF. The battery may be discharged. · Noise and vibration generated during braking is normal. · Under normal operation, electric brake pump noise and motor vibration may occur temporarily in below cases. - When the pedal is depressed suddenly. - When the pedal is repeatedly depressed in short intervals. - When the ABS function is activated whilst braking. Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal. Note that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes. NOTICE To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads. i Information Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets. Parking brake (foot type, if equipped) Applying the parking brake Always set the parking brake before leaving the vehicle. OAE056014R To apply the parking brake: Firmly depress the brake pedal. Depress the parking brake pedal down as far as possible. 5-30 WARNING Releasing the parking brake WARNING To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the parking brake whilst the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident. · Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into P (Park) position, then apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ OFF position. Vehicles with the parking OAE056013R brake not fully engaged are at To release the parking brake: risk for moving inadvertently 5 Firmly depress the brake pedal. and causing injury to yourself or others. Depress the parking brake pedal down and it will release automatically. · When parking on an incline, block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from rolling down. If the parking brake does not release or does not release all the way, we recommend that you have your vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · NEVER allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the parking brake. If the parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur. · Only release the parking brake when you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal. Driving your vehicle 5-31 Driving your vehicle NOTICE · Do not apply the accelerator pedal whilst the parking brake is engaged. If you depress the accelerator pedal with the parking brake engaged, a warning will sound. Damage to the parking brake may occur. · Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the braking system and cause premature wear or damage to brake parts. Make sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is off before driving. Check the Parking Brake Warning Light by placing the ignition switch to the ON position vehicle not in the ready ( ) mode. This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position. Before driving, be sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is OFF. If the Parking Brake Warning Light remains on after the parking brake is released whilst the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary. If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution whilst operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location. 5-32 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) (if equipped) Applying the parking brake WARNING To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the EPB whilst the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident. Releasing the parking brake OAEPH059594R To apply EPB (Electronic Parking Brake): 1. Depress the brake pedal. 2. Pull up the EPB switch. Make sure the Parking Brake Warning Light ( ) comes on. OAEPH059595R To release the EPB (Electronic 5 Parking Brake): · Place the ignition switch in the ON position. · Depress the brake pedal. · Press the EPB switch. Make sure the Parking Brake Warning Light ( ) goes off. Driving your vehicle 5-33 Driving your vehicle To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) automatically: · Shift lever in P (Park) With the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, depress the brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to R (Rear) or D (Drive). · Shift lever in N (Neutral) With the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, depress the brake pedal and shift out of N (Neutral) to R (Rear) or D (Drive). · Satisfy the following conditions 1. Ensure seat belts are fastened and the doors, bonnet and tailgate are closed. 2. With vehicle in the ready ( ) mode, depress the brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or Manual shift mode. 3. Depress the accelerator pedal. Make sure the Parking Brake Warning light ( ) goes off. i Information · For your safety, you can engage EPB even though the ignition switch is in the OFF position (only if battery power is available), but you cannot release it. · For your safety, depress the brake pedal and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch when you drive downhill or when backing up the vehicle. NOTICE · If the parking brake warning light is still on even though EPB has been released, we recommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB applied. It may cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear. EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be automatically applied when: · It is requested by other systems · The driver turns the vehicle off whilst Auto Hold is operating. 5-34 Warning messages WARNING NOTICE · Do not apply the accelerator · Whenever leaving the vehicle pedal whilst the parking brake is or parking, always come to a engaged. If you depress the complete stop and continue accelerator pedal with EPB to depress the brake pedal. engaged, a warning will sound Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, press the EPB switch, and set the ignition and a message will appear. Damage to the parking brake may occur. switch to the OFF position. · Driving with the parking brake OTM058132L To release EPB, fasten seatbelt, close door, hood and tailgate · When you try to drive with EPB Take the key with you when exiting the vehicle. Vehicles not fully engaged in P (Park) with the parking brake set are at risk for moving inadvertently and causing on can overheat the braking system and cause premature wear or damage to brake parts. Make sure EPB is released and the 5 Parking Brake Warning Light is off before driving. applied, a warning will sound and a injury to yourself or others. message will appear. · NEVER allow anyone who is · If the driver's seat belt is unfas- unfamiliar with the vehicle to tened and the engine bonnet or touch the EPB switch. If EPB tailgate is opened, a warning will is released unintentionally, sound and a message will appear. serious injury may occur. · When there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a message may appear. If the situation occurs, depress the brake pedal and release EPB by pressing the EPB switch. · Only release EPB when you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal. Driving your vehicle 5-35 Driving your vehicle i Information · A clicking sound may be heard whilst operating or releasing the EPB. These conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly. · When leaving your keys with a parking attendant or assistant, make sure to inform him/her how to operate the EPB. Type A Type B OTM058152R/OAEPH059648L Deactivating AUTO HOLD...Press brake pedal/Turning off AUTO HOLD. Press brake pedal When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear. OOSEV058099L Parking brake automatically applied If EPB is applied whilst Auto Hold is activated, a warning will sound and a message will appear. 5-36 EPB malfunction indicator NOTICE Emergency braking (if equipped) Type A Type B · If the EPB warning light is still on, we recommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · If the parking brake warning light does not illuminate or If there is a problem with the brake pedal whilst driving, emergency braking is possible by pulling up and holding the EPB switch. Braking is possible only whilst you are holding the EPB switch. blinks even though the EPB switch was pulled up, EPB may WARNING not be applied. Do not operate the parking · If the parking brake warning brake whilst the vehicle is mov- light blinks when the EPB warn- ing except in an emergency sit- OAEPH058598/OAEPH058599 ing light is on, press the switch, and then pull it up. Repeat this uation. It could damage the brake system and lead to a 5 If the EPB malfunction indicator one more time. If the EPB warn- severe accident. remains on, comes on whilst driving, ing does not go off, we recom- or does not come on when the igni- mend that the system be tion switch is changed to the ON position, this indicates that the EPB checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. i Information may have malfunctioned. During emergency braking, the park- If this occurs, we recommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. ing brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is operating. The EPB malfunction indicator may illuminate when ESC indicator comes on to indicate that ESC is not working properly, but it does not indicate a malfunction of the EPB. Driving your vehicle 5-37 Driving your vehicle NOTICE If you continuously notice a noise or burning smell when the EPB is used for emergency braking, we recommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. AUTO HOLD The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a standstill even though the brake pedal is not depressed after the driver brings the vehicle to a complete stop by depressing the brake pedal. To apply: When the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) does not release If the EPB does not release normally, we recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer by loading the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked. OAEPH059596R 1. With the driver's door and engine bonnet closed, depress the brake pedal and then press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. The white AUTO HOLD indicator will come on and the system will be in the standby position. 5-38 White Green To release : · If you depress the accelerator pedal with the shift lever in D (Drive) or Manual shift mode, the Auto Hold will be released automatically and the vehicle will start to move. The indicator changes from green to white. To cancel: Light off · If the vehicle is restarted using the cruise control toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) (if equipped) whilst Auto OAEPH059593R Hold and cruise control is operat- 2. When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal, the AUTO HOLD indicator ing, the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal OAEPH059597R operation. The AUTO HOLD indi- 1. Depress the brake pedal. 5 changes from white to green. cator changes from green to white. 2. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. 3. The vehicle will remain stationary even if you release the brake pedal. 4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be released. WARNING When the AUTO HOLD is automatically released by depressing the accelerator pedal, always take a look around your vehicle. The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn off. Slowly depress the accelerator pedal for a smooth start. Driving your vehicle 5-39 Driving your vehicle WARNING To prevent, unexpected and sudden vehicle movement, ALWAYS press your foot on the brake pedal to cancel the Auto Hold before you: - Drive downhill. - Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse). - Park the vehicle. i Information · The Auto Hold does not operate when: - The driver's door is opened - The engine bonnet is opened - The shift lever is in P (Park) - EPB is applied · For your safety, the Auto Hold automatically switches to EPB when: - The driver's door is opened - The engine bonnet is opened with the shift lever in D (Drive) - The vehicle is in a standstill for more than 10 minutes - The vehicle is standing on a steep slope - The vehicle moved several times In these cases, the brake warning light comes on, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white, and a warning sound and a message will appear to inform you that EPB has been automatically engaged. Before driving off again, press depress pedal, check the surrounding area near your vehicle and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch. · Whilst operating Auto Hold, you may hear mechanical noise. However, it is normal operating noise. 5-40 WARNING · Depress the accelerator pedal slowly when you start the vehicle. · For your safety, cancel the Auto Hold when you drive downhill, back up the vehicle or park the vehicle. Warning messages Type A Type B NOTICE OTM058152R/OAEPH059648L If there is a malfunction with the driver's door, engine bonnet or boot open detection system, the Auto Hold may not work properly. We recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. OOSEV058099L Parking brake automatically applied When the EPB is applied from Auto Hold, a warning will sound and a message will appear. Deactivating AUTO HOLD...Press brake pedal/Turning off AUTO HOLD. Press brake pedal When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear. 5 When this message is displayed, the Auto Hold and EPB may not operate. For your safety, depress the brake pedal. Driving your vehicle 5-41 Driving your vehicle Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) WARNING OIK057080L Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO HOLD If you did not apply the brake pedal when you release the Auto Hold by pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a warning will sound and a message will appear. OTM058159L AUTO HOLD conditions not met. Close door and hood When you press the [AUTO HOLD] switch, if the driver's door and engine bonnet are not closed, a warning will sound and a message will appear on the cluster LCD display. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch after closing the driver's door and bonnet. An Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or an Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving manoeuvres. Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The braking distance for vehicle equipped with ABS or ESC may be longer than for those without these systems in the following road conditions. Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds during the following conditions: · Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads. (Continued) 5-42 (Continued) · On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height. · Tyre chains are installed on your vehicle. Using ABS To obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard as possible. ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause your vehicle to veer into oncoming traffic or off the road. On loose or uneven road surfaces, The safety features of an ABS or ESC equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering. This could endanger the safety of yourself or others. When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ABS is operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system. The ABS warning light ( ) will stay on for several seconds after the igni- ABS is an electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time. active. ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. tion switch is in the ON position. During that time, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. We recom- 5 ABS will not prevent a skid that mend that you contact a HYUNDAI results from sudden changes in authorised repairer as soon as pos- direction, such as trying to take a sible. corner too fast or making a sudden lane change. Always drive at a safe speed for the road and weather con- ditions. Driving your vehicle 5-43 Driving your vehicle WARNING If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. Your power brakes will work normally. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, we recommend that you contact your HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. NOTICE When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, and apply your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light ( ) may illuminate. Pull your vehicle over to a safe place and turn the vehicle off. Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning light is off, then your ABS system is normal. Otherwise, you may have a problem with your ABS system. We recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Type A Type B OAEPH059015R i Information When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the ABS warning light ( ) may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle. OAEPH059016R The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering manoeuvres. 5-44 ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going. ESC applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the engine management system to assist the driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Always adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions. ESC operation ESC ON condition When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the ESC and the ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately three seconds. After both lights go off, the ESC is enabled. When operating When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light blinks: · When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESC is active. WARNING Never drive too fast for the road conditions when cornering. The ESC system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in turns, abrupt manoeuvres, and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can result in severe accidents. · When the ESC activates, the vehicle may not respond to the acceler- ator as it does under routine condi- 5 tions. · If the Cruise Control was in use when the ESC activates, the Cruise Control automatically disengages. The Cruise Control can be reengaged when the road conditions allow. See "Cruise Control System" later in this chapter. (if equipped) · When moving out of the mud or driving on a slippery road, the engine rpm (revolutions per minute) may not increase even if you press the accelerator pedal deeply. This is to maintain the stability and traction of the vehicle and does not indicate a problem. Driving your vehicle 5-45 Driving your vehicle ESC OFF condition To cancel ESC operation : · State 2 Type A · State 1 Type A Type B Type B Indicator lights ESC indicator light (blinks) ESC OFF indicator light (comes on) OAEPH059017L/OAE056018L Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The ESC OFF indicator light and/or message "Traction Control disabled" will illuminate. In this state, the traction control function of ESC (engine management) is disabled, but the brake control function of ESC (braking management) still operates. OAEPH059019L/OAE056020L Press and hold the ESC OFF button continuously for more than 3 seconds. The ESC OFF indicator light and/or message "Traction & Stability Control disabled" illuminates and a warning chime sounds. In this state, both the traction control function of ESC (engine management) and the brake control function of ESC (braking management) are disabled. If the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK/OFF position when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the vehicle, ESC will automatically turn on again. When the ignition switch is set to the ON position, the ESC indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally. The ESC indicator light blinks whenever the ESC is operating. If the ESC indicator light stays on, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ESC system. When this warning light illuminates we recommend that the vehicle be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when ESC is turned off. 5-46 WARNING When the ESC is blinking, this indicates the ESC is active: Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off whilst the ESC indicator light is blinking or you may lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident. ESC OFF usage When Driving The ESC OFF mode should only be used briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in snow or mud, by temporarily stopping operation of ESC, to maintain wheel torque. To turn ESC off whilst driving, press the ESC OFF button whilst driving on a flat road surface. NOTICE To prevent damage to the transmission: · Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to spin excessively whilst the ESC, ABS, and parking brake warning lights are displayed. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Reduce engine power and do not spin the wheel(s) excessively whilst NOTICE Driving with wheels and tyres with these lights are displayed. · When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, make sure the 5 different sizes may cause the ESC ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light system to malfunction. Before illuminated). replacing tyres, make sure all four tyres and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with i Information different sized wheels and tyres Turning the ESC off does not affect installed. ABS or standard brake system opera- tion. Driving your vehicle 5-47 Driving your vehicle Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) is a function of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. It helps the vehicle stay stable when accelerating or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and rough roads where traction over the four tyres can suddenly become uneven. WARNING VSM operation VSM ON condition The VSM operates when: · The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is on. · Vehicle speed is approximately above 9 mph (15 km/h) on curve roads. · Vehicle speed is approximately above 12 mph (20 km/h) when the vehicle is braking on rough roads. i Information The VSM does not operate when: · Driving on a banked road such as gradient or incline. · Driving in reverse. · The ESC OFF indicator light is on. · The EPS (Electric Power Steering) warning light ( ) is on or blinks. Take the following precautions when using the Vehicle Stability Management (VSM): · ALWAYS check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead.The VSM is not a substitute for safe driving practices. · Never drive too fast for the road conditions. The VSM system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in bad weather, slippery and uneven roads can result in severe accidents. When operating When you apply your brakes under conditions which may activate the ESC, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your VSM is active. 5-48 VSM OFF condition To cancel VSM operation, press the ESC OFF button. ESC OFF indicator light ( ) will illuminate. To turn on VSM, press the ESC OFF button again. The ESC OFF indicator light will go out. WARNING NOTICE Driving with wheels and tyres with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tyres, make sure all four tyres and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized tyres and wheels installed. Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) helps prevent the vehicle from rolling rearward when starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill. The system operates the brakes automatically for approximately 2 seconds and releases the brake after 2 seconds or when the accelerator pedal is depressed. If the ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS warning light ( ) stays on or blinks, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the VSM system. When the warning light illuminates we recommend that the vehicle be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. WARNING Always be ready to depress the accelerator pedal when starting 5 off an incline. The HAC activates only for approximately 2 seconds. Driving your vehicle 5-49 Driving your vehicle i Information · HAC does not operate when the shift lever is in P (Park) or N (Neutral). · HAC activates even when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is off. However, it does not activate, when ESC does not operate normally. Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) The Emergency Stop Signal system alerts the driver behind by blinking the stop lights, whilst sharply and severely braking. The system is activated when: · The vehicle suddenly stops. (The deceleration power exceeds 7 m/s2, and the driving speed exceeds 34 mph (55 km/h).) · The ABS is activated. The hazard warning flasher automatically turns ON after blinking the stop lights: · When the driving speed is under 25 mph (40 km/h), · When the ABS is deactivated, and · When the sudden braking situation is over. The hazard warning flasher turns OFF: · When the vehicle drives at a low speed for a certain period of time. The driver can manually turn OFF the hazard warning flasher by pressing the button. i Information The Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) system will not work if the hazard warning flashers are already on. 5-50 Good braking practices Wet brakes can be dangerous! The If a tyre goes flat whilst you are driv- brakes may get wet if the vehicle is ing, apply the brakes gently and WARNING driven through standing water or if it keep the vehicle pointed straight is washed. Your vehicle will not stop ahead whilst you slow down. When Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet you are moving slowly enough for it brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to be safe to do so, pull off the road to one side. and stop in a safe location. depress the brake pedal. Move To dry the brakes, apply the brakes Keep your foot firmly on the brake the shift lever into the P (Park) lightly until the braking action returns pedal when the vehicle is stopped to position, then apply the parking to normal. If the braking action does prevent the vehicle from rolling for- brake, and place the ignition not return to normal, stop as soon as ward. switch in the LOCK/OFF posi- it is safe to do so and we recommend tion. that you call a HYUNDAI authorised Vehicles parked with the parking brake not applied or not repairer for assistance. DO NOT drive with your foot resting 5 fully engaged may roll inadver- on the brake pedal. Even light, but tently and may cause injury to constant pedal pressure can result in the driver and others. ALWAYS the brakes overheating, brake wear, apply the parking brake before and possibly even brake failure. exiting the vehicle. Driving your vehicle 5-51 Driving your vehicle FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) - SENSOR FUSION TYPE (FRONT VIEW CAMERA + FRONT RADAR) (IF EQUIPPED) The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian or cyclists (if equipped) in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking. WARNING Take the following precautions when using the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system: · This system is only a supplemental system and it is not intended to, nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times. · Drive at posted speed limits and accordance to road conditions. · Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. FCA does not stop the vehicle completely and is not a collision avoidance system. System setting and activation System setting OAEPH059649L · Setting Forward Safety function - The driver can activate the FCA by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting: 'User settings Driver assistance Forward safety' - If you select 'Active assist', the FCA system activates. The FCA produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. Braking assist will be applied in accordance with the collision risk. 5-52 - If you select 'Warning only', the The options for the initial Forward FCA system activates and pro- Collision Warning includes the fol- duces only warning alarms in lowing: accordance with the collision risk levels. Braking assist will not be applied in this setting. - If you select 'Off', the FCA system deactivates, - Normal: When this option is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated sensitively. If you feel the warning activates too early, set the Forward Collision Warning to The warning light illumi- 'Later'. nates on the instrument cluster, when you cancel OAEPH059650L the FCA system. The · Selecting Warning Timing Even though, 'Normal' is selected if the front vehicle suddenly stops the initial warning activation time driver can monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on the LCD display. Also, the warning light illuminates when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is turned off. If the warning light remains ON when the FCA is activated, we recommend that you have the system checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. The driver can select the initial warn- may not seem fast. 5 ing activation time from the User - Later: Settings in the cluster LCD display by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance Warning timing Normal/Later'. When this option is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated later than normal. This setting reduces the amount of dis- tance between the vehicle, pedes- trian or cyclist (if equipped) ahead before the initial warning occurs. Select 'Later' when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow. When you accelerate suddenly to the vehicle ahead, the warning may seem to activate earlier even if `Later' is selected. Driving your vehicle 5-53 Driving your vehicle i Information If you change the warning timing, the warning timing of other systems may change. Prerequisite for activation The FCA gets ready to be activated, when 'Active Assist' or 'Warning Only' under Forward Safety is selected in the cluster LCD display, and when the following prerequisites are satisfied. - The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is on. - Vehicle speed is over 5 mph (8 km/h). (The FCA is only activated within a certain speed range.) - The system detects a pedestrian, cyclist (if equipped) or a vehicle in front, which may collide with your vehicle. However, FCA may not be activated or may only sound a warning alarm depending on the driving or vehicle conditions. The FCA may not operate properly according to the frontal situation, the direction of pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) and speed. WARNING · To avoid driver distractions, do not attempt to set or cancel the FCA whilst driving the vehicle. Always completely stop the vehicle at a safe place before setting or canceling the system. · The FCA automatically activates upon placing the ignition switch to the ON position. The driver can deactivate the FCA by canceling the system setting on the cluster LCD display. · The FCA automatically deactivates upon canceling the ESC (Electronic Stability Control). When the ESC is cancelled, the FCA cannot be activated on the LCD display. In this situation, the FCA warning light will illuminate which is normal. 5-54 FCA warning message and Collision Warning · If FCA detects a vehicle in front, brake control (First warning) the system operates when your FCA produces warning messages, warning alarms, and emergency braking based on the level of risk of a frontal collision, such as when a vehicle ahead suddenly brakes, or the system detects that a collision with a pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) is imminent. vehicle speed is between 5 mph (8 km/h) and 110 mph (180 km/h). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and surroundings. · If FCA detects a pedestrian or cyclist in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is between 5 mph (8 km/h) and 45 mph (70 km/h). Maximum vehicle OAEPH059587L speed may decrease depending on the condition of the pedestrian 5 This warning message appears on or cyclist ahead and surroundings. the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs by the engine management system to help decelerate the vehicle. · If you select 'Warning only' for the system setting, the FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You should control the brake directly because the FCA system will not control the brake. Driving your vehicle 5-55 Driving your vehicle Emergency braking (Second warning) OAEPH059588L This warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs by the engine management system to help decelerate the vehicle. · If FCA detects a vehicle in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is between 5 mph (8 km/h) and less than or equal to 110 mph (180 km/h). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and surroundings. · If FCA detects a pedestrian or cyclist in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is between 5 mph (8 km/h) and 45 mph (70 km/h). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the pedestrian or cyclist ahead and surroundings. · If you select 'Warning only' for the system setting, the FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You should control the brake directly because the FCA system will not control the brake. Brake operation · In an urgent situation, the braking system enters into the ready status for prompt reaction against the driver's depressing the brake pedal. · The FCA provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance, when the driver depresses the brake pedal. · The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver abruptly operates the steering wheel. · The FCA brake control is automatically cancelled, when risk factors disappear. 5-56 CAUTION · The driver should always use extreme caution whilst operating the vehicle, whether or not there is a warning message or alarm from the FCA system. · After the brake control is activated, the driver must immediately depress the brake pedal and check the surroundings. The brake activation by the system lasts for about 2 seconds. · If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA) system warning may not sound. · Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system warning sounds. WARNING The braking control cannot completely stop the vehicle nor avoid all collisions. The driver should hold the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle. FCA sensor Front radar WARNING OAE058028 The FCA system logic operates Front camera within certain parameters, such 5 as the distance from the vehi- cle, pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) ahead, the speed of the vehicle ahead, and the dri- ver's vehicle speed. Certain conditions such as inclement weather and road conditions may affect the operation of the FCA system. OAE058048 In order for the FCA system to oper- WARNING ate properly, always make sure the sensor cover or sensor is clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris. Never deliberately drive danger- ously to activate the system. Driving your vehicle 5-57 Driving your vehicle Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the sensor cover or sensor may adversely affect the sensing performance of the sensor. NOTICE · Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar. · Always keep the radar sensor and cover clean and free of dirt and debris. · Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover. (Continued) (Continued) · Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the FCA system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. We recommend that you have the vehicle be inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the FCA system may not operate properly. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · Use only genuine parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover. NOTICE · NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front windscreen, nor tint the front windscreen. · NEVER place any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the crash pad. Any light reflection may prevent the system from functioning properly. · Pay extreme caution to keep the camera out of water. · NEVER disassemble the camera assembly, nor apply any impact on the camera assembly. i Information We recommend that you have the system checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer when: · The windscreen glass is replaced. · The radar sensor or cover gets damaged or replaced. 5-58 Warning message and warning light The system will operate normally when such dirt, snow or debris is removed. FCA may not properly operate in an area (e.g. open terrain), where any substances are not detected after turning ON the engine. Also, even though a warning message does not appear on the LCD display, the FCA may not properly operate. System malfunction WARNING OAEPH059657L OOSEV058030L FCA disabled (Forward Collision Avoidance Assist). Radar block When the sensor cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA system may not detect other vehicle. The FCA system may not activate according to the road conditions, inclement weather, driving conditions or traffic conditions. Check FCA (Forward Collision Avoidance Assist) system · When the FCA is not working properly, the FCA warning light ( ) will illuminate and the warning message will appear for a few sec- 5 If this occurs, a warning message will onds. After the message disap- appear on the LCD display. pears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehi- cle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Driving your vehicle 5-59 Driving your vehicle · The FCA warning message may appear along with the illumination of the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light. Both FCA warning light and warning message will disappear once the ESC warning light issue is resolved. 5-60 WARNING · FCA is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The driver should hold the responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the FCA system. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed or to stop the vehicle. · In certain instances and under certain driving conditions, the FCA system may activate unintentionally. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Also due to sensing limitations, in certain situations, the front radar sensor or camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) ahead. The FCA system may not activate and the warning message may not be displayed. (Continued) (Continued) · Even if there is any problem with the brake control function of the FCA system, the vehicle's basic braking performance will operate normally. However, brake control function for avoiding collision will not activate. · If the vehicle in front stops suddenly, you may have less control of the brake system. Therefore, always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you. · The FCA system may activate during braking and the vehicle may stop suddenly shifting loose objects toward the passengers. Always keep loose objects secured. · The FCA system may not activate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid collision. (Continued) (Continued) · The brake control not work, possibly causing a collision, if a vehicle in front abruptly stops. Always pay extreme caution. · Occupants may get injured, if the vehicle abruptly stops by the activated FCA system. Pay extreme caution. · The FCA system operates only when the system detect vehicles, pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) in front of the vehicle. WARNING · The FCA system does not operate when the vehicle is in reverse. · The FCA system is not designed to detect other objects on the road such as animals. (Continued) (Continued) Limitations of the system · The FCA system does not detect vehicles in the opposite lane. · The FCA system does not detect cross traffic vehicles that are approaching. The Forward Collision avoidance assist (FCA) system is designed to monitor the vehicle ahead or a pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if nec- · The FCA system cannot essary, apply emergency braking. detect vehicles that are stopped vertically to your vehicle at a intersection or dead end street. In certain situations, the radar sensor or the camera may not be able to detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) ahead. In these · The FCA system cannot detect the cross traffic cyclist cases, the FCA system may not operate normally. The driver must 5 that are approaching. pay careful attention in the following In these cases, you must main- situations where the FCA operation tain a safe braking distance, may be limited. and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driv- ing speed in order to maintain a safe distance or to stop the vehicle. Driving your vehicle 5-61 Driving your vehicle Detecting vehicles The sensor may be limited when: · The system may not operate for 15 seconds after the engine is started or the camera is initialized · The radar sensor or camera is covered with a foreign object or debris · The camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windscreen, damaged glass, or stuck of foreign matter (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass · Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the radar sensor or camera · There is interference by electromagnetic waves · There is severe irregular reflection from the radar sensor · The radar/camera sensor recognition is limited · The vehicle in front is too small to be detected (for example a motorcycle etc.) · The vehicle in front is an oversize vehicle or trailer that is too big to be detected by the camera recognition system (for example a tractor trailer, etc.) · The camera's field of view is not well illuminated (either too dark or too much reflection or too much backlight that obscures the field of view) · The vehicle in front does not have their rear lights or their rear lights does not turned ON or their rear lights are located unusually · The outside brightness changes suddenly, for example when entering or exiting a tunnel · Light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road · The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare or head light of oncoming vehicle · The windscreen glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed · The vehicle in front is driving erratically · The vehicle is on unpaved or uneven rough surfaces, or road with sudden gradient changes · The vehicle is driven near areas containing metal substances as a construction zone, railroad, etc. · The vehicle drives inside a building, such as a basement parking lot · The camera does not recognise the entire vehicle in front · The camera is damaged · The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel · The shadow is on the road by a median strip, trees, etc. · The vehicle drives through a tollgate · The windscreen glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed 5-62 · The rear part of the vehicle in front is not normally visible. (the vehicle turns in other direction or the vehicle is overturned.) · The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations whilst driving · The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump · The vehicle in front is moving vertically to the driving direction · The vehicle in front is stopped vertically · The vehicle in front is driving towards your vehicle or reversing · You are on a roundabout and the vehicle in front circles OIK057166R · Driving on a curve The performance of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may be limited when driving on a curved road. The front camera or radar sensor recognition system may not detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist traveling in front on a curved road. This may result in no alarm and braking when necessary. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. OIK057167R Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may recognise a vehicle or pedestrian or cyclist in 5 the next lane or outside the lane when driving on a curved road. If this occurs, the system may unnecessarily alarm the driver and apply the brake. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, whilst driving. Driving your vehicle 5-63 Driving your vehicle Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance. OAEPH058589 · Driving on a slope The performance of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may be decreased whilst driving upward or downward on a slope. The front camera or front radar sensor recognition may not detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist in front. This may result in unnecessary alarm and braking or no alarm and braking when necessary. When the system suddenly recognises the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration. 5-64 OAD058198R · Changing lanes When a vehicle changes lanes in front of you, the Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system may not immediately detect the vehicle, especially if the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. Detecting pedestrians or cyclists (if equipped) The sensor may be limited when: · The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully detected by the camera recognition system, for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully walking upright · The pedestrian or cyclist is moving very quickly or appears abruptly in OAD058199R OAE056105 the camera detection area When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce · Detecting the vehicle in front of you If the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is required. The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may not be able to detect the cargo extending from the vehicle. In · The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing clothing that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to be detected by the camera recognition system · The outside lighting is too bright (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. when driving on a dark rural road at night) 5 your driving speed in order to these instances, you must main- · It is difficult to detect and distin- maintain a safe distance. tain a safe braking distance from guish the pedestrian or cyclist from the rearmost object, and if neces- other objects in the surroundings, sary, depress the brake pedal to for example, when there is a group reduce your driving speed in order of pedestrians, cyclists or a large to maintain distance. crowd Driving your vehicle 5-65 Driving your vehicle · There is an item similar to a person's body structure · The pedestrian or cyclist is small · The pedestrian has impaired mobility · The sensor recognition is limited · The radar sensor or camera is blocked with a foreign object or debris · Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the radar sensor or camera · When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road · The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare · The windscreen glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed · The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations whilst driving · The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump · You are on a roundabout · The pedestrian or cyclist suddenly interrupts in front of the vehicle · The cyclist in front is riding intersected with the driving direction · There is any other electromagnetic interference · The construction area, rail or other metal object is near the cyclist · The bicycle material is not reflected well on the radar WARNING · Do not use the Forward Collision avoidance Assist (FCA) system when towing a vehicle. Application of the FCA system whilst towing may adversely affect the safety of your vehicle or the towing vehicle. · Use extreme caution when the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance. · Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may operate when an object, which has similar shape or characteristic to a vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist, is detected. (Continued) 5-66 (Continued) · The FCA system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition. It is not designed to detect bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller wheeled objects such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or strollers. · Never try to test the operation of the FCA system. Doing so may cause severe injury or death. · If the front bumper, front glass, radar or camera have been replaced or repaired, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. i Information In some instances, the FCA system may be cancelled when subjected to electromagnetic interference. 5 5-67 Driving your vehicle Driving your vehicle BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) (IF EQUIPPED) System description 1) Blind-Spot Area Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) The Blind-Spot Collision Warning System (BCW) uses radar sensors in the rear bumper to monitor and warn the driver when it detects an approaching vehicle in the driver's blind spot area. 2) Closing at high speed OIK057138R The blind spot detection range varies relative to vehicle speed. Note that if your vehicle is travelling much faster than the vehicles around you, the warning will not occur. OIK057139R The Lane Change Assist feature will alert you when it detects a vehicle is approaching in an adjacent lane at a high rate of speed. If the driver activates the turn signal when the system detects an oncoming vehicle, the system sounds an audible alert. 5-68 WARNING · Always be aware of road conditions whilst driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the BlindSpot Collision Warning System is operating. System setting and operation System setting - The BCW turns on and gets ready to be operated when 'Warning only' is selected. Then, if a vehicle approaches the driver's blind spot area, a warning sounds. - The system is deactivated and the indicator on the BCW button turns off when 'Off' is selected. · The BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) System is supplemental systems to assist you. Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, whilst driving, for OAEPH059651L 5 your safety. · The BCW (Blind-Spot · Setting Blind-Spot Safety function Collision Warning) System is The driver can activate the system not substitutes for proper and by placing the ignition switch to the safe driving. Always drive safely and use caution when ON position and by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance changing lanes or backing up Blind-spot safety' in the cluster the vehicle. LCD display. The BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) System may not detect every object alongside the vehicle. Driving your vehicle 5-69 Driving your vehicle Type A Type B OAEPH059033R · If you press the BCW button whilst the system is cancelled, the indicator on the button illuminates and the system activates. When the system is initially turned on and when the engine is turned off then on again whilst the system is in activation, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outside rearview mirror. · If the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting. OAEPH059650L · Selecting Warning Timing The driver can select the initial warning activation time from the User Settings in the cluster LCD display by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance Warning timing Normal/Later'. OAEPH059034R · If you press the BCW button whilst 'Warning only' is selected the indicator on the button turns off and the system deactivates. 5-70 The options for the initial Blind-Spot Collision Warning includes the following: - Normal: When this option is selected, the initial Blind-Spot Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels too sensitive change the option to 'later'. Operating Conditions The system enters the ready status, when 'Warning Only' is selected in the cluster LCD display and vehicle speed is above approximately 20 mph (30 km/h). The warning activation time may feel late if the side/rear vehicle abruptly accelerates. OAEPH059652L - Later: · Setting Warning Volume Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving at low speeds. The driver can select the warning volume from the User Settings in the LCD display by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance 5 i Information Warning volume High/Medium/Low'. If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other systems may change. i Information If you change the warning volume, the warning volume of other systems may change. For more information refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3. Driving your vehicle 5-71 Driving your vehicle Warning message and system control BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) system Left side Left side Right side A A Right side OAE056035 First stage alert If a vehicle is detected within the boundary of the system, a warning light will illuminate on the outside rearview mirror. If the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle. OAE056036 OAE056037 [A] : Warning sound Second stage alert A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when: 1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system AND. 2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being detected). When this alert is activated, the warning light on the outside rearview mirror will also blink. And a warning chime will sound. If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the second stage alert will be deactivated. If the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle. 5-72 WARNING · The warning light on the outside rearview mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system. To avoid accidents, do not focus only on the warning light and neglect to see the surroundings of the vehicle. · Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) System. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surroundings before changing lanes or backing the vehicle up. · The system may not alert the driver in some situations due to system limitations so always check your surroundings whilst driving. CAUTION Detecting Sensor Rear radar · Always pay attention to road and traffic conditions whilst driving, whether or not the warning light on the outside rearview mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm. · Playing the vehicle audio sys- tem at high volume may offset the BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) System warning sounds. OAE058065 · The warning of the BCW The rear radars are located inside 5 (Blind-Spot Collision the rear bumper for detecting the Warning) System may not side or rear areas. Always keep the sound whilst other system's rear bumper clean for proper opera- warning sounds. tion of the system. Driving your vehicle 5-73 Driving your vehicle NOTICE · The system may not work prop- erly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired. · The sensing range differs somewhat according to the width of the road. When the road is narrow, the system may detect other vehicles in the next lane. · The system may turn off if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves. · Always keep the sensors clean. · NEVER disassemble the sensor component or apply any impact on the sensor component. (Continued) 5-74 (Continued) · Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. We recommend that the vehicle be inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the performance of the sensor. OOSEV058035L BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) system disabled. Radar blocked · This warning message may appear when : - One or both of the sensors on the rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object. - Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time. - When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain. - A trailer or carrier is installed. If any of these conditions occur, the light on the BCW button and the system will turn off automatically. i Information Limitations of the system Turn off the BCW and RCCW system (if equipped) when a trailer or carrier is installed. The driver must be cautious in the below situations because the system may not detect other vehicles or objects in certain circumstances: - Press the BCW button (the indicator on the button will turn off) · When a trailer or carrier is installed. - Deactivate the RCCW system by deselecting · The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or 'User settings Driver assistance snow. Parking safety Rear crosstraffic safety' OOSEV048203L Check BCW (Blind-Spot Collision · The sensor is covered with rain, snow, mud, etc. When the BCW cancelled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere Warning) system If there is a problem with the BCW system, a warning message will appear and the light on the button will turn off. The system will turn off automatically. We recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a · The rear bumper where the sensor is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack, etc. · The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original default position. 5 with the radar sensors. HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · The vehicle height gets lower or After any dirt or debris is removed, the system should operate normally higher due to heavy loading in a boot, abnormal tyre pressure, etc. after about 10 minutes of driving the · When the temperature of the rear vehicle. bumper is high. Driving your vehicle If the system still does not operate normally, we recommend that the vehicle be inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars. · The vehicle is driven on a curved road. 5-75 Driving your vehicle · The vehicle is driven through a tollgate. · The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e. possibly due to subway construction). · There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail. · Whilst going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different. · Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown. · Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle or structure for an extended period of time. · Driving on a wet road. · Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure. · A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck. · When the other vehicle approaches very close. · When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed. · Whilst changing lanes. · If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated. · When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you. · A motorcycle or bicycle is near. · A flat trailer is near. · If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller. · If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car. · The vehicle abruptly changes driving direction. · The vehicle makes sharp lane changes. · The vehicle sharply stops. · Temperature is extremely low around the vehicle. · The vehicle severely vibrates whilst driving over a bumpy road, uneven/bumpy road, or concrete patch. · The vehicle drives on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice. OAD058200R · Driving on a curve The BCW system may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, whilst driving. 5-76 Driving your vehicle OAD058156N OAD058157N OAEPH058592 The BCW system may not operate · Driving where the road is merg- · Driving on a slope properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances the system may recognise a vehicle in the same lane. ing/dividing The BCW system may not operate properly when driving where the road is merging/dividing. In certain The BCW system may not operate 5 properly when driving on a slope. In certain instances the system may not detect the vehicle in the Always pay attention to road and instances the system may not next lane. driving conditions, whilst driving. detect the vehicle in the next lane. Also, in certain instances the sys- Always pay attention to road and tem may wrongly recognise the driving conditions, whilst driving. ground or structures. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, whilst driving. 5-77 Driving your vehicle Declaration of conformity (if equipped) The radio frequency components (Rear Corner Radar) comply with requirements and other relevant provisions. · For Taiwan OAD058150N · Driving where the heights of the lanes are different The BCW system may not operate properly when driving where the heights of the lanes are different. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle on a road with different lane heights (underpass joining section, grade separated intersections, etc.). Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, whilst driving. OAD058151N [A] : noise barrier, [B] : guardrail · Driving where there is a structure beside the road The BCW system may not operate properly when driving where there is structure beside the road. In certain instances, the system may wrongly recognise the structures (noise barriers, guardrail, double guardrail, median strip, bollard, street light, road sign, tunnel wall, etc.) beside the road. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, whilst driving. · For Singapore · For Mexico OAEPH069049L OAEPH069048L OAEPH069050L 5-78 · For Brazil · For Russia OAEPH069061L · For South Africa (TA-2012/779) · For UAE · For Oman OAEPH069051L · For Vietnam · For Moldova OAEPH069052L OAEPH069053L · For Serbia OAEPH069054L · For Ukraine OAEPH069057L OAEPH069055L · For Argentina 5 OAEPH069058L OAEPH069059L OAEPH069056L · For Paraguay (2017-08-I-0000279 ) OAEPH069060L 5-79 Driving your vehicle Driving your vehicle REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION WARNING (RCCW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) System description Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System WARNING · Always be aware of road and traffic conditions whilst driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning System is operating. System setting and operation System setting OAD058158N The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System uses radar sensors to monitor the approaching cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is in reverse. The blind spot detection range varies relative to the approaching vehicle speed. · The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning System is supplemental systems to assist you. Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, whilst driving, for your safety. · The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning System is not substitutes for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and use caution when backing up the vehicle. OAEPH059653L · Setting Parking Safety function The driver can activate the systems by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance Parking safety'. The system turns on and is ready to be operated when 'Rear cross-traffic safety' is selected. · When the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system will be ready to be operated. 5-80 · When the system is initially turned on and when the vehicle is turned off then on again, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outside rearview mirror. The options for the initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning includes the following: - Normal: When this option is selected, the initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels too sensitive change the option to 'late'. The warning activation time may feel late if the side/rear vehicle abruptly accelerates. OAEPH059652L - Later: · Setting Warning Volume OAEPH059650L Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving at low speeds. The driver can select the warning 5 volume from the User Settings in the LCD display by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance · Selecting Warning Timing The driver can select the initial warning activation time from the User Settings in the cluster LCD display by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance Warning timing Normal/Later'. i Information If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning timing. Warning volume High/Medium/Low'. i Information If you change the warning volume, the warning volume of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning volume. For more information refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3. Driving your vehicle 5-81 Driving your vehicle Operating conditions To operate: 1. Go to the 'User settings Driver assistance Parking safety Rear cross-traffic safety' on the LCD display. The system will turn on and standby to operate. 2. The system will operate when vehicle speed is below 10 km/h (7 mph) and with the shift lever in R (Reverse). * The system will not operate when the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h (7 mph). The system will activate again when the speed is below 10 km/h (7 mph). The system's detecting range is approximately 0.5 m ~ 20 m (1 ft ~ 65 ft). An approaching vehicle will be detected if their vehicle speed is within 8 km/h ~ 36 km/h (5 ~ 22.5 mph). Note that the detecting range and operating speed may vary under certain conditions. As always, use caution and pay close attention to your surroundings when backing up your vehicle. Warning message and system control Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System Left Right OAEE059046/OAEE059047 If the vehicle detected by the sensors approaches from the rear left/right side of your vehicle, the warning chime will sound, the warning light on the outside rearview mirror will blink and a message will appear on the LCD display. If the rear view monitor system is in activation, a message will also appear on the audio or infotainment system screen. The warning will stop when: - The detected vehicle moves out of the sensing area or - When the vehicle is right behind your vehicle or - When the vehicle is not approaching your vehicle or - When the other vehicle slows down. - The vehicle's approaching speed is decreased. 5-82 CAUTION (Continued) (Continued) · The warning of the Rear · Always pay extreme caution · When the operation condition Cross-Traffic Collision whilst driving. The Rear of the Rear Cross-Traffic Warning System may not Cross-Traffic Collision Collision Warning System is sound whilst other system's Warning System may not satisfied the warning will warning sounds. operate properly or unneces- occur every time a vehicle sarily operate depending on approaches the side/rear of traffic and driving conditions. your stopped (0 mph vehicle speed) vehicle. WARNING · The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning System is · The system's warning may · If any other warning sound not a substitute for safe driv- not operate properly if the such as seat belt warning ing practices, but a conven- left/right of your vehicle's rear chime is already generated, ience function only. It is the bumper is blocked by a vehi- the Rear Cross-Traffic responsibility of the driver to 5 cle or obstacle. Collision Warning system always drive cautiously to · Always pay attention to road warning may not sound. prevent unexpected and sud- and traffic conditions whilst · Drive safely even though the den situations from occur- driving, whether or not the vehicle is equipped with a ring. Pay attention to the road warning light on the outside Rear Cross-Traffic Collision conditions at all times. rearview mirror illuminates or Warning System. Do not sole- there is a warning alarm. ly rely on the system but · Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may pre- check your surrounding when backing the vehicle up. vent occupants from hearing · The driver is responsible for the system's warning sounds. accurate brake control. (Continued) (Continued) Driving your vehicle 5-83 Driving your vehicle Detecting Sensor OAE058065 The rear radars are located inside the rear bumper for detecting the side and rear. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper operation of the system. NOTICE · The system may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired. · The system may turn off if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves. · Always keep the sensors clean. · NEVER disassemble the sensor component or apply any impact on the sensor component. · Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. (Continued) (Continued) · Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the performance of the sensor. 5-84 If any of these conditions occur, the When the BCW cancelled warning light on the BCW switch and the sys- message is displayed in the cluster, tem will turn off automatically. check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow i Information in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or Turn off the BCW and RCCW system foreign material that could interfere (if equipped) when a trailer or carrier with the radar sensors. is installed. After any dirt or debris is removed, - Press the BCW button (the indica- the RCCW system should operate tor on the button will turn off) normally after about 10 minutes of OOSEV058035L - Deactivate the RCCW system by driving the vehicle. BCW (Blind-Spot Collision deselecting If the system still does not operate Warning) system disabled. Radar blocked 'User settings Driver assistance normally, we recommend that the Parking safety Rear cross- vehicle be inspected by a HYUNDAI 5 · This warning message may appear traffic safety' authorised repairer. when: - One or both of the sensors on the rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object. - Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time. - When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain. - A trailer or carrier is installed. Driving your vehicle 5-85 Driving your vehicle OOSEV048203L Check BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) system If there is a problem with the BCW system, a warning message will appear and the light on the button will turn off. The system will turn off automatically. RCCW will not operate also if the BCW system turns off due to malfunction. We recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Limitations of the system The driver must be cautious in the below situations because the system may not detect other vehicles or objects in certain circumstances: · When a trailer or carrier is installed. · The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow. · The sensor is polluted with rain, snow, mud, etc. · The rear bumper where the sensor is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack, etc. · The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original default position. · The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in a boot, abnormal tyre pressure, etc. · When the temperature of the rear bumper is high. · When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars. · The vehicle is driven on a curved road. · The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e. possibly due to subway construction). · There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail. · Whilst going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different. · Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown. · Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time. · Driving on a wet road. · Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure. · A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck. · When the other vehicle approaches very close. · When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed. 5-86 · While changing lanes. · If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated. · When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you. · A motorcycle or bicycle is near. · A flat trailer is near. OAD058203R OAD058160N · If there are small objects in the [A] : Structure · When the vehicle is in a complex detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller. · Driving where there is a vehicle or structure near parking environment 5 The system may not operate prop- · If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car. The system may not operate properly when driving where there is a erly when the vehicle is in a complex parking environment. · The vehicle sharply stops. vehicle or structure near. In certain instances, the system · Temperature is extremely low around the vehicle. · The vehicle severely vibrates whilst driving over a bumpy road, uneven/bumpy road, or concrete patch. · The vehicle is driven on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from behind and the warning may not operate properly. Always pay attention to your surrounding whilst driving. may not be able to exactly determine the risk of collision for the vehicles which are parking or pulling out near your vehicle (e.g. a vehicle escaping beside your vehicle, a vehicle parking or pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle approaching your vehicle making a turn, etc.). In this case, the warning may not operate properly. Driving your vehicle 5-87 Driving your vehicle OAD058204R [A] : Vehicle · When the vehicle is parked diagonally The system may not operate properly when the vehicle is parked diagonally. In certain instances, when the diagonally parked vehicle is pulled out of the parking space, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from the rear left/right of your vehicle. In this case, the warning may not operate properly. Always pay attention to your surrounding whilst driving. OAD058152N · When the vehicle is on/near a slope The system may not operate properly when the vehicle is on/near a slope. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from the rear left/right and the warning may not operate properly. Always pay attention to your surrounding whilst driving. OAD058205R [A] : Structure, [B] : Wall · Pulling into the parking space where there is a structure The system may not operate properly when pulling in the vehicle to the parking space where there is a structure at the back or side of your vehicle. In certain instances, when backing into the parking space, the system may falsely detect the vehicle moving in front of your vehicle. In this case, the warning may operate. Always pay attention to the parking space whilst driving. 5-88 OAD058206R · When the vehicle is parked rearward If the vehicle is parked rearward and the sensor detects the another vehicle in the rear area of the parking space, the warning may operate. Always pay attention to the parking space whilst driving. 5 5-89 Driving your vehicle Driving your vehicle LANE FOLLOWING ASSIST (LFA) (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING The Lane Following Assist (LFA) system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the surroundings and steer the vehicle. OAE058048 The Lane Following Assist (LFA) system helps detect lane markers on the road with a front view camera at the front windscreen, and assists the driver's steering to help keep the vehicle between lanes. WARNING Take the following precautions when using the Lane Following Assist (LFA) system: · Do not turn the steering wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system. · LFA system helps the driver to keep the vehicle in the centre of the lane by assisting the driver's steering. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention on the steering wheel to stay in the lane. · The operation of the LFA system can be cancelled or not work properly according to road condition and surroundings. Always be cautious when driving. (Continued) 5-90 (Continued) · Do not disassemble the front view camera temporarily to tint the window or attach any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, we recommend that you take your vehicle to a HYUNDAI authorised repairer and have the system checked for calibration. · When you replace the windscreen glass, front view camera or related parts of the steering wheel, we recommend that you take your vehicle to a HYUNDAI authorised repairer and have the system checked for calibration. · The system helps detect lane markers and controls the steering wheel by a camera, therefore, if the lane markers are hard to detect, the system may not work properly. (Continued) (Continued) Please refer to "Limitations of the System". · Do not remove or damage the related parts of LFA system. · You may not hear a warning sound of LFA system if the audio volume is high. · Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. This may prevent the LFA system from functioning properly. · Always have your hands on the steering wheel whilst the LFA system is activated. If you continue to drive with your hands off the steering wheel after the "Keep hands on steering wheel" warning message appears, the system will turn off automatically. However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel. (Continued) (Continued) · The steering wheel is not continuously controlled so if the vehicle speed is at a higher rate when leaving a lane the vehicle may not be controlled by the system. The driver must always follow the speed limit when using the system. · If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not assist steering or the hands off alarm may not work properly. 5 · When you tow a trailer, make sure that you turn off the LFA system. 5-91 Driving your vehicle Driving your vehicle LFA operation System setting · With the ignition switch is in the ON position, Lane Following Assist can be activated by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance Driving assist Lane following assist' in the cluster LCD display. Deselect the setting to turn off the system. · If the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting. 5-92 Operating conditions Select 'Lane following assist' from the User settings mode in the cluster LCD display and meet the following conditions for the system to operate. - The Smart Cruise Control is operating - Vehicle speed is lower than 110 mph (180 km/h) When the system is activated, the indicator ( ) on the cluster will illuminate. The colour of the indicator will change depending on the condition of the LFA system. - Green : Steering assist mode is ON - White : Steering assist mode is OFF LFA system operation OAEPH059622R If the vehicle is inside the lane with both lanes detected by the system (lane colour changes from gray to white), and there is no abrupt steer- ing made by the driver, the LFA sys- tem changes to steering assist mode. The indicator light will come on green, and the system helps the vehicle stay in line by con- trolling the steering wheel. If the lane markers are hard to detect, steering wheel will be able to be controlled depending on front vehicle and front vehicle driving conditions. When the steering wheel is not controlled tem- porarily, the indicator light will flash green and change to white. Warning message WARNING The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel whilst driving. OAEPH059625L Keep hands on steering wheel If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds whilst the LFA system is activated, the system will warn the driver. i Information Hold the steering wheel tight. Otherwise, the LFA system could misjudge that the driver's hands are off the steering wheel, and the above warning may occur. OOSEV058104L Driver's hands not detected. LFA system is disabled temporarily 5 If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the message "Keep hands on steering wheel", the system will not control the steering wheel and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the lane markers. However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel. Driving your vehicle 5-93 Driving your vehicle WARNING · The LFA system is a supplemental system only. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer the vehicle and to maintain it in its lane. · Turn off the LFA system and drive without using the system in the following situations: - In bad weather - In bad road conditions - When the steering wheel needs to be controlled by the driver frequently. i Information · Even though the steering is assisted by the system, the driver may control the steering wheel. · The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not. OOSEV058105L Check LFA (Lane Following Assist) system If there is a problem with the system a message will appear for a few seconds. If the problem continues the LFA system failure indicator will illuminate. The LFA system will not be in the ENABLED state and/or the steering wheel will not be assisted when: · The turn signal is turned on before changing a lane. If you change lanes without the turn signal on, the steering wheel might be controlled. · The vehicle is not driven in the middle of the lane when the system is turned on or right after changing a lane. · ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated. · The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve. · Vehicle speed is over 110 mph (180 km/h). · The vehicle makes sharp lane changes. · The vehicle brakes suddenly. · Only one lane marker is detected. · The lane is very wide or narrow. · There are more than two lane markers on the road (e.g. construction area). 5-94 · Radius of a curve is too small. Limitations of the system When the lane and road condi- · The vehicle is driven on a steep incline. · The steering wheel is turned suddenly. · The system may not operate for 15 seconds after the engine is started or the camera is initialised or rebooting of the front view camera. The LFA system may operate prematurely even if the vehicle does not depart from the intended lane, OR, the LFA system may not assist your steering or warn you if the vehicle leaves the intended lane under the following circumstances: tions are poor · It is difficult to distinguish the lane marking from the road surface or the lane marking is faded or not clearly marked. · It is difficult to distinguish the colour of the lane marker from the road. · There are markings on the road surface that look like a lane marker that is inadvertently being detected by the camera. · The lane marker is indistinct or 5 damaged. · The lane marker is merged or divided. (e.g. tollgate) · The lane number increases or decreases or the lane marker are crossing complicatedly. · There are more than two lane markers on the road in front of you. Driving your vehicle 5-95 Driving your vehicle · The lane marker is very thick or thin. · The lane is very wide or narrow. · The lane marker ahead is not visible due to rain, snow, water on the road, damaged or stained road surface, or other factors. · The shadow is on the lane marker by a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc. · The lane markers are complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines such as a construction area. · There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road. · The lane marker in a tunnel is stained with oil, etc. · The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection. When external condition is intervened · The brightness outside changes suddenly such as when entering or exiting a tunnel, or when passing under a bridge. · The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel. · There is a boundary structure in the roadway such as a concrete barrier, guardrail and reflector post that is inadvertently being detected by the camera. · When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road. · The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare. · There is not enough distance between you and the vehicle in front to be able to detect the lane marker or the vehicle ahead is driving on the lane marker. · Driving on a steep grade, over a hill, or when driving on a curved road. · The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations whilst driving. · The surrounding of the inside rear view mirror temperature is high due to direct sunlight, etc. When front visibility is poor · The windscreen or the camera lens is blocked with dirt or debris. · The windscreen glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed. · Placing objects on the dashboard, etc. · The sensor cannot detect the lane because of fog, heavy rain or snow. 5-96 LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) WARNING WARNING The LKA (Lane Keeping Assist) Take the following precautions system is not a substitute for when using the Lane Keeping safe driving practices, but a Assist (LKA) system: convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the surroundings and steer the vehicle. · Do not turn the steering wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system. · LKA system helps to prevent OAE058048 the driver from moving out of The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system help detect lane markers on the road with a camera at the front windscreen, and assists the driver's steering to help keep the vehicle between lanes. When the system detects the vehicle straying from its lane, it alerts the driver with a visual and audiouble warning, whilst applying a slight counter-steering torque, trying to prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane. the lane unintentionally by assisting the driver's steering. However, the driver should 5 not solely rely on the system but always pay attention on the steering wheel to stay in the lane. · The operation of the LKA system can be cancelled or not work properly according to road condition and surroundings. Always be cautious when driving. (Continued) Driving your vehicle 5-97 Driving your vehicle (Continued) · Do not disassemble the LKA system camera temporarily to tint the window or attach any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, we recommend that you take your vehicle to a HYUNDAI authorised repairer and have the system checked for calibration. · When you replace the windscreen glass, LKA system camera or related parts of the steering wheel, we recommend that you take your vehicle to a HYUNDAI authorised repairer and have the system checked for calibration. (Continued) (Continued) · The system help detects lane markers and controls the steering wheel by a camera, therefore, if the lane markers are hard to detect, the system may not work properly. Please refer to "Limitations of the system". · Do not remove or damage the related parts of LKA system. · You may not hear a warning sound of LKA system if the audio volume is high. · Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. This may prevent the LKA system from functioning properly. (Continued) (Continued) · Always have your hands on the steering wheel whilst the LKA system is activated. If you continue to drive with your hands off the steering wheel after the "Keep hands on steering wheel" warning message appears, the system will stop controlling the steering wheel. · The steering wheel is not continuously controlled so if the vehicle speed is at a higher rate when leaving a lane the vehicle may not be controlled by the system. The driver must always follow the speed limit when using the system. · If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not assist steering or the hands off alarm may not work properly. · When you tow a trailer, make sure that you turn off the LKA system. 5-98 LKA operation Type A The indicator ( ) in the cluster display will initially illuminate white. This indicates the LKA system is in the READY but NOT ENABLED state. If you press the LKA button located on the instrument panel on the lower left hand side of the driver, LKA will be turned off and the indicator on the cluster display will go off. i Information If the indicator (white) is activated from the previous ignition cycle, the system will turn ON without any additional control. If you press the LKA button again, the indicator on the cluster goes off. Note that the vehicle OAEPH059049R speed must be at least Type B approximately 40 mph (60 km/h) to ENABLE the LKA system. The indicator in the 5 cluster display will illuminate green. Driving your vehicle OAEPH059050R To activate/deactivate the LKA system: With the ignition switch in the ON position, press the LKA system button located on the instrument panel on the left hand side of the steering wheel. - White : Sensor does not detect lane markers or vehicle speed is under 37 mph (60 km/h). - Green : Sensor detects lane markers and the system is able to control vehicle steering. 5-99 Driving your vehicle LKA system operation Type A Line undetected Line detected · If your vehicle speed exceeds 37 mph (60 km/h) and the LKA system button is ON, the system is enabled. If your vehicle departs from the projected lane in front of you, the LKA system operates as follows: Left lane marker Right lane marker Type B OAEPH059627L OAEPH059628L/OAEPH059629L · If vehicle speed is over 37 mph (60 km/h) and the system detects lane markers, the colour changes from gray to white. OAEPH059626R · To see the LKA screen on the LCD display in the cluster, select ASSIST mode ( ). For more information, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3. OAEPH059631L/OAEPH059630L 1. A visual warning appears on the cluster LCD display. Either the left lane marker or the right lane marker in the cluster LCD display will blink depending on which direction the vehicle is veering. 5-100 2. The LKA system will help control the vehicle's steering to prevent the vehicle from crossing the lane marker in below conditions. - Vehicle speed is over 60 km/h (37 mph) - The system detects both lane markers WARNING The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel whilst driving. - When driving, the vehicle is located between both lanes normally. - The steering wheel is not turned OAEPH059625L suddenly. Keep hands on steering wheel When lanes are detected and all the conditions to activate the LKA system are satisfied, a LKA system indicator light ( ) will change from white to green. This indicates that the If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds whilst the LKA system is activated, the system will warn the driver. 5 LKA system is in the ENABLED state and the steering wheel will be con- i Information trolled. If the steering wheel is held very light- ly the message may still appear because the LKA system may not recognise that the driver has their hands on the wheel. Driving your vehicle 5-101 Driving your vehicle WARNING Warning light and message OIK057120L Driver's hands not detected. LKA system is Disabled temporarily If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the message "Keep hands on steering wheel", the system will not control the steering wheel and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the lane markers. However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel. · The LKA system is a supplemental system only. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer the vehicle and to maintain it in its lane. · Turn off LKA system and drive without using the system in the following situations - In bad weather - In bad road conditions - When the steering wheel needs to be controlled by the driver frequently. i Information · Even though the steering is assisted by the system, the driver can still steer to control the steering wheel. · The steering wheel may feel heavier or lighter when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not. OOSEV058078L Check LKA (Lane Keep Assist) system If there is a problem with the system a message will appear for a few seconds. If the problem continues the LKA system failure indicator will illuminate. 5-102 LKA system indicator The LKA system will not be in the · There are more than two lane The LKA system indica- ENABLED state and the steering tor (yellow) will illuminate wheel will not be assisted when: markers on the road. (e.g. construction area) if the LKA system is not · The turn signal is turned on before · The vehicle is driven on a steep working properly. We rec- changing a lane. If you change incline. ommend that the system be checked lanes without the turn signal on, · The steering wheel is turned sud- by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. the steering wheel might be con- denly. trolled. · There are more than two lane When there is a problem with the · The vehicle is not driven in the mid- markers on the road in front of you. system do one of the following: · Turn the system on after turning the vehicle off and on again. dle of the lane when the system is turned on or right after changing a lane. · The system may not operate for 15 seconds after the engine is started or the camera is initialised or · Check if the ignition switch is in the ON position. · ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated. rebooting of the front view camera. 5 · Check if the system is affected by the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, etc.) · Check if there is foreign matter on the camera lens. · The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve. · Vehicle speed is below 37 mph (60 km/h) and over 110 mphh (180 km/). If the problem is not solved, we recommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · The vehicle makes sharp lane changes. · The vehicle brakes suddenly. · Only one lane marker is detected. · The lane is very wide or narrow. Driving your vehicle 5-103 Driving your vehicle Limitations of the System The LKA system may operate prematurely even if the vehicle does not depart from the intended lane, OR, the LKA system may not assist your steering or warn you if the vehicle leaves the intended lane under the following circumstances: When the lane and road conditions are poor · It is difficult to distinguish the lane marking from the road surface or the lane marking is faded or not clearly marked. · It is difficult to distinguish the colour of the lane marker from the road. · There are markings on the road surface that look like a lane marker that is inadvertently being detected by the camera. · The lane marker is merged or divided (e.g. tollgate). · The lane number increases or decreases or the lane marker are crossing complicatedly. · There are more than two lane markers on the road in front of you. · The lane marker is very thick or thin. · The lanes ahead are not visible due to rain, snow, water on the road, damaged or stained road surface, or other factors. · The shadow is on the lane marker by a median strip, trees, etc. · The lanes are incomplete or the area is in a construction zone. · There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road. · The lane marker in a tunnel is stained with oil, etc. · The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection. When external condition is intervened · The brightness outside changes suddenly such as when entering or exiting a tunnel, or when passing under a bridge. · The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel. · There is a boundary structure in the roadway such as a concrete barrier, guardrail and reflector post that is inadvertently being detected by the camera. · When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road. · The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare. · There is not enough distance between you and the vehicle in front to be able to detect the lane marker or the vehicle ahead is driving on the lane marker. 5-104 · Driving on a steep grade, over a LKA system function change LDW (Lane Departure Warning) hill, or when driving on a curved road. The driver can change LKA to the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) or LDW system alerts the driver with a visual warning and a warning alarm · The adverse road conditions cause change the LKA mode between when the system detects the vehicle excessive vehicle vibrations whilst Standard LKA and Active LKA from departing the lane. The steering driving. the LCD display. Go to the 'User set- wheel will not be controlled. · The surrounding of the inside rear tings Driver assistance Lane view mirror temperature is high due to direct sunlight, etc. safety LDW (Lane Departure Warning)/Standard LKA/Active LKA'. Standard LKA (Lane Keep Assist) When front visibility is poor · The windscreen or the LKA cam- The system is automatically set to Standard LKA if a function is not selected. The Standard LKA mode guides the driver to help keep the vehicle within the lanes. It rarely controls the steer- era lens is blocked with dirt or debris. ing wheel, when the vehicle drives well inside the lanes. However, it 5 · The windscreen glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed. starts to control the steering wheel, when the vehicle is about to deviate out of the lanes. · Placing objects on the dashboard, etc. Active LKA (Lane Keep Assist) · The sensor cannot detect the lane because of fog, heavy rain or snow. The Active LKA mode provides more frequent steering wheel control in comparison with the Standard LKA mode. Active LKA can reduce the driver's fatigue to assist the steering for maintaining the vehicle in the middle of the lane. Driving your vehicle 5-105 Driving your vehicle DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system displays the level of the driver's fatigue and inattention, considering the driving pattern, etc. The options for the initial Driver Attention Warning includes the following: - Normal: System setting and operation System setting · Selecting Driver Attention Warning function The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) can be activated from the Users Settings mode in the cluster LCD display by following the procedure below. 1. Set the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Select 'User settings Driver assistance DAW (Driver Attention Warning)' in the cluster LCD display. Deselect the setting to turn off the system. · If the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting. OAEPH059650L · Selecting Warning Timing The driver can select the initial warning activation time from the User Settings in the cluster LCD display by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance Warning timing Normal/Later'. When this option is selected, the initial Driver Attention Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels sensitive, change the option to 'Later'. The warning activation time may feel late if a vehicle at the side or rear abruptly accelerates. - Later: Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving at low speeds. i Information Other driver assistance systems like Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) System, etc. can be changed when warning time setting is changed. 5-106 Display of the driver's attention level System off Inattentive driving Driving your vehicle OAEPH059652L · Setting Warning Volume The driver can select the warning volume from the User Settings in the LCD display by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance Warning volume High/Medium/Low'. Attentive driving i Information If you change the warning volume, the warning volume of other systems may change. For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3. OPDE056062 · The driver can monitor his/her driv- OAE048569L ing conditions on the cluster LCD display. The DAW screen will appear when 5 you select the Assist mode tab ( ) on the LCD display if the sys- tem is activated. (For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.) OPDE056061 · The driver's attention level is displayed on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the level is, the more inattentive the driver is. 5-107 Driving your vehicle · The level decreases when the driver does not take a break for a certain period of time. · The level increases when the driver attentively drives for a certain period of time. · When the driver turns on the system whilst driving, it displays `Last Break time' and level. Take a break CAUTION If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system warning may not sound. OIK057132L · The "Consider taking a break" message appears on the cluster LCD display and a warning sounds to suggest that the driver take a break, when the driver's attention level is below 1. · The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system will not suggest a break, when the total driving time is shorter than 10 minutes and also doesn't recommend an additional break within 10 minutes after a break. 5-108 Resetting the system System standby System malfunction · The last break time is set to 00:00 and the driver's attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system. · The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system resets the last break time to 00:00 and the driver's attention level to 5 in the following situations. - The engine is turned OFF. - The driver unfastens the seat belt OAE058266L OOSEV058080L and then opens the driver's door. The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) Check DAW (Driver Attention 5 - The vehicle is stopped for more than 10 minutes. · The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system operates again, when the driver restarts driving. system enters the ready status and displays the 'Disabled' screen in the following situations. - The camera does not detect the lane. - Driving speed over 110 mph (180 km/h). Warning) system When the "Check DAW (Driver Attention Warning) system" warning message appears, the system is not working properly. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Driving your vehicle 5-109 Driving your vehicle WARNING · The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times. · The driver, who feels fatigued, should take a break, even though there is no break suggestion by the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system. i Information The system may suggest a break according to the driver's driving pattern or habits even if the driver doesn't feel fatigue. NOTICE The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system utilises the front view camera sensor on the front windscreen for its operation. To keep the camera sensor in the best condition, you should observe the followings: · Never install any accessories or stickers on the front windscreen, or tint the front windscreen. · NEVER locate any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system. · Pay extreme caution to keep the camera sensor out of water. · NEVER disassemble the camera assembly, nor apply any impact on the camera assembly. (Continued) (Continued) · Never disassemble the camera assembly, or apply any impact on the camera assembly. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. We recommend that you take your vehicle to a HYUNDAI authorised repairer and have the system checked for calibration. 5-110 CAUTION The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system may not provide alerts in the following situations: · The system may not work around 15 seconds after starting the vehicle or the initialization or rebooting of the front view camera. · The lane detection performance is limited. (For more information, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in this chapter.) · The vehicle is erratically driven or is abruptly turned for obstacle avoidance (e.g. construction area, other vehicles, fallen objects, bumpy road). · Forward drivability of the vehicle is severely undermined (possibly due to wide variation in tyre pressures, uneven tyre wear-out, toein/toe-out alignment). (Continued) (Continued) · The vehicle is driven on a curvy road. · The vehicle is driven through a windy area. · The vehicle is driven on a bumpy road. · The vehicle is controlled by the following driving assist systems: - Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) system - Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system - Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system - Lane Following Assist (LFA) system CAUTION Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system warning sounds. 5 5-111 Driving your vehicle Driving your vehicle SPEED LIMIT CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED) Speed Limit Control operation Speed limit control switch You can set the speed limit when you do not want to drive over a specific speed. If you drive over the preset speed limit, the warning system operates (set speed limit will blink and chime will sound) until the vehicle speed returns within the speed limit. To set speed limit i Information Whilst speed limit control is in operation, the cruise control system cannot be activated. OAE056152L : Changes mode between cruise control/smart cruise control system and speed limit control system. System off Cruise Control/Smart Cruise Control Speed Limit Control OAE056068L 1. Press the button to turn the system on. The speed limit indicator in the instrument cluster will illuminate. RES+: Resumes or increases speed limit control speed. SET-: Sets or decreases speed limit control speed. O: Cancels set speed limit. 5-112 To turn off the speed limit control, do one of the following: Driving your vehicle OAE056069L OOSEV058037 2. Push the toggle switch down The set speed limit will display on the (SET-). instrument cluster. OAE056068L 5 3. · Push the toggle switch up If you would like to drive over the pre- (RES+) or down (SET-), and set speed limit when you depress the · Press the button. The speed release it at the desired speed. accelerator pedal less than approxi- limit ( ) indicator will go off. · Push the toggle switch up mately 50%, the vehicle speed will · If you press O (cancel) button (RES+) or down (SET-) and hold maintain within speed limit. once, the set speed limit will can- it. The speed will increase or However if you depress the acceler- cel, but it will not turn the system decrease by 3 mph (5 km/h). ator pedal more than approximately off. If you wish to resume the speed 70%, you can drive over the speed limit, push the +RES or SET- tog- limit. Then the set speed limit will gle switch on your steering wheel blink and chime will sound until you to your desired speed. return the vehicle speed within the speed limit. 5-113 Driving your vehicle INTELLIGENT SPEED LIMIT WARNING (ISLW) (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING OAE058048 The Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) system displays the speed limit information and overtaking restriction of the current road through the instrument cluster and the navigation. The ISLW reads the traffic signs through the camera, which is attached on the upper part of the inner front windscreen. The ISLW also utilizes the navigation and vehicle information to display the speed limit information. · Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) system is only a supplemental system and is not always able to correctly display speed limits and overtaking restrictions. · The driver still holds the responsibility not to exceed the maximum speed limit. · The ISLW detects the traffic signs through the camera to display the speed limit information. Therefore, the ISLW may not properly operate, when it is hard to detect the traffic signs. For further details, please refer to the "Limitations of the system". · Pay extreme caution to keep the camera sensor out of water. (Continued) (Continued) · Do not disassemble the camera assembly, or apply any impact on the front view camera assembly. · Do not disassemble the camera temporarily to tint the window or attach any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, we recommend that you take your vehicle to a HYUNDAI authorised repairer and have the system checked for calibration. · Do not place any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction system. · The system is not available in all countries. 5-114 i Information System setting and operation System activation We recommend that you have the system checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer when: · The windscreen glass is replaced. · The camera or related parts are repaired or removed. System setting · The driver can activate the ISLW by selecting 'User settings Driver assistance SLW (Speed Limit Warning)'. · When the ISLW is activated, the symbols appear on the instrument cluster to display the speed limit information and overtaking restric- · The ISLW displays the speed limit information and displays the overtaking restriction, when your vehicle passes by the relevant traffic signs. · The ISLW displays the previous speed limit information, right after the ignition switch is placed to the ON position. tion. · You may find different speed limit · When the ISLW is activated in the navigation setting, the above information and the restriction are also displayed on the navigation. information for the same road. The information is displayed depending on the driving situations. Because, 5 traffic signs with additional sign (e.g. rainy, arrow, etc.) are also detected and compared with vehi- cle internal data (e.g. wiper opera- tion, turn signal, etc.). i Information The speed limit information on the instrument cluster may differ from the one on the navigation. In this case, check the speed unit setting on the navigation. Driving your vehicle 5-115 Driving your vehicle Type A Type A Type B OAEPH059633L Type B OAEPH059635L There may be signs with different speed limits on the same road. For example, normally, the speed limit is 190 mph (120 km/h), however the speed limit is 56 mph (90 km/h) when it is raining or snowing. The conditional road sign means that you observe the speed limit and overtaking prohibition on certain conditions, such as when rain or snow. OAEPH059632R The cluster displays the speed limit information, overtaking restriction and conditional road sign. OAEPH059634R Conditional road sign If the ISLW detects the conditional road sign, the symbol of road sign is overlapped at the bottom or left of the speed limit on the cluster. 5-116 No reliable speed limit information No passing information Unlimited speed (only in Germany) WTL-220 WTL-222/WTL-221 WUM-205 Additional road signs · The symbol is displayed on the · The symbol, 'end of limitation', is · The symbol is displayed on the instrument cluster and the navigation, when the ISLW does not have any reliable speed limit information. instrument cluster and the navigation, when the ISLW detects a noovertaking sign. displayed on the instrument cluster for the roads in Germany, which 5 have no speed limit applicable. It is displayed, until the vehicle passes by another speed limit sign. Driving your vehicle 5-117 Driving your vehicle Display in the Assist mode of the cluster Type A The ISLW screen will appear when you select the Assist mode tab ( ) on the LCD display if the system is activated. For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3. Type B OAEPH059656L OAEPH059655R The driver can monitor the information provided from the ISLW system on the LCD display. 5-118 OAEPH059658L 1. Speed limit and overtaking restriction of current road 2. Conditional speed limit or overtaking restriction 3. Conditional road sign : Trailer, rain, snow or empty space Empty space : other conditional road sign (time etc.) i Information The conditional speed limit and overtaking restriction may be different from the speed limit and overtaking restriction of current road. And, the conditional speed limit and overtaking restriction displayed on the cluster will disappear after driving for a certain distance. If ISLW don't recognise the road sign, nothing is displayed. To turn ISLW off Warning message OOSEV048212L OOSEV058081L SLW (Speed Limit Warning) system SLW (Speed Limit Warning) system 5 off disabled. Camera obscured If the system is turned off from the User Settings mode, this message is displayed on the cluster LCD display when the ISLW screen is selected from the Assist mode ( ). The warning message appears, when the camera lens is blocked by some objects. The Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) system does not operate, until the objects are removed. Check the windscreen glass around the camera area. If the problem persists after removing the objects, we recommend that you have the system checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Driving your vehicle 5-119 Driving your vehicle OOSEV058082L Check SLW (Speed Limit Warning) system The warning message appears for a few seconds, when the ISLW does not properly operate. Then, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. We recommend that you have the system checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Limitations of the System The Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) system may not operate or may not provide correct information in the following situations. When the traffic sign condition is poor · The traffic sign is located on a sharp curve. · The traffic sign is improperly positioned (i.e. turned over, blocked by an object, and damaged). · Another vehicle blocks the traffic sign. · The LED light of the traffic sign is broken. · There is sunlight glare around the traffic sign due to low solar altitude. · It is dark at night. · There is bright light around the traffic sign. When external condition is intervened · Your vehicle drives right after another vehicle. · The bus or truck, on which the speed sticker is attached, passes by your vehicle. · Your vehicle drives in an area, which is uncovered by the navigation system. · There is a malfunction with the navigation · Your navigation has not been updated. · Your navigation is being updated. · As a result of incorrect detection by the camera. · The top speed limitations stored in the navigation system are incorrect. · The road signs do not correspond to the standard. · The camera is calibrated right after the vehicle is delivered. 5-120 When front visibility is poor · There is something wrong with GPS. · The vehicle information such as outside temperature is not accurate. When front visibility is poor · The weather is bad, such as raining, snowing, and fogging. · There is dirt, ice or frost on the front windscreen, where the camera is installed. · The camera lens is blocked by an object, such as sticker, paper, or fallen leaf. WARNING · The ISLW is only to assist the driver. The driver should pay great caution to the vehicle operation. · The driver always holds the responsibility of safe driving by following the applicable road traffic rule(s) and regulation(s). 5 5-121 Driving your vehicle Driving your vehicle CRUISE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED) Cruise Control operation WARNING 1. Cruise indicator 2. Set speed OOSEV058038 The Cruise Control system allows you to drive at speeds above 20 mph (30 km/h) without depressing the accelerator pedal. Take the following precautions: · Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit in your country. · If the Cruise Control is left on, (cruise) indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated) the Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the Cruise Control system off (cruise) indicator light OFF) when the Cruise Control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed. · Use the Cruise Control system only when travelling on open highways in good weather. (Continued) (Continued) · Do not use the Cruise Control when it may be unsafe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed: - When driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed - When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads - When driving on hilly or windy roads - When driving in windy areas - When driving with limited view (possibly due to bad weather such as fog, snow, rain and sandstorm) · Do not use cruise control when towing a trailer. 5-122 i Information During normal cruise control operation, when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes, the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds. This delay is normal. Type A i Information Type B OAE056153L Cruise control switch OAE056068L CANCEL/O : Cancels cruise control operation. First, switch the mode to Cruise 5 CRUISE / : Turns cruise control system on or off. RES+: Resumes or increases cruise Control by pressing the button if equipped with the Speed Limit Control System. control speed. The mode changes, as below, whenev- SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con- er the button is pressed. trol speed. System off Cruise Control Speed Limit Control Driving your vehicle 5-123 Driving your vehicle To set Cruise Control speed Type A Type A To increase Cruise Control speed Type A Type B Type B Type B OAE056154L 1. Press the CRUISE / button on the steering wheel to turn the system on. The cruise indicator will illuminate. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which must be more than 20 mph (30 km/h). OAE056155L 3. Push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-), and release it. The SET indicator light will illuminate. 4. Release the accelerator pedal. i Information On a steep slope, the vehicle may slightly slow down or speed up, whilst driving uphill or downhill. OAE056156L · Push the toggle switch (1) up (RES+) and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase 1.2 mph (2.0 km/h) each time the toggle switch is operated in this manner. · Push the toggle switch (1) up (RES+) and hold it, whilst monitoring the SET speed on the instrument cluster. Release the toggle switch when the desired speed is shown and the vehicle will accelerate to that speed. 5-124 · Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-). To decrease Cruise Control speed Type A Type B To temporarily accelerate with the Cruise Control ON Depress the accelerator pedal. When you take your foot off the accelerator, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed. If you push the toggle switch down (SET-) at the increased speed, the Cruise Control will maintain the increased speed. Driving your vehicle OAE056155L · Push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-) and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease 1.2 mph (2.0 km/h) each time the toggle switch is operated in this manner. · Push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-) and hold it. Your vehicle will gradually slow down. Release the toggle switch at the speed you want to maintain. · Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-). 5 5-125 Driving your vehicle Cruise Control will be cancelled when: Type A Type B · Moving the shift lever into N (Neutral). · Decreasing the vehicle speed to less than the memory speed by approximately 12 mph (20 km/h). · Decreasing the vehicle speed to less than approximately 20 mph (30 km/h). · The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is operating. · Downshifting to 2nd gear when in Manual Shift mode. To resume preset Cruising speed Type A Type B OAE056157L · Depressing the brake pedal. · Pressing the CANCEL / O button located on the steering wheel. · Pressing the CRUISE / button. Both the indicator and the SET indicator will turn OFF. i Information Each of the above actions will cancel Cruise Control operation (the SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off), but only pressing the CRUISE / button will turn the system off. If you wish to resume Cruise Control operation, push the toggle switch up (RES+) located on your steering wheel. You will return to your previously preset speed, unless the system was turned off using the CRUISE / button. OAE056156L Push the toggle switch (1) up (RES+). If the vehicle speed is over 20 mph (30 km/h), the vehicle will resume the preset speed. 5-126 To turn Cruise Control off Type A Type B i Information The mode changes, as below, whenever the button is pressed. System off Cruise Control Speed Limit Control OAE056154L · Press the CRUISE / button (the cruise ( ) indicator light will go off). · Press the button (The ( ) indicator light will go off.). - With the Cruise Control on, pressing the button once will turn Off the Cruise Control and turn on the Speed Limit Control. - With the Cruise Control off and Speed Limit Control on, pressing the button will turn off both system. 5 5-127 Driving your vehicle Driving your vehicle SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (WITH STOP & GO SYSTEM) (IF EQUIPPED) The Smart Cruise Control System will automatically adjust your vehicle speed to maintain your programmed speed and following distance without requiring you to depress the accelerator or brake pedals. OAEPH059612R 1. Cruise indicator 2. Set speed 3. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance WARNING For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using the Smart Cruise Control system. WARNING · The Smart Cruise Control System is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and distance to the vehicle ahead. · Always be aware of road conditions whilst driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Smart Cruise Control System is operating. To see the SCC screen on the LCD display in the cluster, select ASSIST mode ( ). For more information, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3. · The Smart Cruise Control (SCC) is supplemental systems to assist you Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, whilst driving, for you safety. The Smart Cruise Control System allows you to program the vehicle to help maintain the desired constant speed and minimum distance between the vehicle ahead. 5-128 WARNING (Continued) (Continued) Take the following precautions : · Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit in your country. · If the Smart Cruise Control is left on, (cruise ( ) indicator light in the instru- ment cluster is illuminated) the Smart Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the Smart Cruise Control System off (cruise ( ) indicator light OFF) when the Smart Cruise Control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed. · Do not use the Smart Cruise Control when it may not be safe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed: - When driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed - When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads - When driving on a steep downhill or uphill - When driving in windy areas - When driving in parking lots - When driving near crash barriers - When the vehicle sensing ability decreases due to vehicle modification resulting level difference of the vehicle's front and rear 5 · Use the Smart Cruise Control System only when travelling on open highways in good weather. (Continued) - When driving on a sharp curve - When driving with limited view (possibly due to bad weather, such as fog, snow, rain or sandstorm) (Continued) Driving your vehicle 5-129 Driving your vehicle Smart cruise control switch Type A To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control Type B OAE056169L CANCEL / O : Cancels cruise control operation. CRUISE / : Turns cruise control system on or off. RES+: Resumes or increases cruise control speed. SET-: Sets or decreases cruise control speed. : Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance. OAE056068L i Information First, switch the mode to Smart Cruise Control by pressing the button if equipped with the Speed Limit Control System. The mode changes, as below, whenever the button is pressed. System off Smart Cruise Control Speed Limit Control OOSEV058091L The sensitivity of vehicle speed when following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance can be adjusted. The sensitivity of vehicle speed when following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance can be adjusted. Select 'User settings Driver assistance SCC response Fast/ Normal/Slow' in the cluster LCD display. 5-130 You may select one of the three To convert to Cruise Control stages you prefer. mode WARNING - Fast: The driver may choose to only use When using the Cruise Control Vehicle speed following the front the conventional Cruise Control mode, you must manually vehicle to maintain the set distance mode (speed control function) by adjust the distance to other is faster than normal speed. doing as follows: vehicles by depressing the - Normal: 1. Turn the Smart Cruise Control accelerator or brake pedal. The Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is normal. System on (the cruise indicator light will be on but the system will not be activated). system does not automatically adjust the distance to vehicles in front of you. - Slow: 2. Push and hold the Vehicle-to- Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is slower than normal speed. Vehicle Distance button for more than 2 seconds. 3. Choose between "Smart Cruise 5 Control" and "Cruise Control". i Information The last selected speed sensitivity of the smart cruise control is remained in the system. When the system is cancelled using theCRUISE/ button or the CRUISE/ button is used after the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, the Smart Cruise Control mode will turn on. Driving your vehicle 5-131 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control speed To set Smart Cruise Control speed Type A Type B OAE056154L 1. Push the button on the steer- ing wheel to turn the system on. The cruise ( ) indicator will illuminate. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed. The Smart Cruise Control speed can be set when vehicle speed is between as follows. · 5 ~ 110 mph (10 ~ 180 km/h) : when there is no vehicle in front · 0 ~ 110 mph (0 ~ 180 km/h) : when there is a vehicle in front Type A Type B OAE056155L 3. Push the toggle switch down (SET-). The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD display will illuminate. 4. Release the accelerator pedal. The desired speed will automatically be maintained. If there is a vehicle in front of you, the speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead. On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly whilst going uphill or downhill. i Information · Vehicle speed may decrease on an upward slope and increase on a downward slope. · When you are setting the cruise control speed with a vehicle in front and your vehicle speed is between 0-20 mph (0-30 km/h), the speed will set to 20 mph (30 km/h). 5-132 To increase Smart Cruise Control set speed Type A Type B CAUTION Check the driving condition before using the toggle switch. Driving speed sharply increases, when you push up and hold the toggle switch. To decrease the Smart Cruise Control set speed Type A Type B Driving your vehicle OAE056156L Follow either of these procedures: · Push the toggle switch up (RES+), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time you move the toggle switch up in this manner. · Push the toggle switch up (RES+), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want. · You can set the speed to 110 mph (180 km/h). OAE056155L 5 Follow either of these procedures: · Push the toggle switch down (SET-), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time you move the toggle switch down in this manner. · Push the toggle switch down (SET-), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want. · You can set the speed to 20 mph (30 km/h). 5-133 Driving your vehicle To temporarily accelerate with the Smart Cruise Control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the Smart Cruise Control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with Smart Cruise Control operation or change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator pedal. If you push the toggle switch down (SET-) at increased speed, the set speed is updated. i Information Be careful when accelerating temporarily, because the speed is not controlled automatically at this time even if there is a vehicle in front of you. Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily cancelled when: Type A Type B OAE056157L Cancelled manually · Depressing the brake pedal. · Pressing the CANCEL/ button located on the steering wheel. The Smart Cruise Control turns off temporarily when the Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator on the cluster LCD display turns off. The cruise ( ) indicator is illuminated continuously. Cancelled automatically · The driver's door is opened. · The shift lever is shifted to N (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park). · The parking brake is applied. · The vehicle speed is over 120 mph (190 km/h). · ESC (Electronic Stability Control), TCS (Traction Control System) or ABS is operating. · ESC is turned off. · The sensor or the cover is dirty or blocked with foreign matter. · The vehicle is stopped for more than 5 minutes. · The vehicle stops and goes repeatedly for a long period of time. · The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for a long period of time. · The SCC system has malfunctioned. 5-134 · The engine performance is abnor- Each of these actions will cancel the mal. Smart Cruise Control operation. The · Engine rpm is in the red zone. · The braking control is operated for FCA(Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist) · The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after the vehicle is Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD display will go off. In a condition the Smart Cruise Control is cancelled automatically, the Smart Cruise Control will not resume even though the RES+ or SET- toggle switch is pushed. stopped by the Smart Cruise Also, if the Smart Cruise Control is Control system with no other vehi- cancelled automatically whilst the OOSEV058090L cle ahead. vehicle is at a standstill, the EPB SCC (Smart Cruise Cntrl.) can- · The driver starts driving by pushing (Electronic Parking Brake) will be celled the toggle switch up (RES+)/down applied. If the system is cancelled, the warn- 5 (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after stopping the vehicle with a vehicle stopped far away in front. · When engine is stopped by ISG (Idle Stop & Go). i Information If the Smart Cruise Control is cancelled by other than the reasons mentioned, we recommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI autho- ing chime will sound and a message will appear for a few seconds. You must adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition. rised repairer. Always check the road conditions. Do not rely on the warning chime. Driving your vehicle 5-135 Driving your vehicle To resume Smart Cruise Control set speed If any method other than the cruise toggle switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated, the cruising speed will automatically resume when you push the toggle switch up (RES+) or down (SET-). If you push the toggle switch up (RES+), the speed will resume to the recently set speed. However, if vehicle speed drops between 5 mph to 20 mph (10 km/h to 30 km/h), it will resume when there is a vehicle in front of your vehicle. i Information Always check the road conditions when you push the toggle switch up (RES+) to resume speed. 5-136 To turn Cruise Control off Type A Type B OAE056154L · Press the CRUISE/ button (the cruise ( ) indicator light will go off). · Press the button (The ( ) indicator light will go off.). (if equipped with Speed Limit Control) - With the Smart Cruise Control on, pressing the button once will turn Off the Smart Cruise Control and turn on the Speed Limit Control. - With the Smart Cruise Control off and Speed Limit Control on, pressing the button will turn off both system. i Information The mode changes, as below, whenever the button is pressed. System off Smart Cruise Control Speed Limit Control Smart Cruise Control Vehicleto-Vehicle Distance To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance Type A Each time the button is pressed, the When the lane ahead is clear: vehicle to vehicle distance changes as follows: Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Type B For example, if you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h), the distance is maintained as follows: Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet OAEPH059613R (52.5 m) The vehicle speed will maintain the 5 Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet set speed. OAE056158L (40 m) When the Smart Cruise Control System is ON, you can set and maintain the distance from the vehicle ahead of you without pressing the accelerator or brake pedal. Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet (32.5 m) Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet (25 m) i Information The distance is set to the last set distance when the system is used for the first time after starting the engine. Driving your vehicle 5-137 Driving your vehicle When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane: Type A WARNING Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 OAEPH059615R/OAEPH059614R/OAEPH059613R/OAEPH059612R · Your vehicle speed will slow down or speed up to maintain the selected distance. · If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the set speed. · If distance from the front vehicle has been changed due to accelerating or decelerating of the front vehicle, the distance on the LCD display may change. (Only when there is a vehicle in front, the front vehicle appears in the LCD display.) 5-138 OAEPH059587L When using the Smart Cruise Control System: · The warning message appears and warning chime sounds if the vehicle is unable to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead. · If the warning message appears and warning chime sounds, depress the brake pedal to actively adjust the vehicle speed, and the distance to the vehicle ahead. (Continued) (Continued) · Even if the warning message does not appear and warning chime does not sound, always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring. · Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system warning sounds. CAUTION In traffic situation · If you push the smart cruise control toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) whilst Auto Hold and smart cruise control is operating the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white. OAEPH059168L OIK057107L If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: less than 20mph Use switch or pedal to accelerate 5 (30km/h)) disappears to the next · In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the lane, the warning chime will vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if sound and a message "Watch the vehicle ahead of you starts for surrounding vehicles" will moving, your vehicle will start as appear. Adjust your vehicle well. However, if the vehicle stops speed for vehicles or objects for more than 3 seconds, you must that can suddenly appear in depress the accelerator pedal or front of you by depressing the push up the toggle switch (RES+) brake pedal. to start driving. Always pay attention to the road condition ahead. Driving your vehicle 5-139 Driving your vehicle Sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead Warning message i Information For the SCC operation is temporarily stopped if the radar is blocked, but you wish to use cruise control mode (speed control function), you must convert to the cruise control mode (refer to "To convert to Cruise Control mode" in the following page. OAE058028 The Smart Cruise Control uses a sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead. If the sensor is covered with dirt or other foreign matter, the vehicle to vehicle distance control may not operate correctly. Always keep the sensor clean. 5-140 OOSEV058052L SCC (Smart Cruise Control) disabled. Radar blocked When the sensor lens cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the Smart Cruise Control System operation may stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the cluster LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor lens cover before operating the Smart Cruise Control System. The Smart Cruise Control system may not properly activate, if the radar is totally covered, or if any substance is not detected after the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode (e.g. in an open terrain). CAUTION · Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar. · Always keep the radar sensor and lens cover clean and free of dirt and debris. · Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover. · Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the Smart Cruise Control System may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. (Continued) (Continued) · If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Smart Cruise Control System may not operate properly. We recommend you to have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair or replace a OOSEV058092L damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover. Check SCC (Smart Cruise Control) system 5 The message will appear when the vehicle to vehicle distance control system is not functioning normally. We recommend that you take your vehicle to a HYUNDAI authorised repairer and have the system checked. Driving your vehicle 5-141 Driving your vehicle Limitations of the system The Smart Cruise Control System may have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to road and traffic conditions. On curves OIK057166R · The Smart Cruise Control System may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and then your vehicle could accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognised suddenly. · Select the appropriate set speed on curves and apply the brakes or accelerator pedal if necessary. OIK057167R Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane. Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate set speed. Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of the Smart Cruise Control. 5-142 On inclines Lane changing Vehicle recognition Driving your vehicle OAE056102 OAD058198R OAD058210R · During uphill or downhill driving, · A vehicle which moves into your Some vehicles in your lane cannot 5 the Smart Cruise Control System lane from an adjacent lane cannot be recognised by the sensor: may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and cause your vehicle to accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognised suddenly. · Select the appropriate set speed on inclines and apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary. be recognised by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range. · The radar may not detect immediately when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. Always pay attention to the traffic, road and driving conditions. · If a slower vehicle moves into your lane, your speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle - Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles - Vehicles offset to one side - Slow-moving vehicles or suddendecelerating vehicles - Stopped vehicles - Vehicles with small rear profile such as trailers with no loads ahead. · If a faster vehicle which moves into your lane, your vehicle will accelerate to the set speed. 5-143 Driving your vehicle A vehicle ahead cannot be recognised correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs: - When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the luggage compartment - Whilst the steering wheel is operating - When driving to one side of the lane - When driving on narrow lanes or on curves Apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary. OAD058211R · Your vehicle may accelerate when a vehicle ahead of you disappears. · When you are warned that the vehicle ahead of you is not detected, drive with caution. OAD058199R · When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the system may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. 5-144 WARNING When using the Smart Cruise Control take the following precautions: · If an emergency stop is nec- essary, you must apply the brakes. The vehicle cannot be stopped at every emergency situation by using the Smart OAD058212R OAE056105 Cruise Control System. · Always look out for pedestrians when your vehicle is maintaining a distance with the vehicle ahead. · Always be cautious for vehicles with higher height or vehicles carrying loads that sticks out from the back of the vehicle. · Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high-speed driving, a 5 serious collision may result. · Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary. (Continued) Driving your vehicle 5-145 Driving your vehicle (Continued) · The Smart Cruise Control System cannot recognise a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle. Always look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. · Vehicles moving in front of you with a frequent lane change may cause a delay in the system's reaction or may cause the system to react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent lane. Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. · Always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance. The driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed. (Continued) (Continued) · The Smart Cruise Control System may not recognise complex driving situations so always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed. · The Smart Cruise Control system may recognise a pedestrian, bicycle, motorcycle, etc. as a vehicle. Always, look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. · Turn off the Smart Cruise Control system when the vehicle is being towed. · The Smart Cruise Control system may operate limitedly when towing a trailer or vehicle so always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. NOTICE The Smart Cruise Control System may not operate temporarily due to: · Electrical interference · Modifying the suspension · Differences of tyre abrasion or tyre pressure · Installing different type of tyres 5-146 LEADING VEHICLE DEPARTURE ALERT (IF EQUIPPED) Leading Vehicle Departure Alert system provides the alert whether the leading vehicle drives away or not, while a stop. System setting and operating conditions System setting · Selecting Driver Attention Warning function Alert announcement The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert can be activated from Users Settings mode in the cluster LCD display by following the procedure below. 1. Set the ignition switch to the ON position. OAEPH059659L 2. Select 'User Settings Driving Assistance Driver Attention The system notifies the driver with 5 Warning Leading Vehicle the alert message and a warning Departure Alert' in cluster LCD sound when the leading vehicle display. Deselect the setting to drives away whilst a stop. turn off the system. · If the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting. Driving your vehicle 5-147 Driving your vehicle WARNING · The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert system is only a convenient auxiliary for the driver. The system can't announce the alarm when a leading vehicle departs in real time. · The driver must check and determine real conditions and then start to drive even if the system notified the leading vehicle departure. CAUTION · The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert (LVDA) system is quite related with the front camera in the vehicle for the better performance. For more information of front camera, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)". · It may not provide Vehicle Departure Alert or not properly operate in the following situations: - Leading pedestrian(s) or bicycle(s) in front of vehicle - Leading cut-in vehicle(s) - Leading vehicle's quick departure - Stop on speed bump or steep hill - Stop on a right-turn junction or a curved road - Stop on shoulder road, rest area, parking lot 5-148 SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions Rocking the vehicle WARNING When hazardous driving elements If it is necessary to rock the vehicle are encountered such as water, to free it from snow, sand, or mud, If the vehicle is stuck and snow, ice, mud and sand, take the first turn the steering wheel right and excessive wheel spin occurs, bellow suggestions: left to clear the area around your the temperature in the tyres can · Drive cautiously and keep a longer front wheels. Then, shift back and increase very quickly. If the braking distance. forth between R (Reverse) and a for- tyres become damaged, a tyre · Avoid abrupt braking or steering. ward gear. blow out or tyre explosion can · When your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid unnecessary wheel spin. · Put sand, rock salt, tyre chains or other non-slip materials under the wheels to provide additional traction whilst the vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow, or mud. Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do not race the engine. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal whilst shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal whilst the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in forward and reverse directions causes a rocking occur. This condition is dangerous - you and others may be injured. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. If you attempt to free the vehicle, the vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. Try to avoid spin- 5 WARNING motion that may free the vehicle. ning the wheels as much as possible to prevent overheating of either the tyres or the engine. Downshifting with a dual clutch DO NOT allow the vehicle to transmission whilst driving on spin the wheels above 35 mph slippery surfaces can cause an (56 km/h). accident. The sudden change in tyre speed could cause the tyres to skid. Be careful when downshifting on slippery sur- faces. Driving your vehicle 5-149 Driving your vehicle i Information The ESC system must be turned OFF before rocking the vehicle. NOTICE If you are still stuck after rocking the vehicle a few times, have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating, possible damage to the transmission, and tyre damage. See "Towing" in chapter 6. Smooth cornering Avoid braking or gear changing in corners, especially when roads are wet. Ideally, corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration. Driving at night Night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight. Here are some important tips to remember: · Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights. · Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other drivers' headlamps. · Keep your headlamps clean and properly aimed. Dirty or improperly aimed headlamps will make it much more difficult to see at night. · Avoid staring directly at the headlamps of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness. Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous. Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain or on slick pavement: · Slow down and allow extra following distance. A heavy rainfall makes it harder to see and increases the distance needed to stop your vehicle. · Turn OFF your Cruise Control. (if equipped) · Replace your windscreen wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windscreen. · Be sure your tyres have enough tread. If your tyres do not have enough tread, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident. See "Tyre Tread" in chapter 7. · Turn on your headlamps to make it easier for others to see you. · Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly. 5-150 · If you believe your brakes may be wet, apply them lightly whilst driving until normal braking operation returns. Hydroplaning If the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough, your vehicle may have little or no contact with the road surface and actually ride on the water. The best advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is wet. Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be reduced. After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times whilst the vehicle is moving slowly. Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil Driving at higher speeds on the highway consumes more fuel and is less efficient than driving at a slower, more moderate speed. Maintain a moderate speed in order to conserve fuel when driving on the highway. Be sure to check both the engine coolant level and the engine oil before driving. The risk of hydroplaning increases as the depth of tyre tread Highway driving decreases, refer to "Tyre Tread" in Tyres Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may 5 overheat the engine. chapter 7. Adjust the tyre inflation, as specified. Under-inflation may overheat or damage the tyres. Do not install worn-out or damaged tyres, which may reduce traction or fail the braking operation. i Information Never over-inflate your tyres above the maximum inflation pressure, as specified on your tyres. Driving your vehicle 5-151 Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tyres and cause other problems. To minimise winter driving problems, you should take the following suggestions: Snow or icy conditions You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you. Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use engine braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause the vehicle to skid. To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tyres or to install tyre chains on your tyres. Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tyre chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc. Snow tyres WARNING Snow tyres should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle's standard tyres. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected. If you mount snow tyres on your vehicle, make sure to use radial tyres of the same size and load range as the original tyres. Mount snow tyres on all four wheels to balance your vehicle's handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by snow tyres on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tyres. Check with the tyre dealer for maximum speed recommendations. i Information Do not install studded tyres without first checking local and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use. 5-152 Tyre chains WARNING i Information The use of tyre chains may adversely affect vehicle handling: · Install tyre chains only in pairs and on the front tyres. It should be noted that installing tyre chains on the tyres will provide a greater driving · Drive less than 20 mph (30 km/h) or the chain manufac- force, but will not prevent side skids. turer's recommended speed · Do not install studded tyres without limit, whichever is lower. first checking local and municipal · Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes, sharp turns, regulations for possible restrictions against their use. and other road hazards, which OAE058091 Since the sidewalls of radial tyres are may cause the vehicle to bounce. 5 thinner than other types of tyres, they may be damaged by mounting some types of tyre chains on them. · Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel braking. Therefore, the use of snow tyres is recommended instead of tyre chains. If tyre chains must be used, use gen- uine HYUNDAI parts and install the tyre chain after reviewing the instruc- tions provided with the tyre chains. Damage to your vehicle caused by improper tyre chain use is not cov- ered by your vehicle manufacturer's warranty. Driving your vehicle 5-153 Driving your vehicle Chain Installation When installing tyre chains, follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until the noise stops. Remove the tyre chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads. When mounting snow chains, park the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning Flasher and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the vehicle (if available). Always place the vehicle in P (Park), apply the parking brake and turn off the engine before installing snow chains. NOTICE When using tyre chains: · Wrong size chains or improperly installed chains can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels. · Use SAE "S" class or wire chains. · If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body, retighten the chain to prevent contact with the vehicle body. · To prevent body damage, retighten the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km). · Do not use tyre chains on vehicles equipped with aluminium wheels. If unavoidable, use a wire type chain. · Use wire chains less than 12 mm (0.47 in) thick to prevent damage to the chain's connection. Winter Precautions Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in your Service Booklet. Before winter, have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter. 5-154 Check battery and cables Check spark plugs and ignition Use approved window washer Winter temperatures affect battery system anti-freeze solution in system performance. Inspect the battery Inspect the spark plugs, as speci- To prevent the window washer from and cables, as specified in the fied in the chapter 7. If necessary, being frozen, add authorised window chapter 7. The battery charging level replace them. Also check all ignition washer anti-freeze solution, as spec- can be checked by a HYUNDAI wirings and components for any ified on the window washer contain- authorised repairer or in a service cracks, wear-out, and damage. er. Window washer anti-freeze solu- station. tion is available from a HYUNDAI Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary To prevent locks from freezing To prevent the locks from being frozen, spray approved de-icing fluid authorised repairer, and most vehicle accessory outlets. Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti-freeze solution, to prevent any damage to In some regions during winter, it is or glycerin into key holes. When a the vehicle paint. recommended to use the "winter lock opening is already covered with weight" oil with lower viscosity. For ice, spray approved de-icing fluid 5 further information, refer to the chap- over the ice to remove it. When an ter 8. When you are not sure about a internal part of a lock freezes, try to type of winter weight oil, we recom- thaw it with a heated key. Carefully mend that you consult a HYUNDAI use the heated key to avoid an injury. authorised repairer. Driving your vehicle 5-155 Driving your vehicle Do not let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. When there is the risk that your parking brake may freeze, temporarily apply it with the shift lever in P (Park). Also, block the rear wheels in advance, so the vehicle may not roll. Then, release the parking brake. Do not let ice and snow accumulate underneath Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in such conditions during the severe winter, you should check underneath the vehicle on a regular basis, to ensure that the front wheels and the steering components is unblocked. Carry emergency equipment In accordance with weather conditions, you should carry appropriate emergency equipment, whilst driving. Some of the items you may want to carry include tyre chains, tow straps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper cables, window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc. Do not place objects or materials in the engine compartment Putting objects or materials in the engine compartment may cause an engine failure or combustion, because they may block the engine cooling. Such damage will not be covered by the manufacturer's warranty. 5-156 TRAILER TOWING If you are considering to tow with your vehicle, you should first your WARNING i Information - For Europe country's legal requirements. As laws vary the requirements for towing trail- Take the following precautions: · The technically permissible maximum load on the rear axle(s) may be ers, cars, or other types of vehicles · If you don't use the correct exceeded by not more than 15 % or apparatus may differ. Ask a equipment and/or drive improp- and the technically permissible HYUNDAI authorised repairer for fur- erly, you can lose control of the maximum laden mass of the vehicle ther details before towing. vehicle when you are pulling a may be exceeded by not more than Remember that trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, durability, and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering requires correct equipment, and it has to be used properly. Damage to your vehicle caused by improper trailer towing trailer. For example, if the trailer 10% or 100 kg (220.4 lbs), whichev- is too heavy, the braking per- er value is lower. In this case, do not formance may be reduced. You exceed 62.1 mph (100 km/h) for and your passengers could be vehicle of category M1 or 49.7 mph seriously or fatally injured. Pull (80 km/h) for vehicle of category N1. a trailer only if you have fol- · When a vehicle of category M1 is lowed all the steps in this sec- towing a trailer, the additional load 5 tion. imposed at the trailer coupling is not covered by your vehicle manu- · Before towing, make sure the device may cause the tyre maximum facturer's warranty. total trailer weight, GCW load ratings to be exceeded, but not This section contains many timetested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. Please read this (Gross Combination Weight), GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight), GAW (Gross Axle Weight) and trailer tongue load are all within the limits. by more than 15%. In this case, do not exceed 62.1 mph (100 km/h) and increase the tyre inflation pressure by at least 0.2 bar. section carefully before you pull a trailer. Driving your vehicle 5-157 Driving your vehicle If you decide to pull a trailer? Here are some important points if you decide to pull a trailer: · Consider using a sway control. You can ask a trailer towbar dealer about sway control. · Do not do any towing with your vehicle during its first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in order to allow the engine to properly break in. Failure to heed this caution may result in serious engine or transmission damage. · When towing a trailer, be sure to consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for further information on additional requirements such as a towing kit, etc. · Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 60 mph (100 km/h)) or posted towing speed limit. · On a long uphill grade, do not exceed 45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted towing speed limit, whichever is lower. · Carefully observe the weight and load limits provided in the following pages. 5-158 Trailer weight Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight OLMB053047 What is the maximum safe weight of a trailer? It should never weigh more than the maximum trailer weight with trailer brakes. But even that can be too heavy. It depends on how you plan to use your trailer. For example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature and how often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. The ideal trailer weight can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle. Tongue load Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight OLMB053048 The tongue load is an important weight to measure because it affects the total Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) of your vehicle. The trailer tongue should weigh a maximum of 10% of the total loaded trailer weight, within the limits of the maximum trailer tongue load permissible. After you've loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are proper. If they aren't, you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer. WARNING Reference weight and distance when towing a trailer Take the following precautions: · Never load a trailer with more weight in the rear than in the Maximum trailer Item With brake system Without trailer package - With trailer package 750 (1653) front. The front should be weight kg (Ibs.) Without brake system - - loaded with approximately 60% of the total trailer load; Maximum permissible static vertical load - the rear should be loaded with on the coupling device kg (Ibs.) 75 (165) approximately 40% of the total Recommended distance from rear wheel trailer load. - centre to coupling point mm (inch) · Never exceed the maximum 990 (39) weight limits of the trailer or trailer towing equipment. 5 Improper loading can result in damage to your vehicle and/or personal injury. Check weights and loading at a commercial scale or highway patrol office equipped with scales. Driving your vehicle i Information With increasing altitude the engine performance decreases. From 1,000 m above sea level and for every 1,000 m thereafter 10% of vehicle/trailer weight (trailer weighter + gross vehicle weight) must be deducted. 5-159 Driving your vehicle Trailer towing equipment Towbars OAEPH069043L i Information The mounting hole for towbars are located on both sides of the underbody behind the rear tyres. It's important to have the correct towbar equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads are a few reasons why you'll need the right towbar. Here are some rules to follow: · Do you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer towbar? If you do, then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the towbar. If you don't seal them, carbon monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can get into your vehicle, as well as dirt and water. · The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for towbars. Do not attach rental towbars or other bumper-type towbars to them. Use only a frame-mounted towbar that does not attach to the bumper. · A HYUNDAI trailer towbar accessory is available at a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Safety chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer. Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the towbar manufacturer or trailer manufacturer. Follow the manufacturer's recommendation for attaching safety chains. Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your trailer. And, never allow safety chains to drag on the ground. 5-160 Trailer brakes Driving with a trailer Distance If your trailer is equipped with a brak- Towing a trailer requires a certain Stay at least twice as far behind the ing system, make sure it conforms to amount of experience. Before setting vehicle ahead as you would when your country's regulations and that it out for the open road, you must get driving your vehicle without a trailer. is properly installed and operating to know your trailer. Acquaint your- This can help you avoid situations correctly. self with the feel of handling and that require heavy braking and sud- If your trailer weighs more than the braking with the added weight of the den turns. maximum trailer weight without trail- trailer. And always keep in mind that er brakes loaded, then it needs its own brakes and they must be adequate. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you'll be able to install, adjust and maintain them properly. Be sure not to modify your vehicle's brake system. the vehicle you are driving is now longer and not nearly as responsive as your vehicle is by itself. Before you start, check the trailer towbar and platform, safety chains, electrical connector(s), lights, tyres and brakes. During your trip, occasionally check Passing You will need more passing distance up ahead when you're towing a trailer. And, because of the increased vehicle length, you'll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane. 5 to be sure that the load is secure, WARNING and that the lights and trailer brakes are still working. Do not use a trailer with its own brakes unless you are absolutely certain that you have properly set up the brake system. This is not a task for amateurs. Use an experienced, competent trailer shop for this work. Driving your vehicle 5-161 Driving your vehicle Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. Then, to move the trailer to the left, move your hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you. Making turns When you're turning with a trailer, make wider turns than normal. Do this so your trailer won't strike soft shoulders, kerbs, road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid jerky or sudden manoeuvres. Signal well in advance. Turn signals When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring. The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change. Properly connected, the trailer lights will also flash to alert other drivers you're about to turn, change lanes, or stop. When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signals when, in fact, they are not. It's important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working. You must also check the lights every time you disconnect and then reconnect the wires. WARNING Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle's lighting system. Use an approved trailer wiring harness. Failure to do so could result in damage to the vehicle electrical system and/or personal injury. Consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for assistance. Driving on hills Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade. If you don't shift down, you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get overheated and may not operate efficiently. On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your speed to around 70 km/h (45 mph) to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating. If your trailer weighs more than the maximum trailer weight without trailer brakes and you have an automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission, you should drive in D (Drive) when towing a trailer. Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) when towing a trailer will minimise heat build-up and extend the life of your transmission. 5-162 NOTICE (Continued) (Continued) To prevent engine and/or transmission overheating: · When towing a trailer on steep grades (in excess of 6%) pay close attention to the engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not overheat. If the needle of the coolant temperature gauge moves towards "H" (HOT), pull over and stop as soon as it is safe to do so, and allow the engine to idle until it cools down.You may proceed once the engine has cooled sufficiently. · If you tow a trailer with the maximum gross vehicle weight and maximum trailer weight, it can cause the engine or transmission to overheat. When driving in such conditions, allow the engine to idle until it cools down.You may proceed once the engine or transmission has cooled sufficiently. · When towing a trailer, your vehicle speed may be much slower than the general flow of traffic, especially when climbing an uphill grade. Use the right hand lane when towing a trailer on an uphill grade. Choose your vehicle speed according to the maximum posted speed limit for vehicles with trailers, the steepness of the grade, and your trailer weight. · Vehicles equipped with a dual clutch transmission when towing a trailer on steep grades, need to be aware that the clutch in the transmission could overheat. When the clutch is overheated, the safe protection mode engages. If the safe protection mode engages, the gear position indicator on the cluster blinks with a chime sound. (Continued) At this time, a warning message will appear on the LCD display and driving may not be smooth. If you ignore this warning, the driving condition may become worse. To return to normal driving conditions, stop the vehicle on a flat road and apply the foot brake for a few minutes before driving off. 5 (Continued) Driving your vehicle 5-163 Driving your vehicle Parking on hills Generally, if you have a trailer attached to your vehicle, you should not park your vehicle on a hill. However, if you ever have to park your trailer on a hill, here's how to do it: 1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space. Turn the steering wheel in the direction of the kerb (right if headed down hill, left if headed up hill). 2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park). 3. Set the parking brake and shut off the vehicle. 4. Place wheel chocks under the trailer wheels on the down hill side of the wheels. 5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shift to neutral, release the parking brake and slowly release the brakes until the trailer chocks absorb the load. 6. Reapply the brakes and parking brakes. 7. Move the shift lever to P (Park) when the vehicle is parked on a uphill grade and in R (Reverse) on a downhill. 8. Shut off the vehicle and release the vehicle brakes but leave the parking brake set. WARNING To prevent serious or fatal injury: · Do not get out of the vehicle without the parking brake firmly set. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You and others could be seriously or fatally injured. · Do not apply the accelerator pedal to hold the vehicle on an uphill. Ready to leave after parking on a hill 1. With the shift lever in P (Park), apply your brakes and hold the brake pedal down whilst you: · Start your engine; · Shift into gear; and · Release the parking brake. 2. Slowly remove your foot from the brake pedal. 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks. 4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks. 5-164 Maintenance when towing a trailer Your vehicle will need service more often when you regularly pull a trailer. Important items to pay particular attention to include engine oil, automatic transmission fluid, axle lubricant and cooling system fluid. Brake condition is another important item to frequently check. If you're trailering, it's a good idea to review these items before you start your trip. Don't forget to also maintain your trailer and towbar. Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically. Preferably, conduct the check at the start of each day's driving. Most importantly, all towbar nuts and bolts should be tight. NOTICE To prevent vehicle damage: · Due to higher load during trailer usage, overheating might occur on hot days or during uphill driving. If the coolant gauge indicates over-heating, switch off the air conditioner and stop the vehicle in a safe area to cool down the engine. · Do not switch off the engine whilst the coolant gauge indicates over-heating. (Keep the engine idle to cool down the engine) · When towing check automatic transmission fluid more frequently. · If your vehicle is not equipped with an air conditioner, you should install a condenser fan to improve engine performance when towing a trailer. 5 5-165 Driving your vehicle Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT Two labels on your driver's door sill show how much weight your vehicle was designed to carry: the Tyre and Loading Information Label and the Certification Label. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, from the vehicle's specifications and the Certification Label: Base Kerb Weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment. Vehicle Kerb Weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment. Cargo Weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Kerb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment. GAW (Gross Axle Weight) This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle kerb weight and all payload. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Certification Label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) This is the Base Kerb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the Certification Label located on the driver's door sill. Overloading WARNING The Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) and the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) for your vehicle are on the Certification Label attached to the driver's (or front passenger's) door. Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage. You can calculate the weight of your load by weighing the items (and people) before putting them in the vehicle. Be careful not to overload your vehicle. 5-166 What to do in an emergency Hazard warning flasher ........................................6-2 If you have a flat tyre (with Spare Tyre) ........6-20 In case of an emergency whilst driving .............6-2 Jack and tools ..................................................................6-20 If the engine stalls whilst driving ..................................6-2 Changing tyres.................................................................6-21 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing .........6-2 Jack label...........................................................................6-26 If you have a flat tyre whilst driving ...........................6-3 EC Declaration of conformity for Jack......................6-27 If the engine will not start ...................................6-4 If you have a flat tyre (with Tyre Mobility Kit).6-28 If the 12 volt battery is discharged ....................6-5 Before jump starting ........................................................6-5 Jump starting ......................................................................6-6 Type A................................................................................6-28 Type B ................................................................................6-34 Towing ...................................................................6-43 If the 12 volt battery is discharged Towing service .................................................................6-43 (plug-in hybrid vehicle) ........................................6-9 Removable towing hook ................................................6-44 Jump starting ......................................................................6-9 Emergency towing ..........................................................6-45 If the engine overheats ......................................6-12 Emergency commodity ........................................6-47 Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)......6-14 Fire extinguisher .............................................................6-47 Check tyre pressure .......................................................6-14 Tyre pressure monitoring system ...............................6-15 First aid kit........................................................................6-47 Triangle reflector ............................................................6-47 6 Low tyre pressure telltale.............................................6-16 Tyre pressure gauge ......................................................6-47 Low tyre pressure position and tyre pressure Pan-European eCall System...............................6-48 telltale ................................................................................6-16 Information on data processing ..................................6-50 TPMS (Tyre Pressure Monitoring System) Pan-European eCall System.........................................6-52 malfunction indicator .....................................................6-17 Changing a tyre with TPMS .........................................6-18 What to do in an emergency HAZARD WARNING FLASHER OAEPH048016 The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway. To turn the hazard warning flasher on or off, press the hazard warning flasher button with the ignition switch in any position. The button is located in the centre fascia panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously. · The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not. · The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on. IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILST DRIVING If the engine stalls whilst driving · Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place. · Turn on your hazard warning flasher. · Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle will not start, we recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroads or crossing, if safe to do so, move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe location. 6-2 If you have a flat tyre whilst driving If a tyre goes flat whilst you are driving: · Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down whilst driving straight ahead. Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm, level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes. · When the vehicle is stopped, press the hazard warning flasher button, move the shift lever into P (Park), apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ OFF position. · Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic. · When changing a flat tyre, follow the instructions provided later in this chapter. 6 6-3 What to do in an emergency What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START Hybrid vehicle NOTICE · Be sure the shift lever is in P (Park). The vehicle starts only when the shift lever is in P (Park). · This vehicle does not have a regular 12V battery that needs periodic replacement. It is lithium ion polymer type integrated into the HEV high voltage battery. The vehicle has a 12V battery protection system that cuts 12V battery from vehicle draw to prevent full discharge. If vehicle will not start, first try pressing the 12V Battery Reset switch (left side of the steering wheel near the fuel door open switch) to reconnect the 12V battery, but you must start vehicle within 15 seconds of pressing the 12V Battery Reset switch. After starting vehicle, operate the vehicle safely outdoors in ready mode stopped and/or drive it for 30 minutes total to charge the 12V battery fully. Push or pull starting the vehicle may cause the catalytic converter to overload which can lead to damage to the emission control system. · Check the fuel level and add fuel if necessary. If the vehicle still does not start, we recommend that you call a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for assistance. Plug-in hybrid vehicle · Be sure the shift lever is in P (Park). The vehicle starts only when the shift lever is in P (Park). · Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight. · Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is drained. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. This could cause damage to your vehicle. See instructions for "Jump Starting" provided in this chapter. CAUTION Push or pull starting the vehicle may cause the catalytic converter to overload which can lead to damage to the emission control system. · Check the fuel level and add fuel if necessary. If the vehicle still does not start, we recommend that you call a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for assistance. 6-4 What to do in an emergency IF THE 12 VOLT BATTERY IS DISCHARGED Before jump starting This vehicle does not have a regular 12V battery that needs periodic replacement. It is lithium ion polymer type integrated into the HEV high voltage battery. The vehicle has a 12V battery protection system that cuts 12V battery from vehicle draw to prevent full discharge. Using the 12V battery reset switch If you do not start the vehicle immediately after pressing the 12V Battery Reset switch, the power of 12V battery is automatically disconnected after few seconds to save the 12V battery from additional discharge. If the 12V battery is disconnected prior to starting the vehicle, press the 12V Battery Reset switch again and then immediately start the vehicle as explained. Repeated use of the 12V Battery Reset switch without a sufficient engine ON cycle (30 Min+) may OAEPH049037R cause over discharge of the 12V bat- 1. Press the 12V Battery Reset tery, which will prevent the vehicle switch to reconnect the 12V bat- from starting. If the 12V battery is tery. over discharged to a point that the 6 2. Start the vehicle within 15 sec- reset does not work, try to jump-start onds of pressing the 12V Battery the vehicle. Reset switch. 3. After starting the vehicle ( indicator on), operate the vehicle safely outdoors in ready mode stopped and/or drive it for 30 minutes total to charge the 12V battery fully. i Information After starting the vehicle ( indicator on), the 12V battery is being charged whether the engine is running or not. Although there is no enginesound, it is unnecessary to depress the accelerator pedal. 6-5 What to do in an emergency The following items may need to be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. See chapter 3 or 4 for: · Power Windows · Trip Computer · Climate Control System · Clock · Audio System · Sunroof · Driver Position Memory System NOTICE External power source using 12V battery The use of external power accessories may reduce performance and function of the vehicle. Especially, the use of dash cameras may shut off the power of the vehicle prior to the dash camera's automatic shut-down. If the power of the vehicle is shut off, start the vehicle as explained. (refer to "Using the 12V Battery Reset Switch") Jump starting In the event vehicle still does not have a functional 12V battery (check if interior lights will not turn on) then you can try a jump start to the engine compartment jumper terminals using a 12V booster pack or jumper cables from another vehicle's 12V battery according to the following instructions. CAUTION Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Follow the jump starting procedure in this section to avoid serious injury or damage to your vehicle. If in doubt about how to properly jump start your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have a service technician or towing service do it for you. 1. Position the vehicles close enough that the jumper cables will reach, but do not allow the vehicles to touch. 2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the engine compartment at all times, even when the vehicles are turned off. 3. Turn off all electrical devices such as radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park) and set the parking brake. Turn both vehicles OFF. 6-6 What to do in an emergency 7. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4). Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery or jumper terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections. OAEPH069004L 4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one jumper cable to the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1). 5. Connect the other end of the jumper cable to the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2). 6. Connect the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) battery/ chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3). OAEPH049037R 8. Press the 12V Battery Reset switch. 9. Start the engine of the assisting vehicle and let it run for a few min- utes. 6 10. Start your vehicle as soon as possible. After starting vehicle ( indicator on), operate the vehicle safely outdoors in ready mode stopped and/or drive it for 30 minutes total to charge the 12V battery fully. 6-7 What to do in an emergency If your vehicle will not start after a few attempts, it probably requires servicing. In this event please seek qualified assistance. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, we recommend that you have your vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. i Information The voltage range of the charger should be 13.3~14V and its current range should be less than 60A. (13.8V is recommended). CAUTION i Information An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the Pb environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations. Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact reverse order you connected them: 1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4). 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3). 3. Disconnect the second jumper cable from the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2). 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1). · The use of an improper charger with a voltage and current range higher than specified may cause overheating and damage to the 12V battery. · The use of an incorrect charger will lead to a power shut-off to save the 12V battery. Stop using the incorrect charger once the power of the vehicle is shut off. NOTICE To prevent damage to your vehicle: · Only use a 12-volt power supply (battery or jumper system) to jump start your vehicle. · Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle by push-starting. 6-8 What to do in an emergency IF THE 12 VOLT BATTERY IS DISCHARGED (PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE) Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Follow the jump starting procedure in this section to avoid serious injury or damage to your vehicle. If in doubt about how to properly jump start your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have a service technician or towing service do it for you. WARNING To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery: Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery. (Continued) Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing. If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid Wear eye protection gets on your skin, thoroughly designed to protect the wash the area. If you feel pain or eyes from acid splashes. a burning sensation, get med- Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials ical attention immediately. · When lifting a plastic-cased away from the battery. Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited. battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery 6 acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners. Keep batteries out of reach of children. · Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen. (Continued) (Continued) 6-9 What to do in an emergency (Continued) · NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicle's battery cables are connected to the battery. · The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. NEVER touch these components with the engine running or when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position. · Do not allow the (+) and (-) jumper cables to touch. It may cause sparks. · The battery may rupture or explode when you jump start with a low or frozen battery. NOTICE To prevent damage to your vehicle: · Only use a 12-volt power supply (battery or jumper system) to jump start your vehicle. · Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle by push-starting. i Information An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the Pb environment and human health. Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations. Jump starting procedure 1. Position the vehicles close enough that the jumper cables will reach, but do not allow the vehicles to touch. 2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the engine compartment at all times, even when the vehicles are turned off. 3. Turn off all electrical devices such as radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park) and set the parking brake. Turn both vehicles OFF. i Information Your vehicle has a battery in the luggage compartment, but when you jump start your vehicle, use the jumper terminal in the engine compartment. 6-10 What to do in an emergency 7. Connect the other end of the sec- Disconnect the jumper cables in the ond jumper cable to the black, exact reverse order you connected negative (-) chassis ground of them: your vehicle (4). 1. Disconnect the jumper cable from Do not allow the jumper cables to the black, negative (-) chassis contact anything except the cor- ground of your vehicle (4). rect battery or jumper terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections. 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3). 8. Start the engine of the assisting 3. Disconnect the second jumper OAEPH069004L vehicle and let it run at approxi- cable from the red, positive (+) 4. Connect the jumper cables in the mately 2,000 rpm for a few min- battery/jumper terminal of the exact sequence shown in the illus- utes. Then start your vehicle. assisting vehicle (2). tration. First connect one jumper cable to the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1). If your vehicle will not start after a few attempts, it probably requires servicing. In this event please seek qualified assistance. If the cause of 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1). 6 5. Connect the other end of the your battery discharging is not jumper cable to the red, positive apparent, have your vehicle checked (+) battery/jumper terminal of the by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. assisting vehicle (2). 6. Connect the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) battery/ chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3). 6-11 What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS OAE068005 If your temperature gauge indicates overheating, you experience a loss of power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the engine may be overheating. If this happens, you should: 1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so. 2. Place the shift lever in P (Park) and set the parking brake 3. Make sure that there is no hot steam gushing out of the engine compartment. When it is safe to do so, open the engine compartment, and check the water-pump connector. When the water-pump connector is disconnected, stop the engine, re-connect the waterpump connector, and then re-start the engine. 4. Set the temperature and the air flow to the maximum, and turn ON the air conditioner. WARNING Whilst the engine is running, keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving parts such as the cooling fan and drive belt to prevent serious injury. 5. When the Service warning light ( ) illuminates on the instrument cluster, immediately stop the engine, and contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. When the engine warning light ( ) illuminates, or when the coolant or hot steams gush out of the engine compartment, leave the engine compartment opened, whilst running the engine. This is to ventilate the engine compartment and to cool down the engine. 6. Check the coolant temperature gauge on the instrument cluster to make sure the coolant temperature is sufficiently cooled down. Check the coolant level. When it is insufficient, check its connection with the radiator, the heater hose, and the water pump for any leakage. When there is no leakage, add the coolant. However, if the problems persists, such as the illumination of the warning lights, leakages, or the cooling-fan malfunction, which may overheat the engine, immediately stop the engine, and have your vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 6-12 What to do in an emergency WARNING 7. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the engine CAUTION Never remove the engine coolant cap and/or inverter coolant cap or the drain plug whilst the engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury. Turn the hybrid system off and wait until the engine cools down. Use extreme care when removing the engine coolant cap temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark. 8. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again, we recommend that you call a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for assistance. · Serious loss of coolant indicates a leak in the cooling system and we recommend the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · When the engine overheats from low engine coolant, suddenly adding engine coolant may cause cracks in the engine. To prevent damage, add engine coolant slowly in small quantities. and/or inverter coolant cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly 6 to the first stop. Step back whilst the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it. 6-13 What to do in an emergency TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) Check tyre pressure OAEPH069006R · The displayed tyre pressure values may differ from those measured with a tyre pressure gauge. · You can change the tyre pressure unit in the User Settings mode on the LCD display. - psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "User Settings Mode" in chapter 3). OAEPH059643L (1) Low Tyre Pressure Telltale/TPMS Malfunction Indicator (2) Low Tyre Pressure Position Telltale and Tyre Pressure Telltale (Shown on the LCD display) OAEPH049650L · You can check the tyre pressure in the Information Mode ( ) or Assist Mode ( ) on the cluster. Refer to the "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3. · Tyre pressure is displayed after a few minutes of driving after initial engine start up. · If tyre pressure is not displayed when the vehicle is stopped, "Drive to display" message will appear. After driving, check the tyre pressure. 6-14 What to do in an emergency Tyre pressure monitoring sys- As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been equipped tem vehicle has been equipped with a with a TPMS malfunction indicator to tyre pressure monitoring system indicate when the system is not WARNING (TPMS) that illuminates a low tyre operating properly. The TPMS malpressure telltale when one or more function indicator is combined with Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tyre life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tyre failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. of your tyres is significantly underinflated. Accordingly, when the low tyre pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tyres as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tyre causes the low tyre pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunc- Each tyre, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly the tyre to overheat and can lead to tyre failure. tion exists. When the malfunction indicator is illu- when cold and inflated to the inflation Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi- minated, the system may not be able pressure recommended by the vehi- ciency and tyre tread life, and may to detect or signal low tyre pressure cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac- affect the vehicle's handling and as intended. TPMS malfunctions may ard or tyre inflation pressure label. (If stopping ability. occur for a variety of reasons, includ- 6 your vehicle has tyres of a different Please note that the TPMS is not a ing the installation of replacement or size than the size indicated on the substitute for proper tyre mainte- alternate tyres or wheels on the vehi- vehicle placard or tyre inflation pres- nance, and it is the driver's responsi- cle that prevent the TPMS from func- sure label, you should determine the bility to maintain correct tyre pres- tioning properly. proper tyre inflation pressure for sure, even if under-inflation has not Always check the TPMS malfunction those tyres.) reached the level to trigger illumina- telltale after replacing one or more tion of the TPMS low tyre pressure tyres or wheels on your vehicle to telltale. ensure that the replacement or alter- nate tyres and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function proper- ly. 6-15 What to do in an emergency NOTICE If any of the below happens, have the system checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 1. The Low Tyre Pressure Telltale/ TPMS Malfunction Indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is placed to the ON position or the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. 2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute. 3. The Low Tyre Pressure Position Telltale remains illuminated. Low tyre pressure telltale Low tyre pressure position and tyre pressure telltale OAEPH059643L When the tyre pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illuminated and a warning message displayed on the cluster LCD display, one or more of your tyres is significantly under-inflated. The Low Tyre Pressure Position Telltale will indicate which tyre is significantly underinflated by illuminating the corresponding position light. If either telltale illuminates, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tyres as soon as possible. Inflate the tyres to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle's placard or tyre inflation pressure label located on the driver's side centre pillar outer panel. If you cannot reach a service station or if the tyre cannot hold the newly added air, replace the low pressure tyre with the spare tyre. The Low Tyre Pressure Telltale will remain on and the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may blink for one minute and then remain illuminated (when the vehicle is driven approximately 10 minutes at speed above 15.5 mph (25 km/h)) until you have the low pressure tyre repaired and replaced on the vehicle. 6-16 What to do in an emergency CAUTION In winter or cold weather, the Low Tyre Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if the tyre pressure was adjusted to the recommended tyre inflation pressure in warm weather. It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tyre pressure. When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area, or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower, you should check the tyre inflation pressure and adjust the tyres to the recommended tyre inflation pressure. WARNING Low pressure damage Significantly low tyre pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances. Continued driving on low pressure tyres can cause the tyres to overheat and fail. TPMS (Tyre Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tyre Pressure Monitoring System. We recommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. NOTICE If there is a malfunction with the TPMS, the Low Tyre Pressure Position Telltale will not be displayed even though the vehicle 6 has an under-inflated tyre. 6-17 What to do in an emergency NOTICE The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is near electric power supply cables or radio transmitters such as police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airports, transmitting towers, etc. Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate if snow chains are used or electronic devices such as computers, chargers, remote starters, navigation, etc. This may interfere with normal operation of the TPMS. 6-18 Changing a tyre with TPMS If you have a flat tyre, the Low Tyre Pressure and Position telltales will come on. We recommend that the flat tyre be repaired by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible or replace the flat tyre with the spare tyre. NOTICE It is recommended that you do not use a puncture-repairing agent not approved by a HYUNDAI dealer to repair and/or inflate a low pressure tyre. Tyre sealant not approved by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer may damage the tyre pressure sensor. The spare tyre (if equipped) does not come with a tyre pressure monitoring sensor. When the low pressure tyre or the flat tyre is replaced with the spare tyre, the Low Tyre Pressure Telltale will remain on. Also, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is driven at speed above 15.5 mph (25 km/h) for approximately 10 minutes. Once the original tyre equipped with a tyre pressure monitoring sensor is reinflated to the recommended pressure and reinstalled on the vehicle, the Low Tyre Pressure Telltale and TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go off within a few minutes of driving. If the indicators do not extinguish after a few minutes, please visit a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Each wheel is equipped with a tyre pressure sensor mounted inside the tyre behind the valve stem (except for the spare tyre). You must use TPMS specific wheels. It is recommended that you always have your tyres serviced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. You may not be able to identify a tyre with low pressure by simply looking at it. Always use a good quality tyre pressure gauge to measure. Please note that a tyre that is hot (from being driven) will have a higher pressure measurement than a tyre that is cold. A cold tyre means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period. Allow the tyre to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tyre is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure. WARNING · The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tyre damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris. · If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road. WARNING Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may interfere with the system's ability to warn the driver of low tyre pressure conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle. WARNING For EUROPE · Do not modify the vehicle; it may interfere with the TPMS function. · The wheels on the market do not have a TPMS sensor. For your safety, we recommend that you use parts for replacement from a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · If you use the wheels on the mar- ket, use aTPMS sensor approved by a HYUNDAI dealer. If your vehicle is not equipped with a TPMS sensor or TPMS does not 6 work properly, you may fail the periodic vehicle inspection con- ducted in your country. All vehicles sold in the EUROPE market during below period must be equipped with TPMS. - New model vehicle : Nov. 1, 2012 ~ - Current model vehicle : Nov. 1, 2014~ (Based on vehicle registrations) 6-19 What to do in an emergency What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TYRE (WITH SPARE TYRE) WARNING Jack and tools Changing a tyre can be dangerous. Follow the instructions in this section when changing a tyre to reduce the risk of serious injury or death. CAUTION Be careful as you use the jack handle to stay clear of the flat end. The flat end has sharp edges that could cause cuts. (1) Jack handle (2) Jack (3) Wheel lug nut wrench OAD065027 The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment under the luggage box cover. The jack is provided for emergency tyre changing only. OAD065026 Turn the winged hold down bolt counterclockwise to remove the spare tyre. Store the spare tyre in the same compartment by turning the winged hold down bolt clockwise. To prevent the spare tyre and tools from "rattling", store them in their proper location. 6-20 Changing tyres (Continued) What to do in an emergency WARNING · ALWAYS place the jack on the designated jacking positions A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing serious injury or death to you or those nearby. Take the following safety precautions: on the vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jacking support. · Do not start or run the engine OAD067033 If it is hard to loosen the tyre hold down wing bolt by hand, you can loosen it easily using the jack handle. · Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. · NEVER attempt to change a tyre in the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the vehicle completely off the road on whilst the vehicle is on the jack. · Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle whilst it is on the jack. · Keep children away from the 1. Put the jack handle (1) inside of level, firm ground away from road and the vehicle. the tyre hold-down wing bolt. 2. Turn the tyre hold-down wing bolt counterclockwise with the jack handle. traffic before trying to change a tyre. If you cannot find a level, firm place off the road, call a towing service for assis- Follow these steps to change your vehicle's tyre: 6 tance. 1. Park on a level, firm surface. · Be sure to use the jack provided with the vehicle. (Continued) 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park), apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ OFF position. 3. Press the hazard warning flasher button. 4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, jack, jack handle, and spare tyre from the vehicle. 6-21 What to do in an emergency Front Rear Block OAEPH069010L 5. Block both the front and rear of the tyre diagonally opposite of the tyre you are changing. OAEPH069011L 6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each in the order shown above, but do not remove any lug nuts until the tyre has been raised off of the ground. OAEPH069012L 7. Place the jack at the designated jacking position under the frame closest to the tyre you are changing. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two notches. Never jack at any other position or part of the vehicle. It may damage the side seal molding. 6-22 What to do in an emergency 9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel lug nut wrench and remove them with your fingers. Remove the wheel from the studs and lay it flat on the ground out of the way. Remove any dirt or debris from the studs, mounting surfaces, and wheel. 10. Install the spare tyre onto the studs of the hub. 11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fin- OAEPH069013L gers onto the studs with the OLF064013 8. Insert the jack handle into the jack smaller end of the lug nuts clos- 13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to and turn it clockwise, raising the est to the wheel. tighten the lug nuts in the order vehicle until the tyre clears the ground. Make sure the vehicle is stable on the jack. 12. Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the jack handle counterclockwise. shown. Double-check each lug nut until they are tight. After changing tyres, we recommend that a HYUNDAI authorised 6 repairer tighten the lug nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible. The wheel lug nut should be tightened to 11~13 kgf.m (79~94 lbf.ft). 6-23 What to do in an emergency If you have a tyre gauge, check the tyre pressure (see "Tyres and Wheels" in chapter 8 for tyre pressure instructions.). If the pressure is lower or higher than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest service station and adjust it to the recommended pressure. Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tyre pressure. If the cap is not replaced, air may leak from the tyre. If you lose a valve cap, buy another and install it as soon as possible. After changing tyres, secure the flat tyre and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations. NOTICE Check the tyre pressure as soon as possible after installing a spare tyre. Adjust it to the recommended pressure. CAUTION Your vehicle has metric threads on the studs and lug nuts. Make certain during tyre changing that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled. If you have to replace your lug nuts make sure they have metric threads to avoid damaging the studs and ensure the wheel is properly secured to the hub. We recommend that you consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for assistance. If any of the equipment such as the jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equipment is damaged or in poor condition, do not attempt to change the tyre and call for assistance. Check and tighten the tyre wheel lug nuts after driving over 30 mile (50km) if tyres are replaced. Re-check the tyre wheel lug nuts after driving over 620 mile (1,000km). Use of compact spare tyres (if equipped) Compact spare tyres are designed for emergency use only. Drive carefully on the compact spare tyre and always follow the safety precautions. WARNING To prevent compact spare tyre failure and loss of control possibly resulting in an accident: · Use the compact spare tyre only in an emergency. · NEVER operate your vehicle over 50 mph (80 km/h). · Do not exceed the vehicle's maximum load rating or the load carrying capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tyre. · Do not use the compact spare tyre continuously. Repair or replace the original tyre as soon as possible to avoid failure of the compact spare tyre. 6-24 What to do in an emergency When driving with the compact spare tyre mounted to your vehicle: · Check the tyre pressure after installing the compact spare tyre. The compact spare tyre should be inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa). · Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash whilst the compact spare tyre is installed. NOTICE When the original tyre and wheel are repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle, the lug nut torque must be set correctly. The correct lug nut tightening torque is 11~13 kgf.m (79~94 lbf.ft). CAUTION To prevent damaging the compact spare tyre and your vehicle: · Drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards, such as a potholes or debris. · Do not use the compact spare tyre on any other vehicle because this tyre has been designed especially for your vehicle. · Avoid driving over obstacles. The compact spare tyre diameter is smaller than the diameter of a conventional tyre and · The compact spare tyre's tread life reduces the ground clearance is shorter than a regular tyre. approximately 25 mm (1 inch). Inspect your compact spare tyre regularly and replace worn compact spare tyres with the same size and design, mounted on the same wheel. · Do not use more than one compact spare tyre at a time. · Do not use tyre chains on the compact spare tyre. Because 6 of the smaller size, a tyre chain will not fit properly. · Do not use the compact spare tyre on any other wheels, nor should standard tyres, snow · Do not tow a trailer whilst the com- tyres, wheel covers or trim pact spare tyre is installed. rings be used with the com- pact spare wheel. 6-25 What to do in an emergency Jack label OHYK065011 The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack. 1. Model Name 2. Maximum allowable load 3. When using the jack, set your parking brake. 4. When using the jack, stop the engine. 5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. 6. The designated locations under the frame 7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point. 8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with dual clutch transmission. 9. The jack should be used on firm level ground. 10. Jack manufacture 11. Production date 12. Representative company and address 6-26 EC Declaration of conformity for Jack JACKDOC14S 6 6-27 What to do in an emergency What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TYRE (WITH TYRE MOBILITY KIT, IF EQUIPPED) Type A CAUTION When two or more tyres are flat, do not use the tyre mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tyre Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tyre. Introduction With the Tyre Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tyre puncture. The compressor and sealing compound system effectively and comfortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tyre caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tyre. OAE066007 For safe operation, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use. (1) Compressor (2) Sealant bottle The Tyre Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tyre and the tyre should be inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. WARNING Do not use the Tyre Mobility Kit to repair punctures in the tyre walls. This can result in an accident due to tyre failure. WARNING Have your tyre repaired as soon as possible. The tyre may lose air pressure at any time after inflating with the Tyre Mobility Kit. After you ensure that the tyre is properly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tyre (distance up to 120 miles (200 km)) at a max. speed of (50mph (80 km/h)) in order to reach a service station or tyre dealer for the tyre replacement. It is possible that some tyres, especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall, cannot be sealed completely. Air pressure loss in the tyre may adversely affect tyre performance. For this reason, you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving manoeuvres, especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use. 6-28 What to do in an emergency The Tyre Mobility Kit is not designed Notes on the safe use of the · Do not remove any foreign objects or intended as a permanent tyre Tyre Mobility Kit such as nails or screws that have repair method and is to be used for · Park your car at the side of the road penetrated the tyre. one tyre only. so that you can work with the Tyre · Provided the car is outdoors, leave This instruction shows you step by Mobility Kit away from moving traffic. the engine running. Otherwise step how to temporarily seal the · To be sure your vehicle will not puncture simply and reliably. move, even when you're on fairly operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery. Read the section "Notes on the safe use of the Tyre Mobility Kit". level ground, always set your park- · Never leave the Tyre Mobility Kit ing brake. unattended whilst it is being used. WARNING · Only use the Tyre Mobility Kit for · Do not leave the compressor runsealing/inflation passenger car tyres. ning for more than 10 minutes at a Only punctured areas located within time or it may overheat. Do not use the TMK if a tyre is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air the tread region of the tyre can be · Do not use the Tyre Mobility Kit if sealed using the tyre mobility kit. the ambient temperature is below · Do not use on motorcycles, bicy- -30°C (-22°F). pressure. Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tyre can be sealed using the TMK. cles or any other type of tyres. · When the tyre and wheel are damaged, do not use Tyre Mobility Kit for your safety. · Use of the Tyre Mobility Kit may not be effective for tyre damage larger than approximately 6 mm (0.24 inch). · In case of skin contact with the sealant, wash the area thoroughly with plenty of water. If the irritation persists, seek medical attention. · In case of eye contact with the sealant, flush your eyes for at least 15 minutes. If the irritation persists, seek medical attention. 6 Please contact the nearest · In case of swallowing the sealant, HYUNDAI dealership if the tyre rinse the mouth and drink plenty of cannot be made roadworthy with water. However, never give anything the Tyre Mobility Kit. to an unconscious person and seek · Do not use the Tyre Mobility Kit if a medical attention immediately. tyre is severely damaged by driving · Long time exposure to the sealant run flat or with insufficient air pres- may cause damage to bodily tissue sure. such as kidney, etc. 6-29 What to do in an emergency Components of the Tyre Mobility Kit 6-30 1. Speed restriction label 2. Sealant bottle and label with speed restriction 3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel 4. Connectors and cable for power outlet direct connection 5. Holder for the sealant bottle 6. Compressor 7. ON/OFF switch 8. Pressure gauge for displaying the tyre inflation pressure 9. Button for reducing tyre inflation pressure Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing. OAE067039 Strictly follow the specified sequence, otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure. What to do in an emergency WARNING Do not use the tyre sealant after the sealant has expired (i.e. past the expiration date on the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tyre failure. Using the Tyre Mobility Kit WARNING WARNING · Keep out of reach of children. · Avoid contact with eyes. · Do not swallow. OAEPH067041L 2. Screw the filling hose (3) onto the connector of the sealant bottle (2). OAEPH069014R 3. Insert the sealant bottle into the Detach the speed restriction housing of the compressor (5) so label (1) from the sealant bottle (2), and place it in a highly visi- that the bottle is upright. 6 ble place inside the vehicle 4. Ensure that the button (9) on the such as on the steering wheel compressor is not pressed. to remind the driver not to drive too fast. 1. Shake the sealant bottle (2). 6-31 What to do in an emergency CAUTION Securely install the sealant filling hose to the valve. If not, sealant may flow backward, possibly clogging the filling hose. OAEPH069017L 5. Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the flat tyre and screw the filling hose (3) of the sealant bottle onto the valve. 6. Ensure that the compressor is switched OFF. OAEPH068027 OAEPH069016R 7. Plug the compressor power cord (4) into the vehicle power outlet. 8. With the vehicle ON ( indicator ON), switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 5~7 minutes to fill the sealant up to proper pressure. (Refer to the Tyre and Wheels, chapter 8). The inflation pressure of the tyre after filling is unimportant and will be checked/corrected later. Be careful not to overinflate the tyre and stay away from the tyre when filling it. 6-32 What to do in an emergency CAUTION Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tyre pressure is below 29 psi (200 kpa). This could result in an accident due to sudden tyre failure. Checking the tyre inflation pressure 1. After driving approximately 4~6 miles (7~10 km or about 10 minutes), stop at a safe location. 9. Switch off the compressor. 10. Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and OLMF064106 from the tyre valve. Distributing the sealant Return the Tyre Mobility Kit to its 11. Immediately drive approximately storage location in the vehicle. 4~6 miles (7~10 km or about 10 minutes) to evenly distribute the WARNING sealant in the tyre. OAEPH067041 6 Do not leave your vehicle running in a poorly ventilated area Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). If possible, do not fall below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). 2. Connect the filling hose (3) directly into the compressor. for extended periods of time. Whilst driving, if you experience any Carbon monoxide poisoning unusual vibration, ride disturbance or and suffocation can occur. noise, reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road. Call for road side service or towing. 6-33 What to do in an emergency OAEPH069017L 3. Connect the other end of the filling hose (3) directly into the tyre valve. 4. Plug the compressor power cord (4) into the vehicle power outlet. 5. Adjust the tyre inflation pressure to the recommended tyre inflation. With the ignition switched on, proceed as follows. 6-34 - To increase the inflation pressure: Switch on the compressor. To check the current inflation pressure setting, briefly switch off the compressor. - To reduce the inflation pressure: Press the button (9) on the compressor. i Information The pressure gauge may show higher than actual reading when the compressor is running. To get an accurate tyre pressure, the compressor needs to be turned off. CAUTION Tyre pressure sensor (if equipped with TPMS) The sealant on the tyre pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tyre with a new one and inspect the tyre pressure sensors at an authorised repairerdealer. i Information When reinstalling the repaired or replaced tyre and wheel on the vehicle, tighten the wheel lug nut to 11~13 kgf·m (79~94 lbf·ft). Type B OAEPH067008 For safe operation, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use. (1) Compressor (2) Sealant bottle The Tyre Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tyre and the tyre should be inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon as possible. What to do in an emergency CAUTION When two or more tyres are flat, do not use the tyre mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tyre Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tyre. Introduction With the Tyre Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tyre puncture. The compressor and sealing compound system effectively and comfortably seals most punctures in a The Tyre Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tyre repair method and is to be used for one tyre only. This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably. passenger car tyre caused by nails Read the section "Notes on the safe or similar objects and reinflates the use of the Tyre Mobility Kit". WARNING tyre. After you ensure that the tyre is WARNING Do not use the Tyre Mobility Kit properly sealed you can drive cau- to repair punctures in the tyre tiously on the tyre (distance up to Do not use the TMK if a tyre is walls. This can result in an acci- 120 miles (200 km)) at a max. speed severely damaged by driving dent due to tyre failure. of (50mph (80 km/h)) in order to run flat or with insufficient air reach a service station or tyre dealer pressure. WARNING for the tyre replacement. Only punctured areas located 6 It is possible that some tyres, espe- within the tread region of the Have your tyre repaired as soon as possible. The tyre may lose cially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall, cannot be sealed completely. tyre can be sealed using the TMK. air pressure at any time after inflating with the Tyre Mobility Kit. Air pressure loss in the tyre may adversely affect tyre performance. For this reason, you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving manoeuvres, especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use. 6-35 What to do in an emergency Notes on the safe use of the Tyre Mobility Kit · Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tyre Mobility Kit away from moving traffic. · To be sure your vehicle will not move, even when you're on fairly level ground, always set your parking brake. · Only use the Tyre Mobility Kit for sealing/inflation passenger car tyres. Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tyre can be sealed using the tyre mobility kit. · Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles or any other type of tyres. · When the tyre and wheel are damaged, do not use Tyre Mobility Kit for your safety. · Use of the Tyre Mobility Kit may not be effective for tyre damage larger than approximately 6 mm (0.24 inch). Please contact the nearest HYUNDAI dealership if the tyre cannot be made roadworthy with the Tyre Mobility Kit. · Do not use the Tyre Mobility Kit if a tyre is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pressure. · Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tyre. · Provided the car is outdoors, leave the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode. Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery. · Never leave the Tyre Mobility Kit unattended whilst it is being used. · Do not leave the compressor running for more than 10 minutes at a time or it may overheat. · Do not use the Tyre Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below -30°C (-22°F). · In case of skin contact with the sealant, wash the area thoroughly with plenty of water. If the irritation persists, seek medical attention. · In case of eye contact with the sealant, flush your eyes for at least 15 minutes. If the irritation persists, seek medical attention. · In case of swallowing the sealant, rinse the mouth and drink plenty of water. However, never give anything to an unconscious person and seek medical attention immediately. · Long time exposure to the sealant may cause damage to bodily tissue such as kidney, etc. 6-36 Components of the Tyre Mobility Kit 1. Speed restriction label 2. Sealant bottle and label with speed restriction 3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel 4. Connectors and cable for power outlet direct connection 5. Holder for the sealant bottle 6. Compressor 7. ON/OFF switch 8. Pressure gauge for displaying the tyre inflation pressure 9. Button for reducing tyre inflation pressure 6 Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing. ODE067044 Strictly follow the specified sequence, otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure. 6-37 What to do in an emergency What to do in an emergency WARNING Do not use the tyre sealant after the sealant has expired (i.e. past the expiration date on the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tyre failure. Using the Tyre Mobility Kit WARNING WARNING · Keep out of reach of children. · Avoid contact with eyes. · Do not swallow. OAEPH069014R Detach the speed restriction label (1) from the sealant bottle (2), and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast. OIGH067042 2. Connect the filling hose (3) to the sealant bottle (2) in the direction of (A) and connect the sealant bottle to the compressor (6) in the direction of (B). 3. Ensure that the compressor is switched OFF. 1. Shake the sealant bottle (2). 6-38 NOTICE Securely install the sealant filling hose to the valve. If not, sealant may flow backward, possibly clogging the filling hose. What to do in an emergency OAE067040 4. Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective and screw the filling hose (3) of the sealant bottle onto the valve. OAEPH069016R 5. Plug the compressor power cord (4) into the vehicle power outlet. 6. With the vehicle ON ( indica- tor ON), switch on the compressor OAEPH068027 and let it run for approximately 5~7 minutes to fill the sealant up 6 to proper pressure. (Refer to the Tyre and Wheels, chapter 8). The inflation pressure of the tyre after filling is unimportant and will be checked/corrected later. Be careful not to overinflate the tyre and stay away from the tyre when filling it. 6-39 What to do in an emergency CAUTION Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tyre pressure is below 200 kpa (29 psi). This could result in an accident due to sudden tyre failure. Checking the tyre inflation pressure 1. After driving approximately 4~6 miles (7~10 km or about 10 minutes), stop at a safe location. 7. Switch off the compressor. 8. Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and from the tyre valve. Return the Tyre Mobility Kit to its storage location in the vehicle. WARNING Do not leave your vehicle running in a poorly ventilated area for extended periods of time. Carbon monoxide poisoning and suffocation can occur. OLMF064106 Distributing the sealant 9. Immediately drive approximately 4~6 miles (7~10 km or about 10 minutes) to evenly distribute the sealant in the tyre. Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). If possible, do not fall below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). Whilst driving, if you experience any unusual vibration, ride disturbance or noise, reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road. Call for road side service or towing. OAEPH067042 2. Connect the filling hose (3) directly into the compressor. 6-40 What to do in an emergency 5. Adjust the tyre inflation pressure to the recommended tyre inflation. i Information With the ignition switched on, proceed as follows. - To increase the inflation pressure: The pressure gauge may show higher than actual reading when the compressor is running. To get an accurate tyre pressure, the compressor needs to be turned off. Switch on the compressor. To check the current inflation pressure setting, briefly switch off the CAUTION compressor. If the inflation pressure is not OAE068040 - To reduce the inflation pres- maintained, drive the vehicle a 3. Connect the other end of the filling hose (3) directly into the tyre valve. sure: Press the button (9) on the compressor. second time, refer to Distributing the sealant. Then repeat steps 1 to 4. Use of the TMK may be ineffec- 4. Plug the compressor power cord (4) into the vehicle power outlet. NOTICE tual for tyre damage larger than approximately 4 mm (0.16 in). 6 Do not let the compressor run for more than 10 minutes, otherwise the device will overheat and may be damaged. We recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer if the tyre cannot be made roadworthy with the Tyre Mobility Kit. 6-41 What to do in an emergency WARNING The tyre inflation pressure must be at least 220 kPa (32 psi). If it is not, do not continue driving. Call for road side service or towing. CAUTION Tyre pressure sensor (if equipped with TPMS) The sealant on the tyre pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tyre with a new one and inspect the tyre pressure sensors at an authorised repairer. i Information When reinstalling the repaired or replaced tyre and wheel on the vehicle, tighten the wheel lug nut to 11~13 kgf·m (79~94 lbf·ft). 6-42 What to do in an emergency TOWING Towing service It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the front wheels. When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not Dolly used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear. OAE066020 Dolly OAE066018 If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended. 6 OAE066019 CAUTION · Do not tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle. · Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment. 6-43 What to do in an emergency When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies: 1. Place the ignition switch in the ACC position. 2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake. Removable towing hook Front CAUTION Failure to place the shift lever in N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the transmission. Rear OAE066021 1. Open the boot, and remove the towing hook from the tool case. OAE068022 OAE066028 2. Remove the hole cover by pressing the lower part of the cover on the bumper. 3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured. 4. Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use. 6-44 What to do in an emergency Emergency towing Front Rear OAE068024 If a towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook at the front (or rear) of the vehicle. Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes. Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition. Always follow these emergency towing precautions: · Place the ignition switch in the ACC position so the steering wheel is not locked. · Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). · Release the parking brake. · Depress the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced braking performance. · More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled. · Use a vehicle heavier than your own to tow your vehicle. CAUTION · The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other fre- 6 quently. OAE066023 If towing is necessary, we recommend you have it done by a The driver must be in the vehicle for steering and braking operations when the vehicle is being towed. Passengers other than the driver must not be in the vehicle. · Before emergency towing, check that the hook is not broken or damaged. · Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook. HYUNDAI authorised repairer or a · Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady commercial tow truck service. and even force. 6-45 What to do in an emergency NOTICE Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in a slow and gradual manner whilst maintaining tension on the tow rope or chain to start or drive the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle may be damaged. OAE066025 · Use a towing cable or chain less than 5 m (16 feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in the middle of the cable or chain for easy visibility. · Drive carefully so the towing cable or chain remains tight during towing. · Before towing, check the dual clutch transmission for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the dual clutch transmission fluid is leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing dolly must be used. NOTICE To avoid damage to your vehicle and vehicle components when towing: · Always pull straight ahead when using the towing hooks. Do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. · Do not use the towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power. · Limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph (15 km/h) and drive less than 1 mile (1.5 km) when towing to avoid serious damage to the dual clutch transmission. 6-46 What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY COMMODITY (IF EQUIPPED) Your vehicle is equipped with emer- First aid kit To check the tyre pressure, take the gency commodities to help you respond to emergency situation. Fire extinguisher Supplies for use in giving first aid such as scissors, bandage and adhesive tape, etc. are provided. following steps: 1. Unscrew the inflation valve cap that is located on the rim of the tyre. If there is small fire and you know how to use the fire extinguisher, follow these steps carefully. 1. Pull out the safety pin at the top of the extinguisher that keeps the handle from being accidentally pressed. Triangle reflector Place the triangle reflector on the road to warn oncoming vehicles during emergencies, such as when the vehicle is parked by the roadside due to problems. 2. Press and hold the gauge against the tyre valve. Some air will leak as you begin and more will leak if you don't press the gauge in firmly. 3. A firm non-leaking push will activate the gauge. 2. Aim the nozzle towards the base of the fire. Tyre pressure gauge (if equipped) 4. Read the tyre pressure on the gauge to see whether the tyre pressure is low or high. 3. Stand approximately 2.5 m (8 ft) away from the fire and squeeze the handle to discharge the extinguisher. If you release the handle, Tyres normally lose some air in dayto-day use, and you may have to add a air periodically and usually it is not 5. Adjust the tyre pressure to the specified pressure. Refer to "Tyres and Wheels" in chapter 8. 6 the discharge will stop. a sign of a leaking tyre, but of normal 6. Reinstall the inflation valve cap. 4. Sweep the nozzle back and forth at the base of the fire. After the fire appears to be out, watch carefully wear. Always check tyre pressure when the tyres are cold because tyre pressure increases with temperature. since it may re-ignite. 6-47 What to do in an emergency PAN-EUROPEAN ECALL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) The vehicle is equipped with a device* connected with the PanEuropean eCall system for making emergency call to response teams. The Pan-European eCall system is an automatic emergency call service made in event of a traffic accident or other** accidents on the roads of Europe. (only in countries with regulation on this system) The system allows contacting with an officer of the single duty dispatch service in case of accidents on the roads of Europe. (only in countries with regulation on this system) The Pan-European eCall system given conditions, stated in the Owner's Manual as well as Warranty and Service book transmits data to the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) including such information as vehicle location, vehicle type, VIN (vehicle identification number of the vehicle). Road accident Wireless network Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) Rescue OAEPH069045L * Pan-European eCall device in the Owner's Manual means equipment, installed in the vehicle, which provides connection with the Pan-European eCall system. ** "Other accidents" mean any accidents on the roads of Europe (only in countries with regulation on this system) resulted in injured people and/or necessity of provision of assistance. In case of registration of any accident, it is necessary to stop a vehicle, press button SOS (location of the button is specified on the picture in the chapter "Pan-European eCall (IF EQUIPPED)") of the Owner's Manual. When making a call, the system gathers information about the vehicle (from which a call was made), after which connects the car with an officer of the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) to tell about the reason of the emergency call. 6-48 Once the data which is stored in the Pan-European eCall system is delivered to the rescue centre to assist the driver and passengers with proper rescue operations, the data will be deleted after rescue operation is completed. Description of the ecall in-vehicle system What to do in an emergency 6 ESKEV-501 Overview of the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system, its operation and functionalities: refer to this section. The 112-based eCall service is a public service of general interest and is accessible free of charge. The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is activated by default. It is activated automatically by means of in- vehicle sensors in the event of a severe accident. 6-49 What to do in an emergency It will also be triggered automatically when the vehicle is equipped with a TPS system which does not function in the event of a severe accident. The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system can also be triggered manually, if needed. Instructions for manual activation of the system: refer to this section. In the event of a critical system failure that would disable the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system, the following warning will be given to the occupants of the vehicle: refer to this section. Information on data processing Any processing of personal data through the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system shall comply with the personal data protection rules provided for in Directives 95/46/EC (1) and 2002/58/EC (2) of the European Parliament and of the Council, and in particular, shall be based on the necessity to protect the vital interests of the individuals in accordance with Article 7(d) of Directive 95/46/EC (3). Processing of such data is strictly limited to the purpose of handling the emergency eCall to the single European emergency number 112. Types of data and its recipients The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system may collect and process only the following data: - Vehicle Identification Number - Vehicle type (passenger vehicle or light commercial vehicle) - Vehicle propulsion storage type (petrol/diesel/CNG/LPG/electric/hy drogen) - Vehicle recent locations and direction of travel - Log file of the automatic activation of the system and its timestamp - Any additional data (if applicable): Not applicable Recipients of data processed by the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system are the relevant public safety answering points designated by the respective public authorities of the country on which territory they are located, to first receive and handle eCalls to the single European emergency number 112. Additional information (if available): Not applicable 6-50 What to do in an emergency (1) Directive 95/46/EC of the Arrangements for data process- The log of activity data in the 112- European Parliament and of the ing based eCall in-vehicle system is kept Council of 24 October 1995 on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data (OJ L 281, 23.11.1995, p. 31). (2) Directive 2002/58/EC of the The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is designed in such a way as to ensure that the data contained in the system memory is not available outside the system before an eCall is triggered. Additional remarks (if any): Not applicable for no longer than necessary for attaining the purpose of handling the emergency eCall and in any case not beyond 13 hours from the moment an emergency eCall was initiated. Additional remarks (if any): Not applicable European Parliament and of the Council of 12 July 2002 concerning the processing of personal data and the protection of privacy in the electronic communications sector (Directive on privacy and electronic communications) (OJ L 201, 31.7.2002, p. 37). (3) Directive 95/46/EC is repealed by The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is designed in such a way as to ensure that it is not traceable and not subject to any constant tracking in its normal operation status. Additional remarks (if any): Not applicable The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is designed in such a way as to ensure that data in the system inter- 6 Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the nal memory is automatically and European Parliament and of the continuously removed. Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data (General Data Protection Regulation) (OJ L 119, 4.5.2016, p. 1). The Regulation The vehicle location data is constantly overwritten in the internal memory of the system so as always to keep maximum of the last three up-to-date locations of the vehicle necessary for the normal functioning of the system. applies from 25 May 2018. 6-51 What to do in an emergency Modalities for exercising data subject's rights The data subject (the vehicle's owner) has a right of access to data and as appropriate to request the rectification, erasure or blocking of data, concerning him or her, the processing of which does not comply with the provisions of Directive 95/46/EC. Any third parties to whom the data have been disclosed have to be notified of such rectification, erasure or blocking carried out in compliance with this Directive, unless it proves impossible or involves a disproportionate effort. The data subject has a right to complain to the competent data protection authority if he or she considers that his or her rights have been infringed as a result of the processing of his or her personal data. Contact service responsible for handling access requests (if any): Not applicable Pan-European eCall System OAEPH069046L Elements of the Pan-European eCall system, installed in passenger compartment: SOS button LED SOS button: the driver/passenger makes an emergency call to the single duty dispatch service by pressing the button. LED: The red and green LED illuminates for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is in the ON position. After that they will switch off at normal operation of the system. If there are some problems in the system, the LED remains in red. 6-52 What to do in an emergency Automatic accident reporting System operation in the event of a traffic accident Connection with the Public Safety Answering Point(PSAP) Emergency services In minor traffic accidents the PanEuropean eCall system may not execute an emergency call. However, an emergency call may be made manually by pressing the SOS button. CAUTION OAEPH069047L The Pan-European eCall device automatically makes an emergency call to the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) for proper rescuing operations in event of vehicle accident. Operation of the system is impossible in case of absence of mobile transmission and GPS and Galileo signals. For proper emergency services and support the Pan-European eCall system automatically transmits the accident data to the Public Safety Answering 6 Point (PSAP) when a traffic accident is detected. In this case, the emergency call cannot be hung up by pressing the SOS button and the Pan-European eCall system remains connected until the emergency service officer, receiving the call, disconnects the emergency call. 6-53 What to do in an emergency Manual accident reporting OAEPH069047L The driver or passenger manually can make an emergency call in the Public Safety Answering Point(PSAP), by pressing SOS button to call the necessary emergency services. A call to the emergency services through the Pan-European eCall system can be cancelled by pressing the SOS button again only before the call connection. After activation of emergency call in the manual mode (for proper emergency services and support), the Pan-European eCall system automatically transmits the road accident data / or data on other accident to the officer of the Public Safety Answering Point(PSAP) (during emergency call) by pressing the SOS button. If the driver or passenger accidentally presses the SOS button, it can be cancelled by pressing the button again. In case of road accident or other accident for activation of emergency call in manual mode it is necessary: 1. Stop the vehicle in accordance with traffic rules to ensure safety to yourself and other participants of road traffic; 2. Press the SOS button, when pressing the button SOS registration of the device in the wireless telephonic communication networks is carried out, minimum data set about vehicle and its location is collected in accordance with of the technical requirements of the device. After that connection with the officer of the PanEuropean eCall system is made for clearing up reasons (conditions) of the emergency call. 3. After clearing up reasons of the emergency call, the officer of the Public Safety Answering Point(PSAP) sends emergency services and completes the emergency call. If the emergency call is not carried out in accordance with the procedure, mentioned above, the emergency call will be considered as erroneous. 6-54 What to do in an emergency WARNING (Continued) (Continued) LED illumination in red (system Arbitrary Removal or Emergency power supply of the malfunction) Modification Pan-European eCall system from the battery · The Pan-European eCall sys- If red LED illuminates in normal driving conditions, this can indicate malfunction of the Pan- The Pan-European eCall system calls emergency services for assistance. Thus, any arbitrary tem battery supplies power European eCall system. Please, removal or changes to the Pan- during 1 hour in case main have the Pan-European eCall European eCall system settings power source of the vehicle is system checked at a HYUNDAI may affect your driving safety. cut off due to the collision authorised repairer immediate- Also, it may even make an erro- during the emergency situa- ly. Otherwise correct operation neous emergency call to the tions. of the Pan-European eCall sys- Public Safety Answering Point · The Pan-European eCall sys- tem device, installed in your (PSAP). Thereby, we kindly ask tem battery should be vehicle is not guaranteed. you not to make any changes by replaced every 3 years. For Owner of the vehicle incurs lia- yourself or by the third parties more information refer to the bility for consequences, in the settings of the equipment Maintenance Schedule in occurred as a result of nonob- of the Pan-European eCall sys- 6 chapter 7. servance of conditions, men- tem, installed in your vehicle. (Continued) tioned above. (Continued) 6-55 Maintenance Engine compartment .............................................7-3 Brake fluid ............................................................7-17 Maintenance services ...........................................7-5 Checking the brake fluid level .....................................7-17 Owner's responsibility......................................................7-5 Washer fluid .........................................................7-18 Owner maintenance precautions ..................................7-5 Checking the washer fluid level ..................................7-18 Owner maintenance...............................................7-6 Parking brake .......................................................7-19 How to Disconnect the (-) Cable for Regular Checking the parking brake .........................................7-19 Maintenance .......................................................................7-6 Owner maintenance schedule........................................7-7 Air cleaner ............................................................7-19 Filter replacement...........................................................7-19 Scheduled maintenance services.........................7-8 Climate control air filter .....................................7-21 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...7-9 Filter inspection...............................................................7-21 Engine oil ..............................................................7-11 Wiper blades .........................................................7-23 Checking the engine oil level .......................................7-11 Blade inspection ..............................................................7-23 Checking the engine oil and filter ..............................7-12 Blade replacement ..........................................................7-23 Engine coolant/inverter coolant .......................7-13 Battery (12 volt, plug-in hybrid vehicle) .........7-25 Checking the coolant level ...........................................7-13 For best battery service................................................7-26 Changing coolant.............................................................7-16 Battery capacity label....................................................7-27 Hybrid starter & generator (HSG) belt.............7-17 Checking the hybrid starter & generator (HSG) belt ......................................................................................7-17 Battery recharging .........................................................7-27 Reset features .................................................................7-28 7 Maintenance Tyres and wheels .................................................7-29 Tyre care ...........................................................................7-29 Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures ...........7-30 Check tyre inflation pressure ......................................7-31 Tyre rotation ....................................................................7-32 Wheel alignment and tyre balance.............................7-33 Tyre replacement ............................................................7-33 Wheel replacement .........................................................7-34 Tyre traction.....................................................................7-34 Tyre maintenance ...........................................................7-35 Tyre sidewall labeling.....................................................7-35 Low aspect ratio tyres...................................................7-39 Fuses......................................................................7-40 Instrument panel fuse replacement ...........................7-41 Engine compartment panel fuse replacement.........7-42 Fuse/relay panel description .......................................7-44 Light bulbs.............................................................7-54 Headlamp, position lamp, turn signal lamp bulb replacement ......................................................................7-55 Headlamp aiming .............................................................7-59 Daytime running lamp ....................................................7-62 Side repeater lamp replacement .................................7-62 Rear combination lamp bulb replacement ................7-62 Rear fog lamp ..................................................................7-65 High mounted stop lamp ...............................................7-66 License plate light bulb replacement .........................7-66 Interior light bulb replacement ....................................7-66 Appearance care ..................................................7-68 Exterior care ....................................................................7-68 Interior care......................................................................7-74 Emission control system .....................................7-77 Crankcase emission control system ...........................7-77 Evaporative emission control system.........................7-77 Exhaust emission control system ...............................7-78 Procedure for entering forced engine activation mode ......................................................................7-82 ENGINE COMPARTMENT Hybrid vehicle Maintenance 1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine coolant cap 3. Inverter coolant reservoir 4. Brake fluid reservoir 5. Air cleaner 6. Engine oil dipstick 7. Engine oil filler cap 8. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir 9. Fuse box 7 The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OAE078001 7-3 Maintenance Plug-in hybrid vehicle 1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine coolant cap 3. Inverter coolant reservoir 4. Brake fluid reservoir 5. Air cleaner 6. Engine oil dipstick 7. Engine oil filler cap 8. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir 9. Fuse box The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 7-4 OAEPH078001 MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures. We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. A HYUNDAI authorised repairer meets HYUNDAI's high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction. Owner's responsibility Maintenance service and record retention are the owner's responsibility. You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance. You need this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties. Detailed warranty information is provided in your Warranty Booklet. Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered. Owner maintenance precautions Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury. This chapter provides instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform. Several procedures can be done only by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer with special tools. Your vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your vehicle and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Maintenance NOTICE 7 Improper owner maintenance dur- ing the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Warranty Booklet provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, we rec- ommend that the system be serv- iced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 7-5 Maintenance OWNER MAINTENANCE WARNING Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. ALWAYS follow these precautions for performing maintenance work: · Park your vehicle on level ground, move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. · Block the tyres (front and back) to prevent the vehicle from moving. Remove loose clothing or jewellery that can become entangled in moving parts. (Continued) (Continued) · If you must run the engine during maintenance, do so out doors or in an area with plenty of ventilation. · Keep flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery and fuel-related parts. How to Disconnect the (-) Cable for Regular Maintenance When the vehicle is under regular maintenance, make sure to separate the (-) cable before maintenance. A B The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or a HYUNDAI authorised repairer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe, dependable operation of your vehicle. Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible. These Owner Maintenance vehicle checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labour, parts and lubricants used. OAE076073N Separate the (-) cable following the below instructions. 1. Fold the rear left side seat. 2. Remove the service cover (A) on the luggage trim. 3. Separate the (-) cable (B). Reassemble in the reverse order. 7-6 Maintenance Owner maintenance schedule Whilst operating your vehicle: At least monthly: When you stop for fuel: · Note any changes in the sound of · Check coolant level in the engine · Check the engine oil level. · Check the coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir. · Check the windscreen washer fluid level. · Check for low or under-inflated tyres. the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle. · Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice if there is any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position. coolant reservoir. · Check the operation of all exterior lights, including the stoplights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers. · Check the inflation pressures of all tyres including the spare for tyres that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. WARNING · Notice if your vehicle constantly · Check for loose wheel lug nuts. turns slightly or "pulls" to one side when travelling on smooth, level Be careful when checking your engine coolant/inverter coolant road. At least twice a year: · When stopping, listen and check (i.e., every Spring and Autumn) level when the engine is hot. for unusual sounds, pulling to one · Check radiator, heater and air condi- This may result in coolant being side, increased brake pedal travel tioning hoses for leaks or damage. blown out of the opening and or "hard-to-push" brake pedal. · Check windscreen washer spray cause serious burns and other injuries. · If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission and wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with a clean cloth damp- 7 occurs, check the transmission ened with washer fluid. fluid level. · Check headlamp alignment. · Check the dual clutch transmission · Check muffler, exhaust pipes, P (Park) function. shields and clamps. · Check the parking brake. · Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal). · Check the seat belts for wear and function. 7-7 Maintenance At least once a year: · Clean body and door drain holes. · Lubricate door hinges and bonnet hinges. · Lubricate door and bonnet locks and latches. · Lubricate door rubber weather strips. · Check the air conditioning system. · Inspect and lubricate daul clutch transmission linkage and controls. · Clean the battery and terminals. · Check the brake fluid level. SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. · Repeated driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10miles (16 km) in freezing temperature · Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances · Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads · Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather · Towing a trailer or using a camper, or roof rack · Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing · Driving over 106 miles/h (170 km/h) · Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace or refill more frequently than "Normal Maintenance Schedule which is provided in your Service Booklet." · Drinving in heavy dust condition · Driving in heavy traffic area · Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly 7-8 EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter Fuel filter Air cleaner filter The engine oil and filter should be A clogged filter can limit the speed at A genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter changed at the intervals specified in which the vehicle may be driven, is recommended when the filter is the maintenance schedule. If the damage the emission system and replaced. vehicle is being driven in severe con- cause multiple issues such as hard ditions, more frequent oil and filter changes are required. starting. If an excessive amount of foreign matter accumulates in the Spark plugs fuel tank, the filter may require Make sure to install new spark plugs HSG (Hybrid starter & generator) belt The HSG belt should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. replacement more frequently. After installing a new filter, run the engine for several minutes, and check for leaks at the connections. Fuel filters should be installed by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. of the correct heat range. Cooling system Check cooling system components, such as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and connections for leakage Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections Vapour hose and fuel filler cap The vapour hose and fuel filler cap and damage. Replace any damaged parts. Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections for leakage and damage. We recommend a HYUNDAI should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Make sure a new vapour Engine coolant/inverter coolant 7 authorised repairer replace any dam- hose or fuel filler cap is correctly The coolant should be changed at aged or leaking parts immediately. replaced. the intervals specified in the mainte- nance schedule. Maintenance 7-9 Maintenance Dual clutch transmission fluid The dual clutch transmission fluid should be inspected according to the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Engine clutch actuator fluid The engine clutch actuator fluid level should be inspected or replaced to the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation, chafing, cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately. Brake fluid Check the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir. The level should be between the MIN and the MAX marks on the side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 4 specification. Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake pedal and cables. Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors Check the pads, the disc, and the rotor for any excessive wear-out. Inspect calipers for any fluid leakage. For more information on checking the pads or lining wear limit, refer to the HYUNDAI web site. (http://service.hyundai-motor.com) Exhaust pipe and muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary. Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque. Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and the hybrid system off, check for excessive free-play in the steering wheel. Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts. Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease. Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage. 7-10 ENGINE OIL Checking the engine oil level 1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's precautions. 2. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground in P (Park) with the parking brake set and the wheels blocked. 3. Turn the engine on and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. 4. Turn the hybrid system off and wait about five minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan. 5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully. OAE076002 6. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F (Full) and L (Low). 7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bring the level to F. NOTICE To prevent damage to your engine: · Do not overfill with engine oil. Add oil in small quantities and recheck level to ensure engine is not overfilled. · Do not spill engine oil when adding or changing engine oil. Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components. Wipe off spilled oil immediately. 7 Maintenance 7-11 Maintenance Checking the engine oil and filter OAEPH076003 NOTICE Use only the specified engine oil (Refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8). We recommend that the engine oil and filter be changed by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer according to the Maintenance Schedule. 7-12 ENGINE COOLANT/INVERTER COOLANT The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory. Checking the coolant level Engine coolant Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at the beginning of the winter season and before travelling to a colder climate. Inverter coolant OAE076005 The coolant level should be filled between the MAX and the MIN marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool. If the coolant level is low, add enough distilled (deionized) water to bring the level to the MAX mark, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, we recommend that you see a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for a cooling system inspection. Maintenance OAEPH078004 Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses. 7 7-13 Maintenance Engine coolant cap Inverter coolant cap OAE076006 OAEPH078007 WARNING Never remove the engine coolant cap and/or inverter coolant cap or the drain plug whilst the engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury. Turn the hybrid system off and wait until the engine cools down. Use extreme care when removing the engine coolant cap and/or inverter coolant cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back whilst the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it. i Information The engine coolant and/or inverter coolant level is influenced by the hybrid system temperature. Before checking or refilling the engine coolant and/or inverter coolant, turn the hybrid vehicle off. 7-14 WARNING The electric motor for the cooling fan may continue to operate or start up when the engine is not running and can cause serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the rotating fan blades of the cooling fan. Always turn off the engine unless the vehicle has to be inspected with the engine on. Be cautious as the cooling fan may operate if the negative (-) battery terminal is not disconnected. WARNING Make sure the coolant cap is properly closed after refilling coolant. Otherwise the engine could be overheated whilst driving. Engine compartment front view OTL075062 (Continued) Engine compartment rear view OAE06050 2. Make sure that the tiny protrusions inside the coolant cap is securely interlocked. 1. Check if the coolant cap label is straight In front. 7 (Continued) Maintenance 7-15 Maintenance Recommended coolant · When adding coolant, use only distilled (deionized) water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory. · An incorrect coolant mixture can result in severe malfunction or engine/hybrid system damage. · The engine in your vehicle has aluminium engine parts and must be protected by an phosphate-based ethylene glycol coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing. · Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant. · Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution. For mixing percentage, refer to the following table: Ambient Temperature -15°C (5°F) -25°C (-13°F) -35°C (-31°F) -45°C (-49°F) Mixture Percentage (volume) Antifreeze Water 35 65 40 60 50 50 60 40 i Information If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50% water and 50% antifreeze mix is the easiest to mix together as it will be the same quantity of each. It is suitable to use for most temperature ranges of -35°C (-31°F) and higher. Changing coolant We recommend that coolant be changed by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer according to the Maintenance Schedule. WARNING Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windscreen and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Engine coolant may also cause damage to paint and body trim. NOTICE To prevent damage to engine parts, put a thick towel around the engine coolant cap and/or inverter coolant cap before refilling the coolant to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts, such as the generator. 7-16 HYBRID STARTER & GENERATOR (HSG) BELT BRAKE FLUID Checking the hybrid starter & generator (HSG) belt WARNING Checking the brake fluid level We recommend that you have the hybrid starter & generator (HSG) belt inspected or replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. CAUTION When the HSG belt is worn out or damaged, replace the belt. · Turn the vehicle off whilst you inspect the engine or hybrid starter & generator(HSG) belt. Otherwise it may result in serious injury. · Keep hands, clothing etc. away from the hybrid starter & generator (HSG) belt. Otherwise, it may cause engine overheating or battery discharge. OAE076008 Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir. Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thor- 7 oughly to prevent brake fluid contam- ination. Maintenance 7-17 Maintenance If the level is low, add the specified brake fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level is excessively low, we recommend that the brake system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. WARNING If the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid this could indicate a leak in the brake system. We recommend that the vehicle be inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. WARNING Do not allow brake fluid to come in contact with your eyes. If brake fluid comes in contact with your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. NOTICE · Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as paint damage will result. · Brake fluid, which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should NEVER be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly. · Do not use the wrong kind of brake fluid. A few drops of mineral based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake system can damage brake system parts. i Information Use only the specified brake fluid Refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8. WASHER FLUID Checking the washer fluid level OAE076009 Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing. 7-18 PARKING BRAKE AIR CLEANER WARNING Checking the parking brake Foot type (if equipped) Filter replacement To prevent serious injury or death, take the following safety precautions when using washer fluid: · Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the wind- screen and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an OAEPH076010 accident or damage to paint and body trim. · Do not allow sparks or flames to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Washer fluid may contain alcohol and can be flammable. OAE056014R Check whether the stroke is within specification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 20 kg (44 lb, 196 N) of force. Also, the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the stroke is more or less than specified, Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it, as water will damage the filter. If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be replaced. Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. 7 · Do not drink washer fluid and have the parking brake adjusted by a avoid contact with skin. HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Washer fluid is poisonous to humans and animals. Stroke : 4~5 notch · Keep washer fluid away from children and animals. Maintenance 7-19 Maintenance i Information If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the air cleaner filter more often than the usual recommended intervals (Refer to "Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions" in this chapter). OAPH076011 1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching clips and open the cover. OAE076012 2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner. 3. Replace the air cleaner filter. 4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching clips. 5. Check that the cover is firmly installed. NOTICE · Do not drive with the air cleaner filter removed. This will result in excessive engine wear. · When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result. · Use HYUNDAI genuine parts. Use of non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor. 7-20 CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced sooner. Replace the climate control air filter by following the procedure below and be careful to avoid damaging other components. OAE076014R 1. With the glove box open, remove the stoppers on both sides to allow the glove box to hang freely on the hinges. OAE076013R 2. Remove the support rod (1). 7 Maintenance 7-21 Maintenance NOTICE Install a new climate control air filter in the correct direction with the arrow symbol () facing downwards to prevent noise and reduced effectiveness. OAE076015 3. Press and hold the lock (1) on both sides of the cover. 4. Pull out (2) the cover. OHG070041 5. Replace the climate control air filter. 6. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly. 7-22 WIPER BLADES Blade inspection Contamination of either the windscreen or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windscreen wipers. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial vehicle washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse thoroughly with clean water. NOTICE To prevent damage to the wiper blades, arms or other components, do not: · Use petrol, kerosene, paint thin- ner, or other solvents on or near them. · Attempt to move the wipers manually. · Use non-specified wiper blades. i Information Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windscreen difficult to clean. Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement. NOTICE · In order to prevent damage to the bonnet and the wiper arms, the wiper arms should only be lifted when in the top wiping position. · Always return the wiper arms to the windscreen before driving. i Information Wiper blades are consumable items. 7 Normal wear of the wipers may not be covered by your vehicle warranty. Maintenance 7-23 Maintenance 1. Raise the wiper arm. OLF074017/H OAD075075R 3. Whilst pushing the lock (3), pull down the wiper blade (4). OAD075076R 4. Remove the wiper blade from the wiper arm (5). 5. Install a new wiper blade assembly in the reverse order of removal. 6. Return the wiper arm on the windscreen. OAD075074R 2. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). Then lift up the wiper blade (2). 7-24 BATTERY (12 VOLT, PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE) WARNING To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery: Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery. Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes. Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery. Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited. Keep batteries out of reach of children. (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing. If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately. · NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicle's battery cables are connected to the battery. · The electrical ignition switch works with high voltage. NEVER touch these components with the engine running or when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position. NOTICE · When lifting a plastic-cased · When you do not use the vehicle battery, excessive pressure for a long time in a low tempera- on the case may cause battery ture area, disconnect the battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery and keep it indoors. carrier or with your hands on · Always charge the battery fully opposite corners. to prevent battery case damage 7 · Do not attempt to jump start in low temperature areas. your vehicle if your battery is frozen. (Continued) Maintenance 7-25 Maintenance For best battery service i Information - For batteries marked with UPPER and LOWER (continued) Be careful not to spill distilled (or demineralised) water over the battery surface or other adjacent components. Also, do not overfill the battery cells. If not, it may corrode the battery or other components. Finally, securely close the cell cap. However, we recommend you to contact an HYUNDAI authorised repairer for better battery service. OAE079016 · Keep the battery securely mounted. · Keep the battery top clean and dry. · Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease. · Rinse any spilled acid from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda. OHYK077011 If your vehicle is equipped with a battery marked with LOWER (MIN) and UPPER (MAX) on the side, you should check the electrolyte level. The electrolyte level should be between LOWER (MIN) and UPPER (MAX). When the electrolyte level is low, add distilled (or de-mineralised) water. (Never add sulfuric acids or other electrolyte). (continued) 7-26 Maintenance Battery capacity label Example Battery recharging By battery charger WARNING OLMB073072 The actual battery label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, calcium-based battery. · If the battery becomes discharged over a short time (because, for example, the headlamps or interior lights were left on whilst the vehicle was not in use), recharge it by slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours. · If the battery gradually discharges because of high electrical load whilst the vehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours. Always follow these instructions when recharging your vehicle's battery to avoid the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH from explosions or acid burns: · Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories and place the Engine Start/ Stop button to the OFF position. · Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from 1. AGM60L-DIN : The HYUNDAI model name of battery 2. 12V : The nominal voltage 3. 60Ah(20HR) : The nominal capacity (in Ampere hours) 4. 100RC : The nominal reserve capacity (in min.) 5. 640CCA : The cold-test current in amperes by SAE 6. 512A : The cold-test current in the battery. · Always work outdoors or in an area with plenty of ventilation. · Wear eye protection when checking the battery during 7 charging. · The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in a well ventilated area. (Continued) amperes by EN 7-27 Maintenance (Continued) · Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin boiling violently. · The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected. Disconnect the battery charger in the following order: (1) Turn off the battery charger main switch. (2) Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal. (3) Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal. · Always use a genuine HYUNDAI approved battery when you replace the battery. By jump starting After a jump start from a good battery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes before it is shutoff. The vehicle may not restart if you shut it off before the battery had a chance to adequately recharge. See "Jump Starting" in chapter 6 for more information on jump starting procedures. i Information An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations. Reset features The following items may need to be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. See chapter 3 or 4 for: · Power Windows · Trip Computer · Climate Control System · Clock · Audio System · Sunroof · Driver Position Memory System 7-28 TYRES AND WHEELS WARNING Tyre failure may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. To reduce risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: · Inspect your tyres monthly for proper inflation as well as wear and damage. · The recommended cold tyre pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tyre label located on the driver's side centre pillar. Always use a tyre pressure gauge to measure tyre pressure. Tyres with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling. · Check the pressure of the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tyres on your vehicle. (Continued) (Continued) · Replace tyres that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tyres can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, or traction. · ALWAYS replace tyres with the same size as each tyre that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tyres and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident. Tyre care For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain recommended tyre inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle. 7 Maintenance 7-29 Maintenance OAE086002R All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label attached to the driver's side centre pillar. Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures All tyre pressures (including the spare) should be checked when the tyres are cold. "Cold tyres" means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mi. (1.6 km). Warm tyres normally exceed recommended cold tyre pressures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air from warm tyres to adjust the pressure or the tyres will be under-inflated. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to "Tyre and Wheels" in chapter 8. WARNING Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, vehicle handling, and minimum tyre wear. Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tyre life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tyre failure that could result in loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Severe under-inflation can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tyre failures that can result in the loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving for long periods at high speeds. 7-30 CAUTION · Under-inflation results in excessive wear, poor handling and reduced fuel economy. Wheel deformation is also possible. Keep your tyre pressures at the proper levels. If a tyre frequently needs refilling, we recommend it be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Check tyre inflation pressure Check your tyres, including the spare tyre, once a month or more. How to check Use a good quality tyre pressure gauge to check tyre pressure. You can not tell if your tyres are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tyres may look properly inflated when they are under-inflated. If you overfill the tyre, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the centre of the tyre valve. Recheck the tyre pressure with the tyre gauge. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible. · Over-inflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the centre of the tyre tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards. Remove the valve cap from the tyre valve stem. Press the tyre gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tyre inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tyre and loading information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pres- sure is low, add air until you reach 7 the recommended pressure. Make sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible. Maintenance 7-31 Maintenance Tyre rotation To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI recommends that the tyres be rotated every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or sooner if irregular wear develops. During rotation, check the tyres for correct balance. When rotating tyres, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tyre pressure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of the tyre. Replace the tyre if you find any of these conditions. Replace the tyre if fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to bring the front and rear tyre pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness (proper torque is 11~13 kgf.m [79~94 lbf.ft ]). With a full-size spare tyre (if equipped) Without a spare tyre CBGQ0706 ODH073802 Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tyres are rotated. i Information The outside and inside of the unsymmetrical tyre is distinguishable. When installing an unsymmetrical tyre, be sure to install the side marked "outside" face the outside. If the side marked "inside" is installed on the outside, it will have a negative effect on vehicle performance. WARNING · Do not use the compact spare tyre for tyre rotation. · Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tyres under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. 7-32 Wheel alignment and tyre bal- Tyre replacement ance WARNING The wheels on your vehicle were Tread wear indicator To reduce the risk of DEATH or aligned and balanced carefully at the SERIOUS INJURY: factory to give you the longest tyre life and best overall performance. · Replace tyres that are worn, show uneven wear, or are In most cases, you will not need to damaged. Worn tyres can have your wheels aligned again. cause loss of braking effec- However, if you notice unusual tyre tiveness, steering control, and wear or your vehicle pulling one way traction. or the other, the alignment may need to be reset. · Always replace tyres with the same size as each tyre that If you notice your vehicle vibrating OLMB073027 was originally supplied with when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced. If the tyre is worn evenly, a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid this vehicle. Using tyres and wheels other than the recom- band across the tread. This shows mended sizes could cause NOTICE there is less than 1/16 in. (1.6 mm) of unusual handling characteris- Incorrect wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminium wheels. Use only approved wheel weights. tread left on the tyre. Replace the tyre when this happens. Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replacing the tyre. tics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehi- cle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious 7 accident. (Continued) Maintenance 7-33 Maintenance (Continued) · When replacing tyres (or wheels), it is recommended to replace the two front or two rear tyres (or wheels) as a pair. Replacing just one tyre can seriously affect your vehicle's handling. · Tyres degrade over time, even when they are not being used. Regardless of the remaining tread, HYUNDAI recommends that tyres be replaced after six (6) years of normal service. · Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. Failure to follow this warning may cause sudden tyre failure, which could lead to a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Compact spare tyre replacement (if equipped) A compact spare tyre has a shorter tread life than a regular size tyre. Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tyre. The replacement compact spare tyre should be the same size and design tyre as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tyre wheel. The compact spare tyre is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel, and the compact spare tyre wheel is not designed for mounting a regular size tyre. WARNING Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter, rim width and offset. Tyre traction Tyre traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tyres, tyres that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces. Tyres should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear. To reduce the possibility of losing control, slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road. The original tyre should be repaired or replaced as soon as possible to avoid failure of the spare and loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.The compact spare tyre is for emergency use only. Do not operate your vehicle over 50 mph (80 km/h) when using the compact spare tyre. 7-34 Tyre maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tyre wear. If you find a tyre is worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment. 1 Example tyre size designation: (These numbers are provided as an 5,6 example only; your tyre size designa- 7 tor could vary depending on your vehicle.) 4 195/65R15 91H When you have new tyres installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tyre life. Additionally, a tyre should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel. 2 3 1 OLMB073028 1. Manufacturer or brand name 195 - Tyre width in millimeters. 65 - Aspect ratio. The tyre's section height as a percentage of its width. R - Tyre construction code (Radial). Tyre sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tyre and also provides Manufacturer or brand name is shown. 2. Tyre size designation 15 - Rim diameter in inches. 91 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tyre can carry. the tyre identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tyre in A tyre's sidewall is marked with a tyre size designation. You will need this information when selecting replace- H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information. 7 case of a recall. ment tyres for your car. The following explains what the letters and num- bers in the tyre size designation mean. Maintenance 7-35 Maintenance Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designation mean. Example wheel size designation: 6.5JX16 6.5 - Rim width in inches. J - Rim contour designation. 16 - Rim diameter in inches. Tyre speed ratings The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicle tyres. The speed rating is part of the tyre size designation on the sidewall of the tyre. This symbol corresponds to that tyre's designed maximum safe operating speed. Speed Rating Symbol S T H V W Y Maximum Speed 112 mph (180 km/h) 118 mph (190 km/h) 130 mph (210 km/h) 149 mph (240 km/h) 270 km/h (168 mph) 300 km/h (186 mph) 3. Checking tyre life (TIN : Tyre Identification Number) Any tyres that are over six years old, based on the manufacturing date, (including the spare tyre) should be replaced by new ones. You can find the manufacturing date on the tyre sidewall (possibly on the inside of the wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tyre consisting of numbers and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four digits (characters) of the DOT code. DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT shows a plant code number, tyre size and tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured. For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1519 represents that the tyre was produced in the 15th week of 2019. 7-36 4. Tyre ply composition and 6. Maximum load rating Tread wear material This number indicates the maximum The tread wear grade is a compara- The number of layers or plies of rub- load in kilograms and pounds that tive rating based on the wear rate of ber-coated fabric in the tyre. Tyre can be carried by the tyre. When the tyre when tested under controlled manufacturers also must indicate the replacing the tyres on the vehicle, conditions on a specified govern- materials in the tyre, which include always use a tyre that has the same ment test course. For example, a tyre steel, nylon, polyester, and others. load rating as the factory installed graded 150 would wear one-and-a- The letter "R" means radial ply con- tyre. half times (1½) as well on the gov- struction; the letter "D" means diago- ernment course as a tyre graded nal or bias ply construction; and the letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction. 5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure 7. Uniform tyre quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tyre sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: 100. The relative performance of tyres depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tyre. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure. Refer to the Tyre and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure. TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A road characteristics and climate. These grades are molded on the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tyres. The tyres available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle 7 may vary with respect to grade. Maintenance 7-37 Maintenance Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tyre's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tyre marked C may have poor traction performance. WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tyre is based on straightahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. Temperature - A, B & C The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C representing the tyre's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tyre to degenerate and reduce tyre life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tyre failure. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. WARNING The temperature grade for this tyre is established for a tyre that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, over-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible sudden tyre failure. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. 7-38 Low aspect ratio tyres The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on low aspect ratio tyres. Because low aspect ratio tyres are optimised for handling and braking, their sidewall is a little stiffer than a standard tyre. Also low aspect ratio tyres tend to be wider and consequently have a greater contact patch with the road surface. In some instances they may generate more road noise compared with standard tyres. CAUTION The side wall of a low aspect ratio tyre is shorter than the nor- mal one. Thus, the lowaspect wheel and tyre are easily dam- aged. Follow the below instructions. · When driving on a rough road or driving off a road, be careful not to damage the tyres and wheels. After driving, inspect the tyres and wheels. · When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or kerb stone, drive the vehicle slowly so as not to damage the tyres and wheels. (Continued) · Inspect the tyre condition and pressure every 1,800 miles (3,000 km) to prevent a tyre damage. · It is difficult to recognise a tyre damage only with your eyes. When there is a slight hint of a tyre damage, check and replace the tyre to prevent the damage caused by air leakage. · When a tyre is damaged whilst driving on a rough road, off a road, or over obstacles, such as a pothole, manhole, or kerb stone, your warranty does not cover the damage. · When there is an impact on a · The tyre information is speci- tyre, inspect the tyre condi- fied on the tyre side wall. 7 tion. Or, we recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. (Continued) Maintenance 7-39 Maintenance FUSES Blade type Normal Cartridge type Normal Multi fuse Normal Normal 7-40 Blown Blown Blown Blown OLF074075 A vehicle's electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses. This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one located in the driver's side panel bolster, the other in the engine compartment. If any of your vehicle's lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse will be melted or broken. If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver's side fuse panel. Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the engine and all switches off, and then disconnect the negative battery cable. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating. If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. i Information Three kinds of fuses are used: blade type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings. WARNING NEVER replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the same rating. · A higher capacity fuse could cause damage and possibly cause a fire. · Do not install a wire or aluminium foil instead of the proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause extensive wiring damage and possibly a fire. NOTICE Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system. Instrument panel fuse replacement In an emergency, if you do not have a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter fuse. If the headlamps or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are undamaged, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced with the same rating. OAEPH078018 1. Turn the vehicle off. OAE076017R 5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuses panel. 2. Turn all other switches off. 6. Check the removed fuse; replace it 3. Open the fuse panel cover. if it is blown. Spare fuses are pro- 4. Refer to the label on the inside of the fuse panel cover to locate the suspected fuse location. vided in the instrument panel fuse panels (or in the engine compartment fuse panel). 7 7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, we rec- ommend that you consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Maintenance 7-41 Maintenance Fuse switch i Information Engine compartment panel fuse replacement Blade type fuse OAE076019R Always, place the fuse switch to the ON position. If you move the switch to the OFF position, some items such as the audio system and digital clock must be reset and the smart key may not work properly. OIK057165L If the fuse switch is OFF, "Turn on FUSE SWITCH" message will appear. NOTICE · Always place the fuse switch in the ON position whilst driving the vehicle. · Do not move the transportation fuse switch repeatedly. The fuse switch may be damaged. Cartridge type fuse OAEPH078023 OAEPH078024 1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Turn all other switches off. 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tap and pulling up. 7-42 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel. 5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, we recommend that you consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Main fuse (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Multi fuse Maintenance NOTICE After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely OAEPH078022 install the fuse panel cover. You OAE076021 If the multi fuse is blown, we recom- may hear a clicking sound if the The electronic system may not func- mend that you consult a HYUNDAI cover is securely latched. If it is tion correctly even when the fuses authorised repairer. not securely latched, electrical located in the engine compartment failure may occur from water con- and instrument panel are not discon- tact. nected. In such case, the cause of the problem may be disconnection of the main fuse (BFT type), which is located 7 inside the positive battery terminal (+) cap. Since the main fuse is designed more intricately than other parts, we recommend you visit the nearest HYUNDAI authorised repairer. i Information After inspection always securely install the battery cap. If it is not securely latched, electrical failure may occur from water contact. 7-43 Maintenance Fuse/relay panel description Instrument panel fuse panel OAE076025R Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings. i Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label. 7-44 OAE076053L Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Name Module 5 Module 4 Interior Lamp Symbol 5 MODULE 4 MODULE Fuse Rating Circuit Protected Electro Chromic Mirror, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Audio, Driver IMS Module, A/T Shift Lever 10A Indicator, A/C Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer Module, Console Switch LH/RH, Head Lamp Levelling Device Actuator LH/RH, Vess Unit, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module 10A Lane Departure Warning Unit, Crash Pad Switch, FCA Unit, Blind-Spot Collision Warning Radar LH/RH 10A Front Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch, Luggage Lamp Airbag 15A SRS Control Module Ignition 1 IG1 25A PCB Block Cluster CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster Module 3 3 MODULE 10A BCM, DCT Shift Lever, Stop Lamp Switch, Driver Door Module, Passenger Door Module Memory 2 2 MEMORY 7.5A Active Air Flap LH/RH 7 Module 8 Airbag Indicator 8 MODULE IND 10A 7.5A Active Air Flap LH/RH, Electric Water Pump (HEV), VPD Sensor, BMS Control Module, E/R Junction Block A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster Start 7.5A Burglar Alarm Relay, Transaxle Range Switch Maintenance 7-45 Maintenance Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Name Module 2 Button Start 3 Symbol 2 MODULE 3 Fuse Rating Circuit Protected 10A E/R Junction Block, Wireless Charger Unit, BCM, USB Charging Connector, Smart Key Control Module, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Power Outside Mirror Switch, AMP 7.5A Immobiliser Module, Smart Key Control Module Memory 1 1 MEMORY Wireless Charger Unit, Instrument Cluster, Driver Ims Module, Rain Sensor, BCM, A/C Control 10A Module, Auto Light & Photo Sensor, Driver Door Module, Passenger Door Module, ICM Relay Box (Outside Mirror Folding/Unfolding Relay) Multi Media Electric Water Pump MULTI MEDIA EWP 10A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit 10A Electric Water Pump (HEV) Electric Power Steering 1 1 7.5A EPS Unit Tailgate Button Start 1 Module 7 Heated Steering Sunroof Power Window Right-hand 7-46 1 7 MODULE RH 10A 15A 7.5A 15A 20A 25A Tail Gate Relay, Fuel Filler Switch, Fuel Filler Actuator Smart Key Control Module Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer Module BCM Sunroof Motor Power Window (RH) Relay, Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch (LHD), Rear Power Window Switch (RH), Driver Safety Power Window Module (LHD), Passenger Power Window Switch (RHD) Maintenance Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Name Power Window Left-hand Symbol LH Fuse Rating Circuit Protected Power Window (LH) Relay, Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch 25A (RHD), Rear Power Window Switch (LH), Driver Safety Power Window Module (RHD), Passenger Power Window Switch (LHD) Button Start 2 2 7.5A Immobiliser Module, Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch Brake Switch Air conditioner BRAKE SWITCH 7.5A 7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module Ionizer, A/C Control Module, Electronic A/C Compressor, E/R Junction Block Washer 15A Multifunction Switch Seat Heater RR Rear 25A Rear Seat Warmer Module Battery Management System BATTERY MANAGEMENT 10A BMS Control Module Power Seat DRV Driver 30A Driver Seat Manual Switch 7 AMP AMP 30A AMP AMS AMS 30A Battery Sensor Module 1 Door Lock 1 MODULE 10A Driver Power Outside Mirror, Passenger Power Outside Mirror 20A Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Dead Lock Relay) 7-47 Maintenance Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Name Wiper Front 2 Symbol FRT2 Fuse Rating Circuit Protected 10A Wiper Motor, PCB Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay) Module 6 Seat Heater Front 6 MODULE FRT 7.5A BCM, Smart Key Control Module 25A Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module Heated Mirror 10A Driver Power Outside Mirror, Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module Rear Heated 25A Rear Defogger (+) (Upper) FRT1 Wiper Front 1 30A Wiper Motor, PCB Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay) 7-48 Engine compartment fuse panel OAEPH078026 Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings. i Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label. 7 OAE076069L 7-49 Maintenance Maintenance Engine compartment fuse panel Type Symbol Fuse Rating Circuit Protected MAIN 150A Low Voltage DC-DC Converter, E/R Junction Block 5 60A PCB Block 2 60A IGPM 3 60A IGPM 4 50A IGPM Multi Fuse 1 60A Engine Room Junction Block 50A Engine Room Junction Block IG1 IG2 1 1 PTC HEATER 40A Engine Room Junction Block 40A Without Smart Key : Ignition Switch With Smart Key : E/R Junction Block 40A Without Smart Key : Ignition Switch With Smart Key : E/R Junction Block 80A EPS Unit 50A Engine Room Junction Block 7-50 Engine compartment fuse panel Type Multi Fuse Symbol 2 PTC HEATER CLUTCH ACTUATOR Fuse Rating 50A Engine Room Junction Block 40A Clutch Actuator 3 DCT 15A TCM 1 HPCU 10A HPCU Circuit Protected EWP 10A Electric Water Pump (HEV) 1 40A IGPM Fuse 2 DCT 1 DCT 40A TCM 40A TCM 1 ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOSSTER 2 ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOSSTER 1 POWER OUTLET B/UP LAMP 10A Engine Room Junction Block 40A Multipurpose Check Connector, IBAU 30A Multipurpose Check Connector, IBAU 40A Engine Room Junction Block 10A Audio, Rear Combination Lamp (IN) LH/RH, Electro Chromic Mirror 7 7-51 Maintenance Maintenance Engine compartment fuse panel Type Symbol 3 POWER OUTLET Fuse Rating 20A Cigarette Lighter 2 POWER OUTLET 20A Power Outlet 2 15A IGPM, Rear Defogger (+) (Lower) Circuit Protected S2 10A Engine Room Junction Block, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Mass Air Flow Sensor E1 20A ECM S1 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down) Fuse IGN COIL E2 20A Ignition Coil #1~#4 15A ECM 7-52 E3 2 HPCU 3 ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOSSTER 4 DCT 10A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay 10A ECM 15A HPCU, Clutch Actuator (HEV) 10A Multipurpose Check Connector, IBAU 15A DCT Shift Lever, TCM, Transaxle Range Switch Engine compartment fuse panel Type Symbol S3 Fuse Rating Circuit Protected 10A Fuel Pump Relay, Camshaft Position Sensor #1 (Intake), Camshaft Position Sensor #2 (Exhaust), Oil Control Valve #1 (Intake), Oil Control Valve #2 (Exhaust) Fuse BATTERY C/FAN FUEL PUMP 15A Engine Room Junction Block 20A Fuel Pump Relay 20A Horn Relay 7 Maintenance 7-53 Maintenance LIGHT BULBS Consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer to replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true for removing the headlamp assembly to get to the bulb(s). Removing/installing the headlamp assembly can result in damage to the vehicle. WARNING Prior to working on a light, firmly apply the parking brake, ensure that the ignition switch is in the LOCK/OFF position and turn off the lights to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock. NOTICE Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb with one of the same wattage rating. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system. i Information The headlamp and tail lamp lenses could appear frosty if the vehicle is washed after driving or the vehicle is driven at night in wet weather. This condition is caused by temperature difference between the lamp inside and outside and, it does not indicate a problem with your vehicle. When moisture condenses in the lamp, it will be removed after driving with the headlamp on. The removable level may differ depending on lamp size, lamp position and environmental condition. However, if moisture is not removed, we recommend that your vehicle is inspected by a HYUNDAU authorised repairer. i Information · A normally functioning lamp may flicker momentarily to stabilize the vehicle's electrical control system. However, if the lamp goes out after flickering momentarily, or continues to flicker, we recommend the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · The position lamp may not turn on when the position lamp switch is turned on, but the position lamp and headlamp switch may turn on when the headlamp switch is turned on. This may be caused by network failure or vehicle electrical control system malfunction. If this occurs, we recommend the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 7-54 Maintenance Headlamp, position lamp, turn signal lamp bulb replacement Type A WARNING · Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. · Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. · A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp. OAE076052 · If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. (1) Headlamp (Low) (2) Headlamp (High) (3) Turn signal lamp (4) Position lamp · Handle halogen bulbs with care. Halogen bulbs contain i Information pressurized gas that will pro- Traffic Change OAE076028 duce flying pieces of glass The low beam light distribution is that could cause injuries if asymmetric. If you go abroad to a broken. country with opposite traffic direc- · Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the tion, this asymmetric part will dazzle oncoming car driver. To prevent daz- 7 bulb to cool down before han- zle, ECE regulation demand several dling it. technical solutions (ex. automatic change system, adhesive sheet, down aiming). This headlamps are designed not to dazzle opposite drivers. So, you need not change your headlamps in a country with opposite traffic direc- tion. 7-55 Maintenance Position lamp Low beam i Information The headlamp aiming should be adjusted after an accident or after the headlamp assembly is reinstalled at a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. High beam OAE076030 Headlamp and position lamp 1. Open the bonnet. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the bulb cover (1) by turn- ing it counterclockwise. 4. Disconnect the bulb socket-con- nector. (for low beam and high beam) 5. Remove the bulb from the headlamp assembly. 6. Install a new bulb. 7. Connect the bulb socket-connector. (for low beam and high beam) 8. Install the bulb cover (1) by turning it clockwise. 7-56 OAE076031 Turn signal lamp 1. Open the bonnet. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3.Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 4.Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 5.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 6.Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. 7.Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. Type B WARNING HID headlamp Do not attempt to replace or inspect the low beam (XENON bulb) due to electric shock danger. If the low beam (XENON bulb) is not working, have your vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. OAE078052 i Information (1) Headlamp (high) If your vehicle is equipped with High (2) Headlamp (low) (3) Turn signal lamp (4) Position lamp Intensity Discharge (HID) headlamps, these headlamps contain mercury. So if you need to have your vehicle disposed, you should remove the HID Headlamps before disposal. The Headlamp and position lamp removed HID headlamps should be 7 If the light bulb does not operate, we recommend that you have the vehi- recycled, re-used or disposed as hazardous waste. cle checked by a HYUNDAI autho- rised repairer. Maintenance 7-57 Maintenance i Information HID lamps have superior performance vs. halogen bulbs. HID lamps are estimated by the manufacturer to last twice as long or longer than halogen bulbs depending on their frequency of use. They will probably require replacement at some point in the life of the vehicle. Cycling the headlamps on and off more than typical use will shorten HID lamps life. HID lamps do not fail in the same manner as halogen incandescent lamps. If a headlamp goes out after a period of operation but will immediately relight when the headlamp switch is cycled it is likely the HID lamp needs to be replaced. HID lighting components are more complex than conventional halogen bulbs thus have higher replacement cost. i Information The headlamp aiming should be adjusted after an accident or after the headlamp assembly is reinstalled at a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. i Information Traffic Change (For Europe) The low beam light distribution is asymmetric. If you go abroad to a country with opposite traffic direction, this asymmetric part will dazzle oncoming car driver. To prevent dazzle, ECE regulation demand several technical solutions (ex. automatic change system, adhesive sheet, down aiming). This headlamps are designed not to dazzle opposite drivers. So, you need not change your headlamps in a country with opposite traffic direction. OAEPH078041 Turn signal lamp 1. Open the bonnet. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3.Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 4.Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 7-58 5.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 6.Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots into the assembly. Headlamp aiming Headlamp aiming Without headlight levelling device · Type A · Type B 1. Inflate the tyres to the specified pressure and remove any loads from the vehicle except the driver, spare tyre, and tools. 2. The vehicle should be placed on a flat floor. 7.Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 3. Draw vertical lines (Vertical lines passing through respective head lamp centres) and a horizontal line (Horizontal line passing through centre of head lamps) on the screen. OAE076056L/OAE076058L With headlight levelling device · Type A · Type B 4. With the headlamp and battery in normal condition, aim the headlamps so the brightest portion falls on the horizontal and vertical lines. 5. To aim the low beam left or right, turn the driver clockwise or coun- terclockwise. To aim the low beam up or down, turn the driver clock- 7 wise or counterclockwise. OAE076057L/OAE076059L To aim the high beam up or down, turn the driver clockwise or counterclockwise. Maintenance 7-59 Maintenance Aiming point <Ground height> <Distance between lamps> H1 : Height between the head lamp bulb centre and ground (Low beam) H2 : Height between the head lamp bulb centre and ground (High beam) W1 : Distance between the two head lamp bulbs centres (Low beam) W2 : Distance between the two head lamp bulbs centres (High beam) Type A Vehicle condition Without driver With driver H1 714 (28.11) 707 (27.83) 7-60 H2 688 (27.08) 681 (26.81) W1 1,463 (57.59) 1,463 (57.59) W2 1,238 (48.74) 1,238 (48.74) Type B Vehicle condition Without driver With driver H1 699.6 (27.54) 692.6 (27.26) H2 681.2 (26.81) 674.2 (26.54) OAEPH079068L Unit: mm (in) W1 W2 1400.8 (55.14) 1175.2 (46.26) Maintenance Headlamp low beam Based on 10m screen 9HUWLFDOOLQHRIOHIW KHDGODPSEXOEFHQWHU &DUD[LV 9HUWLFDOOLQHRIULJKW KHDGODPSEXOEFHQWHU +RUL]RQWDOOLQHRI KHDGODPSEXOEFHQWHU &XWRIIOLQH : /RZEHDP + /RZEHDP *5281' 7 OAE076061L 1. Turn the low beam on without driver aboard. 2. The cut-off line should be projected in the cut-off line shown in the picture. 3. When aiming the low beam, vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming. 4. If headlamp levelling device is equipped, adjust the head lamp levelling device switch to "0". 7-61 Maintenance Daytime running lamp Side repeater lamp replacement Rear combination lamp bulb replacement Type A Type A OAE078049 If the LED lamp does not operate, we recommended that you have the vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. OAE076034 If the LED lamp does not operate, we recommended that you have the vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Type B - LED 7-62 OAE076035 OAE078053 (1) Tail/Stop lamp (2) Turn signal lamp (3) Tail lamp (4) Backup lamp (5) Stop lamp OAE076037 OAE076038 Tail/Stop lamp and turn signal lamp 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Open the tailgate. 5. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly from the body of the vehicle. 3. Open the lamp assembly retaining screw covers. 4. Loosen the lamp assembly retain- ing screws with a cross-tip screw- driver. 7 Maintenance 7-63 Maintenance Type A Tail/Stop lamp Turn signal lamp Type B OAE076039 Turn signal lamp 7. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 9. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 10. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle. OAE076041 Tail lamp and backup lamp 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Open the tailgate. 3. Remove the service cover using a flat-blade screwdriver. OAEPH078031 6. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 7-64 Type A Tail lamp 6. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 7. Reinstall the service cover. Rear fog lamp If the LED lamp does not operate, we recommended that you have the vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Type B Back up lamp OAEPH078042 Maintenance Back up lamp OAEPH078040 4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 7 7-65 Maintenance High mounted stop lamp License plate light bulb replacement Interior light bulb replacement Map lamp and room lamp Map lamp (LED type) OAE079043 If the high mounted stop lamp does not operate, we recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. OAE076044 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from the lamp housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb. 4. Reinstall in the reverse order. Room lamp (LED type) OAEE076026 OAEE076027 If the LED lamp does not operate, we recommend that you have the vehicle checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. 7-66 Map lamp, room lamp, vanity mirror lamp and luggage compartment lamp Map lamp (Bulb type) Vanity mirror lamp 1. Using a flat-head screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interior light housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb into the socket. 4. Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place. Room lamp (Bulb type) OAE076045 Luggage compartment lamp OAE076048 NOTICE Use care not to dirty or damage lenses, lens tabs, and plastic housings. 7 OAE076046 OAE076047 Maintenance 7-67 Maintenance APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label. High-pressure washing · When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle. Insufficient clearance or excessive pressure can lead to component damage or water penetration. · Do not spray the camera, sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally. · Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or plastic covers) or connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with high pressure water. Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle's finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water. If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean. Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle's finish if not removed immediately. Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, should be used. After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish. WARNING After washing the vehicle, test the brakes whilst driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water before getting on the road. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly whilst maintaining a slow forward speed. 7-68 NOTICE High-pressure washing · Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct · When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle. sunlight or when the body of the Insufficient clearance or excessive vehicle is warm. pressure can lead to component · Be careful when washing the damage or water penetration. side windows of your vehicle. · Do not spray the camera, sensors Especially, with high-pressure water, water may leak through the windows and wet the interior. or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally. OAE078051 · To prevent damage to the plastic parts, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents. · Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or plastic covers) or connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with NOTICE · Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may · To prevent damage to the charg- high pressure water. cause the failure of electrical cir- ing door, make sure to close and cuits located in the engine com- lock the vehicle doors when washing (high-pressure washing, automatic car washing, etc.) the vehicle. partment. 7 · Never allow water or other liq- uids to come in contact with electrical/electronic compo- nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them. Maintenance 7-69 Maintenance NOTICE Matte paint finish vehicle Automatic car wash which uses rotating brushes should not be used as this can damage the surface of your vehicle. A steam cleaner which washes the vehicle surface at high temperature may result the oil to adhere and leave stains that is difficult to remove. Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber towel or sponge) when washing your vehicle and dry with a microfiber towel. When you hand wash your vehicle, you should not use a cleaner that finishes with wax. If the vehicle surface is too dirty (sand, dirt, dust, contaminant, etc.), clean the surface with water before washing the vehicle. Waxing A good coat of wax is a barrier between your paint and contaminate. Keeping a good coat of wax on your vehicle will help protect it. Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint. Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste wax, and follow the manufacturer's instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster. Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing. NOTICE · Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish. · Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodized aluminium parts. This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discolouration or paint deterioration. NOTICE Matte paint finish vehicle Do not use any polish protector such as a detergent, an abrasive and a polish. In case wax is applied, remove the wax immediately using a silicon remover and if any tar or tar contaminant is on the surface use a tar remover to clean. However, be careful not to apply too much pressure on the painted area. 7-70 Maintenance Finish damage repair Bright-metal maintenance Underbody maintenance Deep scratches or stone chips in the · To remove road tar and insects, Corrosive materials used for ice and painted surface must be repaired use a tar remover, not a scraper or snow removal and dust control may promptly. Exposed metal will quickly other sharp object. collect on the underbody. If these rust and may develop into a major repair expense. NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced. · To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster. · During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound. materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust system, even though they have been treated with rust protection. Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month, after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention NOTICE to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do Matte paint finish vehicle In case of matte paint finish vehicles, it is impossible to modify only the damaged area and repair of the whole part is necessary. If the vehicle is damaged and painting is required, we recommend that you have your vehicle maintained and more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and frame members have 7 drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting. repaired by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. Take extreme care, as it is difficult to restore the quality after the repair. 7-71 Maintenance WARNING After washing the vehicle, test the brakes whilst driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly whilst maintaining a slow forward speed. Aluminium wheel maintenance The aluminium wheels are coated with a clear protective finish. NOTICE · Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminium wheels. · Clean the wheel when it has cooled. · Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, clean the wheels after driving on salted roads. · Do not wash the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes. · Do not use any cleaners containing acid or alkaline detergents. Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehicles of the highest quality. However, this is only part of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver, the owner's cooperation and assistance is also required. Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are: · Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle. · Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion. 7-72 Maintenance High-corrosion areas High temperatures can also acceler- · When cleaning underneath the If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution. ate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle. vehicle, pay particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in To help prevent corrosion which corrosion is most likely to Keep your vehicle clean mud and corrosive materials. · When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, occur. For example, corrosion is The best way to prevent corrosion is be sure that drain holes are kept accelerated by high humidity, partic- to keep your vehicle clean and free open so that moisture can escape ularly when temperatures are just of corrosive materials. Attention to and not be trapped inside to accel- above freezing. In such conditions, the underside of the vehicle is partic- erate corrosion. the corrosive material is kept in con- ularly important. tact with the vehicle surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate. · If you live in a high-corrosion area 7 Mud is particularly corrosive because -- where road salts are used, near it is slow to dry and holds moisture in the ocean, areas with industrial contact with the vehicle. Although the pollution, acid rain, etc.--, you mud appears to be dry, it can still should take extra care to prevent retain moisture and promote corro- corrosion. In winter, hose off the sion. underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over. 7-73 Maintenance Keep your garage dry Don't park your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed. Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended. Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible. Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil, from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discolouration. If they do contact the interior parts, wipe them off immediately. See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl. NOTICE · Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them. · When cleaning leather products (steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid/ alkaline detergents, the colour of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off. Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl (if equipped) Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner. Fabric (if equipped) Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention, the fabric can be stained and its colour can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained. NOTICE Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric's appearance and fire-resistant properties. 7-74 Leather (if equipped) NOTICE · Caring for the leather seats · Features of seat leather - Leather is made from the outer skin of an animal, which goes through a special process to be available for us. Since it is a natural product, each part differs in thickness or density. Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity. - The seat is made of stretchable fabric to improve comfort. - The parts contacting the body are · Wrinkles or abrasions which appear naturally from usage are not covered by warranty. · Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric. · Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natural leather. · Jeans or clothes which could bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric. - Vacuum the seat periodically to remove dust and sand on the seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and maintain its quality. - Wipe the natural leather seat cover often with dry or soft cloth. - Use of a proper leather protector may prevent abrasion of the cover and helps maintain the colour. Be sure to read the instructions and consult a specialist when using leather coating or protective agents. curved and the side supporting - Light coloured (beige, cream area is high which provides driv- beige) leather is easily contami- ing comfort and stability. nated and the stain is noticeable. - Wrinkles may appear naturally Clean the seats frequently. from usage. It is not a fault of the product. - Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may 7 cause the surface to crack. Maintenance 7-75 Maintenance · Cleaning the leather seats - Remove all contaminations instantly. Refer to instructions below for removal of each contaminant. - Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foundation, etc.) Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminated spot. Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth and remove water with a dry cloth. - Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.) Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear. - Oil Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with stain remover used only for natural leather. - Chewing gum Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually. Cleaning the seat belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken the seat belt. Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container. NOTICE Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid. 7-76 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty. Please see the warranty information contained in the Service Passport in your vehicle. Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations. There are three emission control systems, as follows. (1) Crankcase emission control system (2) Evaporative emission control system NOTICE For the Inspection and Maintenance Test (with Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system) · To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system off by pressing the ESC switch (ESC OFF light illuminated). · After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again. 1. Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow-by gases being emitted from the crankcase. This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases, which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system. 2. Evaporative emission control system (3) Exhaust emission control system In order to ensure the proper function of the emission control systems, it is recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer in accordance with the maintenance schedule. The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapours from escaping into the atmosphere. 7 Maintenance 7-77 Maintenance Canister Fuel vapours generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister. When the engine is running, the fuel vapours absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve. Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV) The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM); when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine. 3. Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions whilst maintaining good vehicle performance. When the engine starts or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission system. Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide) precautions · Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes. If you smell exhaust fumes of any kind in your vehicle, drive with all the windows fully open. Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately. WARNING Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). Though colourless and odourless, it is dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions on this page to avoid CO poisoning. 7-78 Maintenance · Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as garages) any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area. Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped) WARNING Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device. To prevent damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle, take the following precautions: · When the vehicle is stopped in an The exhaust system and cat- · Use only UNLEADED FUEL for open area for more than a short alytic converter are very hot petrol engines. time with the engine running, adjust the ventilation system (as needed) to draw outside air into the vehicle. during and immediately after the engine has been running. To avoid SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: · Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance. · Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running. · Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass, · Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the hybrid system off · When the engine stalls or fails to vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. and descending steep grades in start, excessive attempts to restart A hot exhaust system can gear with the hybrid system off. the engine may cause damage to the emission control system. ignite flammable items under your vehicle. · Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 · Keep away from the exhaust minutes or more). system and catalytic converter or you may get burned. 7 Also, Do not remove the heat sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of the vehicle, and do not coat the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a fire risk under certain conditions. 7-79 Maintenance · Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer. · Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter. Gasoline (Petrol) Particulate Filter (GPF) (if equipped) The Gasoline (Petrol) Particulate Filter (GPF) system removes the soot in the exhaust gas. The GPF system automatically burns (or oxidises) the accumulated soot in accordance with driving situations, unlike a disposable air filter. In other words, the accumulated soot is automatically purged out by the engine control system and by the high exhaust-gas temperature at normal/ high driving speeds. However, when the vehicle is continually driven at repeated short distances or driven at low speed for a long time, the accumulated soot may not be automatically removed because of low exhaust gas temperature. In this case, the accumulated soot may reach a certain amount regardless of the soot oxidization process, then the GPF lamp ( ) will illuminate. The Gasoline (Petrol) Particulate Filter (GPF) Lamp stops illuminating, when the driving speed exceeds 50 mph (80km/h) with engine rpm 1,500 ~ 4,000 and the gear in the 3rd position or above for approximately 30 minutes. When the GPF lamp starts to blink or the warning message "Check exhaust system" pops up even though the vehicle was driven as mentioned above, we recommend that you have the GPF system checked by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer. With GPF lamp blinking for an extended period of time, it may damage the GPF system and lower the fuel economy. 7-80 CAUTION Gasoline (Petrol) Fuel (if equipped with GPF) We recommend you to use only the regulated petrol fuels, when your vehicle is equipped with the GPF system. When you use other petrol fuels which contain unspecified additives, they may damage the GPF system and cause exhaust emission problems. 7 7-81 Maintenance Maintenance PROCEDURE FOR ENTERING FORCED ENGINE ACTIVATION MODE If the engine needs to be kept running whilst the vehicle is stopped to inspect emission gas or perform vehicle maintenance, follow below procedure to enter forced engine activation mode. 1. Place the shift lever in P (Park) position with the vehicle stopped. Engage the parking brake. Then, follow the steps (1) to (5). i Information Below steps from (1) to (5) must be completed within 60 sec. If not, the process is reset and you must start again from step (1). (1) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Vehicles equipped with the smart key, press the Engine Start/Stop button twice without depressing the brake pedal. (2) Place the shift lever in P (Park) position and depress the accelerator pedal twice. (3) Place the shift lever in N (Neutral) position and depress the accelerator pedal twice. (4) Place the shift lever in P (Park) position and depress the accelerator pedal twice. (5) With the brake pedal depressed, start the engine, and maintain idling state. 2. " " indicator on the instrument cluster blinks when the vehicle is in forced engine activation mode. Check the " " indicator blinking to ensure that the forced engine activation mode is correctly entered. i Information The " " indicator continues blinking until the forced engine activation mode is cancelled. When the mode is cancelled the " " indicator will stop blinking. 3. To cancel the forced engine activation mode, turn the vehicle off. i Information The engine remains in idle state and the forced engine activation mode is maintained even when the gear is shifted to a different position. 7-82 Specifications & Consumer information Specifications & Consumer information Dimensions ..............................................................8-2 Engine ......................................................................8-2 Bulb wattage...........................................................8-3 Tyres and wheels ...................................................8-4 Tyre load and speed capacity ..............................8-5 Air conditioning system ........................................8-5 Volume and weight ................................................8-5 Recommended lubricants and capacities ...........8-6 Recommended engine oil (For Europe) .......................8-7 Recommended SAE viscosity number ..........................8-7 Vehicle identification number (VIN)....................8-8 Vehicle certification label .....................................8-8 Tyre specification and pressure label ................8-9 Engine number .......................................................8-9 Air conditioner compressor label ........................8-9 Declaration of conformity ..................................8-10 Fuel label...............................................................8-10 Hybrid vehicle ..................................................................8-10 Plug-in Hybrid vehicle ...................................................8-10 8 Specifications & Consumer information DIMENSIONS Overall length Overall width Overall height Front tread Rear tread Wheelbase *1 : Hybrid vehicle *2 : Plug-in hybrid vehicle Items 195/65 R15 *1 205/55 R16 *2 225/45 R17 *1 195/65 R15 *1 205/55 R16 *2 225/45 R17 *1 mm (in) 4,470 (175.9) 1,820 (71.6) 1,450 (57.1) 1,563 (61.5) 1,555 (61.2) 1,549 (61.0) 1,577 (62.0) 1,569 (61.8) 1,563 (61.5) 2,700 (106.3) ENGINE Engine 1.6 GDI Displacement cc (cu. in) 1580 (96.4) Bore x Stroke mm (in.) 72 X 97 (2.8 X 3.8) Firing order 1-3-4-2 No. of cylinders In-line 4 cylinder 8-2 BULB WATTAGE Light bulb Front Rear Type A Type B Daytime running light (DRL) Side repeater lamp Type A Type B Fog lamp High mounted stop lamp License plate lamp Headlamp Position lamp Turn signal lamp Headlamp Position lamp Turn signal lamp Tail/Stop lamp Turn signal lamp Tail lamp Backup lamp Tail/Stop lamp Turn signal lamp Tail lamp Backup lamp Map lamp Interior Room lamp Vanity mirror lamp Luggage compartment lamp Low High Low/High Type A Type B Type A Type B Bulb type H7LL 9005HL+ W5W PY21W LED LED PY21W LED LED P21/5W PY21W W5W W16W LED PY21W LED W16W LED LED W5W W10W LED FESTOON LED FESTOON FESTOON Wattage 55 60 5 21 LED LED 21 LED LED 21/5 21 5 16 LED 21 LED 16 LED LED 5 10 8 LED 8 LED 5 10 8-3 Specifications & Consumer information Specifications & Consumer information TYRES AND WHEELS Item Full size tyre Compact spare tyre (if equipped) Tyre size Wheel size Inflation pressure, bar (kPa, psi) Normal load *1 Maximum load Front Rear Front Rear Wheel lug nut torque kgf·m (lbf·ft, N·m) 195/65 R15 *2 6.0J X 15 205/55 R16 *3 6.5J X 16 2.5 (250, 36) 2.5 (250, 36) 2.5 (250, 36) 2.5 (250, 36) 225/45 R17 *2 7.0J X 17 11~13 T125/80 D15 4.0T X 15 4.2 (420, 60) 4.2 (420, 60) 4.2 (420, 60) 4.2 (420, 60) (79~94, 107~127) T125/80 D16 4.0T X 16 4.2 (420, 60) 4.2 (420, 60) 4.2 (420, 60) 4.2 (420, 60) *1 : Normal load : Up to 3 persons *2 : Hybrid vehicle *3 : Plug-in hybrid vehicle NOTICE · It is permissible to add 3 psi (20 kPa) to the standard tyre pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon. Tyres typically lose 1 psi (7 kPa) for every 7°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tyre pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated. · An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tyre pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level (Air inflation per altitude: +2.4 psi/1 mile (+10 kPa/1 km). CAUTION When replacing tyres, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tyres of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly. 8-4 Specifications & Consumer information TYRE LOAD AND SPEED CAPACITY Item Full size tyre Compact spare tyre (if equipped) *1 LI : LOAD INDEX Tyre size Wheel size 195/65 R15 6.0J X 15 205/55 R16 6.5J X 16 225/45 R17 7.0J X 17 T125/80 D15 4.0T X 15 T125/80 D16 4.0T X 16 *2 SS : SPEED SYMBOL Load capacity LI *1 kg 91 615 91 615 91 615 95 690 95 690 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Items Refrigerant g (oz.) Compressor lubricant g (oz.) Contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for more details. Weight of volume 600±25 (21.16±0.88) 130±10 (4.58±0.35) Speed capacity SS *2 km/h H 210 H 210 W 270 M 130 130 130 Classification R-1234yf (For Europe) R-134a (Except Europe) POE VOLUME AND WEIGHT Gross vehicle weight kg (lbs.) Hybrid vehicle Plug-in hybrid vehicle 1,870 (4,122) Min : Behind rear seat to roof. Max : Behind front seat to roof. 1,970 (4,343) Luggage volume l (cu ft) 8 Hybrid vehicle Plug-in hybrid vehicle Min. Max. Min. Max. 563 (19.9) 1,518 (53.6) 446 (15.8) 1,401 (49.5) 8-5 Specifications & Consumer information RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle. Lubricant Engine oil *1 *2 Recommends (drain and refill) Volume 3.8 l (3.34 lmp. qts.) 5W-30 ACEA A5/B5 Classification Dual clutch transmission fluid 1.6 ~ 1.7 l (1.41~1.50 lmp. qts.) SAE 70W, API GL-4 HK SYN DCTF 70W (SK) SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W DCTF (H.K.SHELL) GS DCTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX) Engine clutch actuator fluid 100 ± 20 cc (0.088 ± 0.018 lmp. qts.) DOT 3 Engine coolant Inverter coolant 6.7 l (5.90 lmp. qts.) Mixture of antifreeze and water 3.2 l (2.82 lmp. qts.) (Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol coolant for aluminium radiator) Brake fluid 0.7~0.8 l (0.62~0.70 lmp. qts.) SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV, FMVSS 116 DOT-4, ISO4925 CLASS-6 Hybrid vehicle 45 l (9.9 lmp. gal) Fuel Refer to "Fuel requirements" in the Introduction chapter. Plug-in hybrid vehicle 43 l (9.5 lmp. gal) *1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page. *2 : Engine oils labelled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ- omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year's time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. 8-6 Specifications & Consumer information Recommended engine oil (For Europe) Supplier Shell Helix Ultra AH 5W-30 Helix Ultra A5/B5 0W-30 Product Petrol Engine Recommended SAE viscosity Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold number weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, CAUTION however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended Always be sure to clean the area could result in engine damage. around any filler plug, drain When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be plug, or dipstick before check- operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended ing or draining any lubricant. oil viscosity from the chart. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt Temperature °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 40 100 50 120 and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged. Petrol Engine Oil 20W-50 15W-40 8 10W-30 0/5W-30, 5W-40 8-7 Specifications & Consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) Frame number VIN label (if equipped) · Type A VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL OAE086001 The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the number used in registering your vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc. The number is punched on the floor under the driver's seat. To check the number, open the cover. · Type B (if equipped) OAEPH089004L OAEPH087002R The vehicle certification label attached on the driver's (or front passenger's) side centre pillar gives the vehicle identification number (VIN). OAE086004L/H The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard. The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windscreen from outside. 8-8 TYRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL ENGINE NUMBER AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR LABEL Specifications & Consumer information OAE087002R The tyres supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving. The tyre label located on the driver's side centre pillar gives the tyre pressures recommended for your vehicle. OAEPH086001 The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing. OHC081001 A compressor label informs you the type of compressor your vehicle is equipped with such as model, supplier part number, production number, refrigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2). 8 8-9 Specifications & Consumer information DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Example FUEL LABEL (IF EQUIPPED) Hybrid vehicle The fuel label is attached on the fuel filler door. Plug-in Hybrid vehicle The fuel label is attached on the fuel filler door. CE0678 The radio frequency components of the vehicle comply with requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1995/5/EC. Further information including the manufacturer's declaration of conformity is available on HYUNDAI web site as follows: http://service.hyundai-motor.com OTM048455L A. Octane rating of unleaded Gasoline (Petrol) 1) RON/ROZ : Research Octane Number 2) (R+M)/2, AKI : Anti Knock Index B. Identifiers for Petrol-type fuels This symbol means usable fuel. Do not use any other fuel. C. For further details, refer to the "Fuel Requirement" in the Introduction chapter. OAEPH048585 A. Octane rating of unleaded Gasoline (Petrol) 1) RON : Research Octane Number 2) (R+M)/2 : Anti Knock Index B. Identifiers for Petrol-type fuels This symbol means usable fuel. Do not use any other fuel. C. For further details, refer to the "Fuel Requirement" in the Introduction chapter. D. Add fuel into the fuel tank within 20 min. 8-10Acrobat Distiller 9.3.0 (Windows)